Limitations on Benefits and Contributions Under Qualified Plans, 16878-16931 [E7-5750]
Download as PDF
16878
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1 and 11
[TD 9319]
RIN 1545–BD52
Limitations on Benefits and
Contributions Under Qualified Plans
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations and removal of
temporary regulations.
AGENCY:
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
SUMMARY: This document contains final
regulations under section 415 of the
Internal Revenue Code (Code) regarding
the limitations of section 415, including
updates to the regulations for numerous
statutory changes since comprehensive
final regulations were last published
under section 415. The final regulations
also make conforming changes to
regulations under sections 401(a),
401(a)(9), 401(k), 402, 416, and 457, and
make other minor corrective changes to
regulations under sections 401(a)(4),
414(s), 457, and 924. These regulations
affect administrators of, participants in,
and beneficiaries of qualified employer
plans and certain other retirement
plans.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations
are effective April 5, 2007.
Applicability Dates: These regulations
generally apply for limitation years
beginning on or after July 1, 2007. See
§§ 1.401(k)–1(e)(8), 1.415(a)–1(g), 1.457–
6(c)(2)(i), and 1.457–12 regarding the
applicability dates of these regulations.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Vernon S. Carter at (202) 622–6060 or
Linda S.F. Marshall at (202) 622–6090
(not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document contains amendments
to the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR
Parts 1 and 11) under section 415 of the
Code relating to limitations on benefits
and contributions under qualified plans.
In addition, this document contains
conforming amendments to the Income
Tax Regulations under sections 401(a)
(including section 401(a)(9)), 401(k),
402, 416, and 457, as well as minor
corrective changes to the regulations
under section 457 and changes to other
regulations under sections 401(a)
(including section 401(a)(4)), 414(s), and
924 to update cross-references to the
final regulations under section 415.
Section 415 was added to the Code by
the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (88 Stat. 829),
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
Public Law 93–406 (ERISA), and has
been amended many times since.
Section 415 provides a series of limits
on benefits under qualified defined
benefit plans and on contributions and
other additions under qualified defined
contribution plans. See also section
401(a)(16). Pursuant to section 415(a)(2),
the limitations of section 415 also apply
to section 403(b) annuity contracts and
to simplified employee pensions
described in section 408(k) (SEPs). In
addition, the limitations of section 415
for defined contribution plans apply to
contributions allocated to any
individual medical account that is part
of a pension or annuity plan established
pursuant to section 401(h) and to
amounts attributable to medical benefits
allocated to an account under a welfare
benefit fund established for a key
employee pursuant to section
419A(d)(1).
Section 404(j) provides generally that,
in computing the amount of any
deduction for contributions under a
qualified plan, benefits and annual
additions in excess of the applicable
limitations under section 415 are not
taken into account. In addition, in
computing the applicable limits on
deductions for contributions to a
defined benefit plan, and in computing
the full funding limitation, an
adjustment under section 415(d)(1) is
not taken into account for any year
before the year for which that
adjustment first takes effect.
The definition of compensation that is
used for purposes of section 415 is also
used for a number of other purposes
under the Code. Under section
219(b)(3), contributions on behalf of an
employee to a plan described in section
501(c)(18) are limited to 25 percent of
compensation as defined in section
415(c)(3). Section 404(a)(12) provides
that, for various specified purposes in
determining deductible limits under
section 404, the term compensation
includes amounts treated as
participant’s compensation under
section 415(c)(3)(C) or (D). Pursuant to
section 409(b)(3), for purposes of
determining whether employer
securities are allocated proportionately
to compensation in accordance with the
rules of section 409(b)(1), the amount of
compensation paid to a participant for
any period is the amount of such
participant’s compensation (within the
meaning of section 415(c)(3)) for such
period. Under section 414(q)(4), for
purposes of determining whether an
employee is a highly compensated
employee within the meaning of section
414(q), the term compensation has the
meaning given such term by section
415(c)(3). Section 414(s), which defines
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the term compensation for purposes of
certain qualification requirements,
generally provides that the term
compensation has the meaning given
such term by section 415(c)(3). Under
section 416(c)(2), allocations to
participants who are non-key employees
under a top-heavy plan that is a defined
contribution plan are required to be at
least 3 percent of the participant’s
compensation (within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3)). Pursuant to section
457(e)(5), the term includible
compensation, which is used in limiting
the amount that can be deferred for a
participant under an eligible deferred
compensation plan as defined in section
457(b), has the same meaning as the
term participant’s compensation under
section 415(c)(3).
Comprehensive regulations regarding
section 415 were last issued in 1981.
See TD 7748, published in the Federal
Register on January 7, 1981 (46 FR
1687). Since then, changes to section
415 have been made in the Economic
Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Public Law
97–34 (95 Stat. 320) (ERTA), the Tax
Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of
1982, Public Law 97–248 (96 Stat. 623)
(TEFRA), the Deficit Reduction Act of
1984, Public Law 98–369 (98 Stat. 494)
(DEFRA), the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
Public Law 99–514 (100 Stat. 2481)
(TRA ’86), the Technical and
Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988,
Public Law 100–647 (102 Stat. 3342)
(TAMRA), the Uruguay Round
Agreements Act of 1994, Public Law
103–465 (108 Stat. 4809) (GATT), the
Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996, Public Law 104–188 (110 Stat.
1755) (SBJPA), the Community Renewal
Tax Relief Act of 2000, Public Law 106–
554 (114 Stat. 2763) (CRA), the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief
Reconciliation Act of 2001, Public Law
107–16 (115 Stat. 38) (EGTRRA), the Job
Creation and Worker Assistance Act of
2002, Public Law 107–147 (116 Stat. 21)
(JCWAA), the Pension Funding Equity
Act of 2004, Public Law 108–218 (118
Stat. 596) (PFEA), the Working Families
Tax Relief Act of 2004, Public Law 108–
311 (118 Stat. 1166) (WFTRA), the Gulf
Opportunity Zone Act of 2005, Public
Law 109–135 (119 Stat. 2577) (GOZA),
and the Pension Protection Act of 2006,
Public Law 109–280 (120 Stat. 780)
(PPA ’06).
Although some limited changes to the
regulations were made after 1981, most
of the statutory changes made since that
time are not reflected in the regulations,
but in IRS notices, revenue rulings, and
other guidance of general applicability,
as follows:
• Notice 82–13 (1982–1 CB 360) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance on
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
deductible employee contributions
(including guidance under section 415)
to reflect the addition of provisions
relating to deductible employee
contributions in ERTA.
• Notice 83–10 (1983–1 CB 536) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance on
the changes to section 415 made by
TEFRA. The TEFRA changes were
extensive, and included reductions of
the dollar limits on annual benefits
under a defined benefit plan and annual
additions under a defined contribution
plan, changes to the age and form
adjustments made in the application of
the limits under a defined benefit plan,
and rules regarding the deductibility of
contributions with respect to benefits
that exceed the applicable limitations of
section 415.
• Notice 87–21 (1987–1 CB 458) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance on
the changes to section 415 made by TRA
’86. The TRA ’86 changes modified the
rules for the indexing of the dollar limit
on annual additions under a defined
contribution plan, the treatment of
employee contributions as annual
additions, and the rules for age
adjustments under defined benefit
plans, and added a phase-in of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limitation
over 10 years of participation, as well as
rules permitting the limitations of
section 415 to be incorporated by
reference under the terms of a plan.
• Rev. Rul. 98–1 (1998–1 CB 249)
(modifying and superseding Rev. Rul.
95–29, 1995–1 CB 81) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
regarding certain form and age
adjustments under a defined benefit
plan pursuant to changes made by
GATT (as modified under SBJPA),
including transition rules relating to
those adjustments.
• Notice 99–44 (1999–2 CB 326) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
regarding the repeal under SBJPA of the
limitation on the combination of a
defined benefit plan and a defined
contribution plan under former section
415(e).
• Notice 2001–37 (2001–1 CB 1340)
(see § 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
regarding the inclusion of salary
reduction amounts for qualified
transportation fringe benefits in the
definition of compensation for purposes
of section 415, as provided under CRA.
• Rev. Rul. 2001–51 (2001–2 CB 427)
(see § 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
relating to the increases in the
limitations of section 415 for both
defined benefit and defined
contribution plans, which were enacted
as part of EGTRRA.
• Rev. Rul. 2001–62 (2001–2 CB 632)
(superseding Rev. Rul. 95–6, 1995–1 CB
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
80) (see § 601.601(d)(2)) provides
mortality tables to be used to make
certain form adjustments to benefits
under a defined benefit plan for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415, pursuant to the requirement
to use a specified mortality table added
by GATT.
• Notice 2002–2 (2002–1 CB 285) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
regarding the treatment of reinvested
employee stock ownership plan (ESOP)
dividends under section 415(c), to
reflect changes made by SBJPA.
• Rev. Rul. 2002–27 (2002–1 CB 925)
(see § 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
pursuant to which a definition of
compensation can be used for purposes
of applying the limitations of section
415 even if that definition treats certain
specified amounts that may not be
available to an employee in cash as
subject to section 125 (and therefore
included in compensation).
• Rev. Rul. 2002–45 (2002–2 CB 116)
(see § 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
regarding the treatment of certain
payments to defined contribution plans
to restore losses resulting from actions
by a fiduciary for which there is a
reasonable risk of liability for breach of
a fiduciary duty (including the
treatment of those payments under
section 415).
• Notice 2004–78 (2004–2 CB 879)
(see § 601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance
regarding the actuarial assumptions that
must be used for distributions with
annuity starting dates occurring during
plan years beginning in years 2004 and
2005 to determine whether an amount
payable under a defined benefit plan in
a form that is subject to the minimum
present value requirements of section
417(e)(3) satisfies the requirements of
section 415. This guidance reflects
changes made in PFEA.
For copies of recently issued Revenue
Procedures, Revenue Rulings, Notices,
and other guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin or the
Cumulative Bulletin, please visit the IRS
Web site at https://www.irs.gov.
Some previously issued guidance has
been superseded by subsequent
statutory changes. For example, the
simplified actuarial adjustment factors
formerly permitted to be used to adjust
certain forms of benefit for purposes of
applying the limitations of section
415(b) pursuant to Rev. Rul. 80–253
(1980–2 CB 159) (see § 601.601(d)(2))
were not permitted to be used after
statutory changes imposed the use of
specified actuarial assumptions to make
these adjustments. In addition, the
projected post-retirement adjustments to
the section 415(b)(1)(B) compensation
limit that were required to be taken into
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16879
account for purposes of sections 404
and 412 under Rev. Rul. 81–195 (1981–
2 CB 104) (see § 601.601(d)(2)) were not
required or permitted to be taken into
account for those purposes following
the addition of section 404(j) in TEFRA.
The Treasury Department and the IRS
believe that a single restatement of the
section 415 rules serves the interests of
plan sponsors, third-party
administrators, plan participants, and
plan beneficiaries. On May 31, 2005, a
notice of proposed rulemaking (REG–
130241–04) was published in the
Federal Register (70 FR 31214) to issue
new regulations under section 415 (the
proposed regulations). The guidance
items described in this preamble were
reflected in the proposed regulations
with some modifications. In addition,
the proposed regulations reflected other
statutory changes not previously
addressed by guidance, and included
some other changes and clarifications to
the 1981 regulations. To the extent
practicable, the preamble to the
proposed regulations identified and
explained substantive changes from the
1981 regulations or existing guidance.
Following publication of the proposed
regulations, comments were received
and a public hearing was held on
August 17, 2005. Subsequently, Notice
2005–87 (2005–2 CB 1097) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2)) was issued to address
certain concerns about the effective date
provisions of the proposed regulations.
After consideration of the comments
received, the proposed regulations are
adopted by this Treasury decision,
subject to a number of changes that are
summarized in the preamble.
Explanation of Provisions
Overview
These regulations reflect the
numerous statutory changes to section
415 and related provisions that have
been made since 1981. Some of the
statutory changes reflected in the
regulations are as follows:
• The current statutory limitations
under sections 415(b)(1)(A) and
415(c)(1) applicable for defined benefit
and defined contribution plans,
respectively, as most recently amended
by EGTRRA.
• Changes to the rules for age
adjustments to the applicable
limitations under defined benefit plans,
under which the dollar limitation is
adjusted for commencement before age
62 or after age 65.
• Changes to the rules, including
specification of parameters, for benefit
adjustments under defined benefit
plans.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16880
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
• The phase-in of the dollar
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
over 10 years of participation, as added
by TRA ’86.
• The addition of the section
401(a)(17) limitation on compensation
that is permitted to be taken into
account in determining plan benefits, as
added by TRA ’86, and the interaction
of this requirement with the limitations
under section 415.
• Exceptions to the compensationbased limitation under section
415(b)(1)(B) for governmental plans and
multiemployer plans.
• Changes to the aggregation rules
under section 415(f) under which
multiemployer plans are not aggregated
with single-employer plans for purposes
of applying the compensation-based
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) to a
single-employer plan.
• The repeal under SBJPA of the
section 415(e) combined limitation on
participation in a defined benefit plan
and a defined contribution plan.
• The changes to section 415(c) that
were made in conjunction with the
repeal under EGTRRA of the exclusion
allowance under section 403(b)(2).
• The current rounding and base
period rules for annual cost-of-living
adjustments pursuant to section 415(d),
as most recently amended in EGTRRA
and WFTRA.
• Changes to section 415(c) under
which certain types of arrangements are
no longer subject to the limitations of
section 415(c) (such as individual
retirement accounts other than SEPs)
and other types of arrangements have
become subject to the limitations of
section 415(c) (such as certain
individual medical accounts).
• The inclusion in compensation (for
purposes of section 415) of certain
salary reduction amounts not included
in gross income.
• The modification for distributions
with annuity starting dates in plan years
beginning in years 2004 and 2005 made
by PFEA with respect to the interest rate
assumptions in section 415(b)(2)(E) for
converting certain forms of benefits to
an actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity.
• The following modifications to
section 415 that were made by PPA ’06:
(i) Changes to the interest rate
assumptions in section 415(b)(2)(E) that
are used for converting certain forms of
benefits to an equivalent straight life
annuity (section 303 of PPA ’06); (ii)
elimination of the active participation
requirement in determining a
participant’s high-3 years of service in
section 415(b)(3) (section 832 of PPA
’06); (iii) exemption from the section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit for
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
certain benefits provided under a
defined benefit plan maintained by an
organization described in section
3121(w)(3)(A) (section 867 of PPA ’06);
and (iv) expansion of the definition of
qualified participant in section
415(b)(2)(H) to include certain
participants in a defined benefit plan
maintained by an Indian tribal
government (section 906(b) of PPA ’06).
These regulations provide specific
rules regarding when amounts received
following severance from employment
are considered compensation for
purposes of section 415, and when such
amounts are permitted to be deferred
pursuant to section 401(k) or section
457(b). These regulations generally
provide that amounts received following
severance from employment are not
considered to be compensation for
purposes of section 415, but provide
exceptions for certain payments made
by the later of 21⁄2 months following
severance from employment or the end
of the year in which the severance
occurs. These regulations include
corresponding changes to the
regulations under sections 401(k) and
457 that provide that amounts payable
following severance from employment
can only be deferred if those amounts
are within these same exceptions.1 The
rule pursuant to which compensation
received after severance from
employment is not considered
compensation for purposes of section
415 generally does not apply to
payments to an individual in qualified
military service. The rules governing
amounts received following severance
from employment are discussed in this
preamble in more detail under the
paragraph heading ‘‘§ 1.415(c)–2:
Definition of compensation.’’
Provisions of the Regulations
General Rules (§ 1.415(a)–1)
Section 1.415(a)–1 of these
regulations sets forth general rules
relating to limitations under section 415
and provides an overview of the
remaining regulations, including crossreferences to special rules that apply to
section 403(b) annuities, multiemployer
plans, governmental plans, and plans
that are not subject to the requirements
of section 411. In addition, § 1.415(a)–1
provides rules for a plan’s incorporation
by reference of the rules of section 415
pursuant to section 1106(h) of TRA ’86
(including detailed guidelines regarding
1 The proposed regulations also contained
corresponding changes to regulations under section
403(b) with respect to amounts payable following
severance from employment. These changes will be
incorporated into regulations under section 403(b)
when those regulations are finalized.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
incorporation by reference of the annual
cost-of-living adjustments to the
statutory limits and the application of
default rules), rules for plans
maintained by more than one employer,
a definition of the term ‘‘severance from
employment,’’ and rules that apply in
other special situations. Section
1.415(a)–1 generally retains the rules set
forth in the proposed regulations.
The proposed regulations eliminated
the rule under the 1981 regulations
under which a multiemployer plan
could satisfy the limitations of section
415 separately with respect to benefits
or contributions from each employer.
Thus, the proposed regulations required
the benefits or annual additions with
respect to a participant under a
multiemployer plan to satisfy the
limitations of section 415 on an
aggregate basis. Some commentators
asked that the rule from the 1981
regulations be retained. The IRS and the
Treasury Department have determined
that there is no statutory basis for
permitting disaggregation of a
multiemployer plan for this purpose.
Furthermore, statutory changes made
since the issuance of the 1981
regulations have made this permissive
disaggregation rule from the 1981
regulations less needed and more
conducive to significant abuses. In
EGTRRA (and as made permanent in
PPA ’06), multiemployer plans were
exempted from the limitation for
defined benefit plans based on high-3
average compensation. This change
eliminated the need for multiemployer
plans to obtain compensation
information with respect to each
participant from multiple participating
employers. In TRA ’86, the phase-in
period for the dollar limitation for
defined benefit plans was changed from
10 years of service to 10 years of plan
participation. As a result of this change,
the permissive disaggregation rule from
the 1981 regulations allows for the
multiplication of section 415 limits
within a multiemployer plan that could
not be otherwise achieved by simply
establishing separate single employer
plans. Accordingly, these final
regulations retain the rule from the
proposed regulations that does not
allow disaggregation of a multiemployer
plan. In this regard, see the discussion
under the paragraph heading
‘‘§ 1.415(c)–2: Definition of
Compensation’’ for a rule that treats all
employers contributing to a
multiemployer plan as a single
employer for purposes of the restriction
on the recognition of compensation paid
after severance from employment with
an employer.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Section 1.415(a)–1(d)(3)(v) provides
rules regarding a plan’s incorporation by
reference of cost-of-living increases in
the applicable limitations pursuant to
section 415(d), including default rules
that apply in the absence of contrary
plan provisions. In providing rules for
incorporation by reference, the
proposed regulations provided that
annual increases in the applicable
limitations pursuant to section 415(d)
do not apply in limitation years
beginning after the annuity starting date
to a participant who has previously
commenced receiving benefits unless
the plan specifies that this annual
increase applies to such a participant.
One commentator pointed out that
this provision in the proposed
regulations modified the default
treatment under the 1981 regulations
(which provide that adjustments to the
applicable limitations are not made after
a participant’s separation from service
unless the plan so provides). In
response to this comment, the final
regulations retain the rule from the 1981
regulations under which the section
415(d) annual increases in the
applicable limitations do not apply with
respect to a participant for increases that
become effective after the participant’s
severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan (or, if
earlier, after the annuity starting date in
the case of a participant who has
commenced receiving benefits) unless
the plan specifies that this annual
increase applies to such a participant.
Thus, annual increases in the applicable
limitations apply to a participant who
has severed from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan or who
has commenced receiving benefits only
if the plan specifies that those annual
increases apply to such a participant.
Limitations Applicable to Defined
Benefit Plans (§ 1.415(b)–1)
Section 1.415(b)–1 of these
regulations sets forth rules for applying
the limitations on benefits under a
defined benefit plan. Under these
limitations, the annual benefit must not
exceed the lesser of $160,000 (as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) and
100 percent of the participant’s average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service.
These regulations generally define the
period of a participant’s high-3 years of
service as the period of 3 consecutive
calendar years during which the
employee had the greatest aggregate
compensation from the employer. A
retirement benefit payable in a form
other than a straight life annuity is
adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity to determine the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
annual benefit payable under that form
of distribution. In addition, the
$160,000 dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) is actuarially adjusted for
benefit payments that commence before
age 62 or after age 65. Section 1.415(b)–
1 generally retains the rules set forth in
the proposed regulations except as
indicated below.
The proposed regulations provided
that, in addition to applying to benefits
payable to participants and
beneficiaries, the limitations of section
415(b) apply to accrued benefits
(regardless of whether the benefit is
vested) and benefits payable from an
annuity contract distributed to a
participant. Some commentators argued
that it is inappropriate to apply the
limitations of section 415(b) to a
participant’s accrued benefit in the case
of a plan that is not subject to the
requirements of section 411, since such
a plan sometimes does not define an
accrued benefit and benefits under such
a plan can always be reduced if needed
so that payments under the plan will
satisfy the limitations of section 415. In
response, these regulations provide that
the rule applying section 415(b) to limit
a participant’s accrued benefit applies
only to a plan that is subject to the
requirements of section 411. However, a
plan that is not subject to the
requirements of section 411 is still
subject to the requirements of section
415(b) with respect to the annual benefit
payable to a participant at any time
under the plan. As indicated in the
preamble to the proposed regulations,
where a participant’s accrued benefit is
computed pursuant to the fractional rule
of section 411(b)(1)(C), the limitations of
section 415(b) apply to the accrued
benefit as of the end of the limitation
year and, for ages prior to normal
retirement age, are not required to be
applied to the projected annual benefit
commencing at normal retirement age
from which the accrued benefit is
computed.
A. Actuarial Assumptions Used to
Convert Benefits to a Straight Life
Annuity
Pursuant to section 415(b)(2)(B)
(which provides for benefits paid in a
form other than a straight life annuity to
be adjusted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity in accordance with
Treasury regulations), these regulations
provide rules under which a retirement
benefit payable in any form other than
a straight life annuity is converted to the
straight life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to that other form to
determine the annual benefit (which is
used to demonstrate compliance with
section 415) with respect to that form of
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16881
distribution. These rules reflect
statutory changes that specify the
actuarial assumptions that are to be
used for these equivalency calculations
as well as published guidance that has
been issued since the prior final
regulations were published in 1981. The
statutory changes reflected in these
rules include, for plan years beginning
in years 2004 and 2005, the use of a 5.5
percent interest rate for benefits that are
subject to the present value rules of
section 417(e)(3),2 as set forth in PFEA,
as well as the modifications under
section 303 of PPA ’06 to the
equivalency calculations for benefits
that are subject to the present value
rules of section 417(e)(3) (which are
applicable to distributions with annuity
starting dates in plan years beginning
after December 31, 2005). In addition to
setting forth rules for adjusting forms of
benefit other than straight life annuities,
these regulations permit the IRS to issue
published guidance setting forth
simplified methods for making these
adjustments.
Under these regulations, the annual
benefit is determined as the greater of
the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity determined under the plan’s
actuarial assumptions or the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity
determined under actuarial assumptions
specified by statute. This methodology
implements the policy reflected in
section 415(b)(2)(E), under which the
plan’s determination that a straight life
annuity and a particular optional form
of benefit are actuarially equivalent is
overridden only when the optional form
of benefit under the plan is more
valuable than the corresponding straight
life annuity when the two forms are
compared using the statutorily specified
actuarial assumptions.
The rules in these regulations under
which a retirement benefit payable in
any form other than a straight life
annuity is converted to a straight life
annuity to determine the annual benefit
with respect to that form of distribution
generally follow the rules set forth in
Rev. Rul. 98–1. However, the
calculation of the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity determined using
the plan’s assumptions for actuarial
equivalence has been simplified for a
2 Section 417(e)(3) provides minimum present
value requirements for certain forms of benefit
payable from a defined benefit plan under which
payments cannot be less than the amount calculated
using a specified interest rate and a specified
mortality table. For forms of benefit that are subject
to the minimum present value rules of section
417(e)(3), the limitations of section 415(b) apply to
limit the amount of a distribution even if those
limitations result in a lower distribution than
would otherwise be required under the rules of
section 417(e)(3). See § 1.417(e)–1(d)(1).
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16882
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
form of benefit that is not subject to the
minimum present value rules of section
417(e)(3). Under the simplified
calculation, instead of first determining
the actuarial assumptions used under
the plan and then applying those
assumptions to convert an optional form
of benefit to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity, the regulations use
the straight life annuity, if any, that is
payable at the same age under the plan.
This straight life annuity is then
compared to the straight life annuity
that is the actuarial equivalent of the
optional form of benefit (determined
using the standardized assumptions),
and the larger of the two straight life
annuities is used for purposes of
demonstrating compliance with section
415.
This simplification has not been
extended to forms of benefit that are
subject to the minimum present value
rules of section 417(e)(3), however,
because under a plan those forms of
benefit are often determined as the
actuarial equivalent of the deferred
annuity, rather than as the actuarial
equivalent of the immediate straight life
annuity. Instead, for a benefit paid in a
form to which section 417(e)(3) applies,
pursuant to section 415(b)(2)(E), the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity benefit generally is determined
as the greatest of three annual amounts.
The first is the annual amount of the
straight life annuity commencing at the
annuity starting date that has the same
actuarial present value as the particular
form of benefit payable, computed using
the interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for
actuarial equivalence. The second is the
annual amount of the straight life
annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using a 5.5
percent interest assumption and the
applicable mortality table for the
distribution under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2).
The third is the annual amount of the
straight life annuity commencing at the
annuity starting date that has the same
actuarial present value as the particular
form of benefit payable (computed using
the applicable interest rate for the
distribution under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(3)
and the applicable mortality table for
the distribution under § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2)), divided by 1.05. This rule
reflects the amendment of section
415(b)(2)(E) by section 303 of PPA ’06.
One commentator asked whether the
rules regarding adjustments for forms of
benefit that are subject to the minimum
present value standards of section
417(e)(3) apply to plans that are not
subject to the requirements of section
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
417. Section 415(b)(2)(E) applies based
on the form of the benefit, and not the
status of the plan, and therefore the final
regulations provide that these rules also
apply to plans that are not subject to the
requirements of section 417.
Some commentators expressed
concern that the examples illustrating
the rules for actuarial adjustments
converted optional forms of benefit into
straight life annuities payable monthly,
and they noted that had the conversion
been to a straight life annuity payable
on the first day of each year, the straight
life annuity would have been smaller
and therefore a greater benefit would
have been permissible under section
415(b). Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the
Secretary is delegated authority to
prescribe regulations for adjusting a
benefit so that it is equivalent to a
benefit payable annually in the form of
a straight life annuity. These regulations
provide that if a benefit is payable in the
form of a straight life annuity, no
adjustment is made to account for
differences in the timing of payments
during a year (for example, no
adjustment is made on account of the
annuity being payable in annual or
monthly installments). Thus, if the
section 415(b) dollar limit for a
limitation year is $180,000, a plan is not
permitted to provide for 12 monthly
payments of $15,583, which is
actuarially equivalent to an annual
benefit of $180,000 payable on the first
day of the year. With respect to a benefit
payable in a form other than a straight
life annuity, the annual benefit is
determined as the straight life annuity
payable on the first day of each month
that is actuarially equivalent to the
benefit payable in such other form.
Some commentators expressed
concerns regarding the application of
these actuarial adjustments in the case
of annuity forms of benefit that are
increased automatically each year
pursuant to plan terms. Commentators
argued that, in testing such a form of
benefit for compliance with section 415,
increases to the section 415(b) limits
pursuant to section 415(d) should be
taken into account. Thus, commentators
asserted that a form of benefit with an
automatic increase feature should
satisfy section 415(b) so long as
payments made pursuant to the benefit
during each limitation year are less than
the section 415(b) limit in effect for the
limitation year.
In response to these comments, these
final regulations provide that, for a form
of benefit that is not subject to the
requirements of section 417(e)(3), no
adjustments are made to reflect these
automatic increases if certain
requirements are satisfied. Specifically,
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the form of benefit without regard to the
automatic increase feature must satisfy
the requirements of section 415(b), and
the plan must provide that in no event
will the amount payable to a participant
under the form of benefit in any
limitation year be greater than the
section 415(b) limit applicable at the
annuity starting date, as increased in
subsequent years pursuant to section
415(d). If these requirements are not
satisfied, the annual benefit with respect
to a benefit that is subject to automatic
increases must reflect the value of these
automatic increases under the rules
described above.
B. Inclusion of Social Security
Supplements in Annual Benefit
As under the proposed regulations,
these regulations clarify that a social
security supplement is included in
determining the annual benefit. Under
section 415(b)(2)(B), the annual benefit
does not include ancillary benefits that
are not directly related to retirement
benefits. However, because a social
security supplement is payable upon
retirement as a form of retirement
income, it is a retirement benefit. Thus,
a social security supplement is included
in determining the annual benefit
without regard to whether it is an
ancillary benefit or a qualified social
security supplement (QSUPP) within
the meaning of § 1.401(a)(4)–12.
C. Determination of High-3 Average
Compensation
The proposed regulations contained
two new provisions that would have
had a significant effect on the
determination of a participant’s average
compensation for the participant’s high3 consecutive years. The first provision
changed a rule in the 1981 final
regulations by restricting the
compensation used for this purpose to
compensation earned in periods during
which the participant was an active
participant in the plan. Pursuant to the
amendment of section 415(b)(3) made
by section 832 of PPA ’06 (which
eliminated the active participation
requirement for purposes of determining
average compensation for years
beginning after December 31, 2005), this
change has not been incorporated into
the final regulations.
The second provision in the proposed
regulations clarified the interaction of
the requirements of section 401(a)(17)
and the definition of compensation that
must be used for purposes of
determining a participant’s average
compensation for the participant’s high3 consecutive years. Because a plan is
not permitted to base benefits on
compensation in excess of the limitation
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
under section 401(a)(17), a plan’s
definition of compensation used for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415 is not permitted to reflect
compensation in excess of the limitation
under section 401(a)(17). Thus, for
example, where a participant
commences receiving benefits in 2006 at
age 75 (so that the age-adjusted dollar
limitation could be as high as $390,953,
depending on plan provisions), and the
participant had compensation in excess
of the applicable section 401(a)(17) limit
for years 2003, 2004, and 2005, the
participant’s benefit under the plan is
limited by the average compensation for
his highest three years as limited by
section 401(a)(17), which is $205,000
(the average of $200,000, $205,000, and
$210,000).
Commentators objected to this second
provision. These regulations retain this
provision from the proposed regulations
because the IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that this
interpretation is based on the best
reading of applicable statutory
requirements. However, these
regulations include a grandfather
provision under which a defined benefit
plan is considered to satisfy the
limitations of section 415(b) for a
participant with respect to benefits
accrued or payable under the plan as of
the end of the limitation year that is
immediately prior to the effective date
of these final regulations for the plan
pursuant to plan provisions (including
plan provisions relating to the plan’s
limitation year) that were both adopted
and in effect before April 5, 2007, but
only if such plan provisions meet the
requirements of statutory provisions,
regulations, and other published
guidance relating to section 415 in effect
immediately before the effective date of
these final regulations. In determining
whether plan provisions meet the
requirements of statutory provisions,
regulations, and other published
guidance relating to section 415 in effect
immediately before the effective date of
these final regulations, plan provisions
are permitted to reflect compensation in
excess of the section 401(a)(17) limit,
and the benefits based on such
compensation are eligible for the
grandfather rules.
These regulations set forth rules for
computing the limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) of 100 percent of the
participant’s average compensation for
the period of the participant’s high-3
years of service for a participant who is
employed with the employer for less
than 3 consecutive calendar years. For
such a participant, the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service is
the actual number of consecutive years
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
of service (including fractions of years,
but not less than one year). In such a
case, the limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) of 100 percent of the
participant’s average compensation for
the period of the participant’s high-3
years of service is computed by
averaging the participant’s
compensation during the participant’s
longest consecutive period of service
over the actual period of service
(including fractions of years, but not
less than one year). In a change from the
proposed regulations, these regulations
provide that, in the case of a participant
who has had a severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan and who is
subsequently rehired by that employer,
the period of the participant’s high-3
years of service is calculated by
excluding any years for which the
participant performs no services for and
receives no compensation from the
employer maintaining the plan (the
break period), and by treating the year
of service immediately prior to and the
year of service immediately after the
break period as if the years were
consecutive.
These regulations also modify the
proposed regulations by providing a
rule that applies in the case of an
employee who is rehired after severing
employment. If the plan provides for the
adjustment of a participant’s
compensation limit in accordance with
section 415(d) for limitation years
following the limitation year in which
the employee severs employment, the
rehired employee’s compensation limit
under section 415(b) is the greater of
100 percent of the participant’s average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service, as
determined prior to the employee’s
severance from employment and as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d), or
100 percent of the participant’s average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service,
taking into account service both before
and after rehire. This rule was added
because a participant’s compensation
limit should not be lower than it would
otherwise be merely because the
participant in rehired.
D. Treatment of Benefits Paid Partially
in the Form of a QJSA
Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the
survivor annuity portion of any joint
and survivor annuity that constitutes a
qualified joint and survivor annuity
(QJSA), as defined in section 417(b), is
not taken into account in determining
the annual benefit for purposes of
applying the limitations of section
415(b). As under the proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16883
regulations, these regulations clarify
how this exception from the limitations
of section 415 for the survivor annuity
portion of a QJSA applies to benefits
paid partially in the form of a QJSA and
partially in some other form. Under this
clarification, the rule excluding the
survivor portion of a QJSA from the
annual benefit applies to the survivor
annuity payments under the portion of
a benefit that is paid in the form of a
QJSA, even if another portion of the
benefit is paid in some other form.
E. Dollar Limitation Applicable to Early
or Late Commencement
The determination of the age-adjusted
dollar limitation under these regulations
reflects the rules enacted in EGTRRA.
As provided in Q&A–3 of Rev. Rul.
2001–51, this determination generally
follows the same steps and procedures
as those used in Rev. Rul. 98–1, except
that such determination takes into
account the increased defined benefit
dollar limitation enacted by EGTRRA
and the adjustments for early or late
commencement are no longer based on
social security retirement age. Applying
rules that are similar to those that are
used for determining actuarial
equivalence among forms of benefits,
these regulations generally use the
plan’s determinations for actuarial
equivalence of early or late retirement
benefits, but override those
determinations where the use of the
specified statutory assumptions results
in a lower limit. This methodology is
retained from the proposed regulations
because the IRS and the Treasury
Department believe that generally a
plan’s actuarial equivalence for section
415 purposes should be the same as
actuarial equivalence for other purposes
and because of the need to have an
administrable rule when a plan uses
factors that are not explicitly based on
an interest rate and mortality table.
Some commentators expressed
concern that these rules effectively
result in no increase to the dollar
limitation where a plan that is not
subject to the requirements of section
411 does not increase the participant’s
benefit to reflect a delay in
commencement beyond age 65. No
change has been made to address this
concern because the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe it is not
appropriate to increase the dollar
limitation for commencement after age
65 where, under the plan terms, there is
no increase to the participant’s benefit
on account of delayed commencement
(so that any increase in a participant’s
benefit is solely on account of
additional service or compensation). In
response to other commentator
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16884
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
concerns, these regulations provide that
an actuarial increase to a participant’s
benefit for commencement after age 65
is taken into account for this purpose
even if the actuarial increase offsets
additional benefit accruals under the
plan.
These regulations adopt rules for
mortality adjustments used in
computing the dollar limitation on a
participant’s annual benefit for
distributions commencing before age 62
or after age 65 that are generally
consistent with Notice 83–10 and Notice
87–21. Under these rules, to the extent
that a forfeiture does not occur upon the
participant’s death before the annuity
starting date, generally no adjustment is
made to reflect the probability of the
participant’s death during the relevant
time period (which is the period before
age 62 or after age 65), and to the extent
a forfeiture occurs upon the
participant’s death before the annuity
starting date, an adjustment must be
applied to reflect the probability of the
participant’s death during the relevant
time period.
These regulations also provide a
simplified method for applying these
mortality adjustment rules. Under this
simplified method, a plan is permitted
to treat no forfeiture as occurring upon
a participant’s death if the plan does not
charge participants for providing a
qualified preretirement survivor
annuity, but only if the plan applies this
treatment for adjustments that apply
both before age 62 and after age 65. This
simplified method eliminates the need
to determine the extent of a forfeiture
upon death in the case where a plan
provides for a qualified preretirement
survivor annuity.
One commentator asked whether, for
purposes of adjusting the dollar limit for
commencement prior to age 62, a plan
is permitted to make a mortality
adjustment for ages below age 62, even
if the plan does not provide for a
forfeiture upon the participant’s death
before the annuity starting date where it
is before age 62. Recognizing that
mortality adjustments would result in a
lower limit in such a case, these
regulations permit such an adjustment
to be made if the plan so provides.
Some commentators expressed
concern that the application of the rules
that adjust the section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit for pre-age 62 benefit
commencement as set forth in the
proposed regulations could result in the
limit decreasing as a participant ages
under certain circumstances. To address
this concern, these regulations provide
that, notwithstanding the generally
applicable rules for age adjustments to
the dollar limitation, the age-adjusted
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit does
not decrease on account of an increase
in age or the performance of additional
service.
F. Nonapplication of Adjustment to
Dollar Limitation for Early
Commencement With Respect to Police
Department and Fire Department
Employees
Consistent with section 415(b)(2)(G)
and (H), as amended by section 906(b)
of PPA ’06, these regulations provide
that the early retirement reduction does
not apply to certain participants in
plans of state, Indian tribal government,
and local government units who are
employees of a police department or fire
department, or former members of the
Armed Forces of the United States. This
rule applies to any participant in a plan
maintained by a state, Indian tribal
government, or political subdivision
thereof who is credited, for benefit
accrual purposes, with at least 15 years
of service as either (1) a full-time
employee of any police department or
fire department of the state, Indian tribal
government, or political subdivision
that provides police protection,
firefighting services, or emergency
medical services, or (2) a member of the
Armed Forces of the United States.
These regulations clarify that the
application of this rule depends on
whether the employer is a police
department or fire department of the
state, Indian tribal government, or
political subdivision, rather than on the
job classification of the individual
participant. Also, this rule applies based
on the function of an organization rather
than based on the name of the
organization.
G. Application of $10,000 Exception
Pursuant to section 415(b)(4), the
benefits payable with respect to a
participant under a defined benefit plan
satisfy the limitations of section 415(b)
if the retirement benefits payable with
respect to such a participant under the
plan and all other defined benefit plans
of the employer do not exceed $10,000
for the plan year or for any prior plan
year, and the employer has not at any
time maintained a defined contribution
plan in which the participant
participated. As under the proposed
regulations, these regulations clarify
that the alternative $10,000 limitation
under section 415(b)(4) is applied to
actual distributions made during each
year. Thus, a distribution for a
limitation year that exceeds $10,000 is
not within the section 415(b)(4)
alternative limitation (and therefore will
not be excepted from the otherwise
applicable limits of section 415(b)), even
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
if the distribution is a single-sum
distribution that is the actuarial
equivalent of an accrued benefit with
annual payments that are less than
$10,000.
H. Exclusion of Annual Benefit
Attributable to Mandatory Employee
Contributions From Annual Benefit
These regulations retain the rules
from the 1981 regulations that the
annual benefit does not include the
annual benefit attributable to mandatory
employee contributions. For this
purpose, the term mandatory employee
contributions means amounts
contributed to the plan by the employee
that are required as a condition of
employment, as a condition of
participation in the plan, or as a
condition of obtaining benefits (or
additional benefits) under the plan
attributable to employer contributions.
See section 411(c)(2)(C). Employee
contributions to a defined benefit plan
that are not maintained in a separate
account as described in section 414(k)
constitute mandatory employee
contributions (even if an employee can
elect whether to make the contributions,
and even if section 411 does not apply
to the plan) because, depending upon
the investment performance of plan
assets, employer contributions may be
needed to pay the portion of the
participant’s benefit that is conditioned
upon these employee contributions.
Any other employee contributions (plus
earnings thereon) are treated as a
separate defined contribution plan
rather than as part of a defined benefit
plan.
These regulations retain the rule from
the 1981 regulations that the annual
benefit attributable to mandatory
employee contributions is determined
under the rules of section 411(c) and
regulations promulgated under section
411, regardless of whether section 411
applies to the plan. These regulations
also clarify that the following are not
treated as employee contributions: (1)
Contributions that are picked up by a
governmental employer as provided
under section 414(h)(2), (2) repayment
of any loan made to a participant from
the plan, and (3) repayment of any
amount that was previously distributed.
One commentator asked how to
determine the annual benefit
attributable to mandatory employee
contributions under section 411(c) in
the case of a plan that is not subject to
the requirements of section 411 and 417,
and suggested the use of the plan’s
factors for this purpose. This suggestion
was not incorporated into these final
regulations because the amount payable
with respect to employee contributions
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
that is in excess of the amount that
would be payable with respect to such
contributions using the rules of section
411(c) is effectively a subsidy that
should be included in determining the
participant’s annual benefit under the
plan. These regulations also provide
that, for purposes of determining the
accumulated contributions described in
section 411(c)(2)(C), where the plan is
not subject to the requirements of
section 411, the plan must determine
what would have been the applicable
effective date of section 411(a)(2) as if
section 411 applied to the plan, and in
determining the annual benefit that is
actuarially equivalent to these
accumulated contributions, the plan
must determine the interest rate that
would have been required under section
417(e)(3) as if section 417 applied to the
plan.
Another commentator asked why the
repayment of an employee contribution
is not treated as an employee
contribution under this rule. No change
to the regulations has been made to
reflect this concern because, while the
repayment is not treated as an employee
contribution for purposes of section 415,
the original employee contribution is
still considered an employee
contribution for this purpose.
I. Exclusion of Annual Benefit
Attributable to Rollover Contributions
From Annual Benefit
These regulations clarify that the
annual benefit does not include the
annual benefit attributable to rollover
contributions made to a defined benefit
plan (that is, rollover contributions that
are not maintained in a separate account
that is treated as a separate defined
contribution plan under section 414(k)).
In such a case, the annual benefit
attributable to rollover contributions is
determined by applying the rules of
section 411(c) and treating the rollover
contributions as employee contributions
(regardless of whether sections 411 and
417 apply to the plan). This will occur,
for example, if a distribution is rolled
over from a defined contribution plan to
a defined benefit plan to provide an
annuity distribution. Thus, in the case
of rollover contributions from a defined
contribution plan to a defined benefit
plan to provide an annuity distribution,
the annual benefit attributable to those
rollover contributions for purposes of
section 415 is determined by applying
the rules of section 411(c), regardless of
the assumptions used to compute the
annuity distribution under the plan.
Accordingly, in such a case, if the plan
credits higher interest or uses more
favorable factors than those specified in
section 411(c) to determine the amount
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
of annuity payments arising from a
rollover contribution, the annual benefit
under the plan reflects the excess of
those annuity payments over the
amounts that would be payable using
the rules of section 411(c) because such
excess is effectively a subsidy which is
included in determining the
participant’s annual benefit under the
plan.
These final regulations clarify that the
rule that excludes the annual benefit
attributable to rollover contributions
applies to rollover contributions from an
eligible retirement plan, as defined in
section 402(c)(8)(B). Thus, the rule
applicable to rollovers is not limited
solely to rollovers from qualified plans.
Rollover contributions to an account
that is treated as a separate defined
contribution plan under section 414(k)
do not give rise to an annual benefit
because the separate account is not
treated as a defined benefit plan under
section 415(b). Furthermore, under the
rules relating to defined contribution
plans, these rollover contributions to a
separate account are excluded from the
definition of annual additions to a
defined contribution plan.
J. Treatment of Benefits Transferred
Among Plans and Terminated Plans
These regulations generally retain the
provisions in the proposed regulations
that modify the rules of the 1981 final
regulations for determining the amount
of transferred benefits that are excluded
from the annual benefit under a defined
benefit plan in the event of a transfer
from another defined benefit plan.
These modifications to the 1981 final
regulations are designed to ensure that
transferred benefits are not counted
more than once when the transferor
plan and the transferee plan are
aggregated under section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1, and to prevent the
circumvention of the limitations of
section 415(b) through benefit transfers
to plans of unrelated employers. The
rules of section 415(b) that apply upon
a transfer of benefits between plans
operate independently from the
requirements of section 414(l), and
compliance with the requirements of
section 414(l) does not ensure
compliance with these rules.
The proposed regulations provided
that, if the transferee plan’s benefits are
required to be taken into account
pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1 in determining whether the
transferor plan satisfies the limitations
of section 415(b) for that limitation year,
then the transferred benefits are
disregarded in determining the annual
benefit under the transferor plan. The
final regulations modify this rule. This
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16885
modification is being made in
conjunction with modifications to the
proposed regulations with respect to the
aggregation of plans among formerly
affiliated employers (discussed in more
detail under the heading ‘‘§ 1.415(f)–1:
Aggregating plans’’). Generally, under
the modified section 415(f) aggregation
rules, there are situations in which only
a portion of the benefits provided under
plans maintained by formerly affiliated
employers is taken into account when
applying section 415 on an aggregated
basis to each employer. Given this
modification to the aggregation rules,
the determination of whether
transferred benefits are nonetheless
treated as provided by the transferor
plan is properly based on whether the
transferred benefits are included in the
portion of the transferee plan that is
aggregated with the transferor plan.
Thus, the final regulations provide that,
to the extent the benefits transferred to
a transferee plan are otherwise required
to be taken into account pursuant to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 in
determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section
415(b), the transferred benefits are not
also treated as being provided under the
transferor plan (because these benefits
will be taken into account by the
transferor plan when it is aggregated
with the transferee plan).
The proposed regulations provided
that where there has been a transfer of
liabilities between plans and the
transferee plan’s benefits are not
required to be taken into account
pursuant to section 415(f) and
§ 1.415(f)–1 in determining whether the
transferor plan satisfies the limitations
of section 415(b), the assets associated
with those transferred liabilities (other
than surplus assets) are treated by the
transferor plan as distributed as a singlesum distribution. These final
regulations modify this proposed
transfer rule in two respects. First, for
the reasons described in the paragraph
above, this transfer rule is applicable
only if the benefits transferred to the
transferee plan are not otherwise
required to be taken into account by the
transferor plan pursuant to section
415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1. Second, the final
regulations modify this proposed rule in
response to comments expressing
concern with the administrative
complexity associated with the
calculation of the deemed single-sum
distribution. Instead of treating the
assets associated with the transferred
liabilities as a deemed single-sum
distribution, the final regulations treat
the transferred liabilities as comprising
a plan that must be aggregated with the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16886
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
transferor plan, that had terminated
with sufficient assets to pay benefit
liabilities under the plan and had
purchased annuities to provide plan
benefits.
Although such a transfer is treated as
a plan termination in computing the
annual benefit under the transferor plan,
no corresponding adjustment to the
annual benefit under the transferee plan
is made to reflect the fact that some of
the benefits provided under the
transferee plan are attributable to the
transfer. Thus, the actual benefit
provided under the transferee plan is
used to determine the annual benefit
under the transferee plan even though
the transferred amount is also included
along with other benefits provided
under the transferor plan in determining
the participant’s annual benefit under
the transferor plan.
While some commentators expressed
concern that this resulted in double
counting of benefits, in most such cases,
a participant whose benefits have been
transferred would accrue no additional
benefit under the transferor plan that
would be required to be tested under the
transferor plan (in combination with the
transferred benefits). Furthermore, these
rules prevent the transferor plan from
avoiding the limitations of section 415
for participants by spinning off the
participants’ benefits to a plan of an
unrelated employer and then accruing
additional benefits for the participants.
For example, without these rules, the
benefit of an executive in a plan
maintained by the executive’s employer
could be transferred to a plan
maintained by a business that is owned
by the executive and that is not
aggregated with the executive’s
employer for purposes of section 415,
and the executive could accrue an
additional benefit up to the section 415
limits under the plan maintained by the
executive’s employer.
The final regulations provide rules
specifying how to take into account
benefits provided under a terminated
plan. If a defined benefit plan is
terminated with sufficient assets to pay
accrued benefits and a participant in the
plan has not yet commenced benefits
under the plan, for purposes of
satisfying section 415(b) with respect to
the participant, the final regulations
require that all other defined benefit
plans maintained by the employer that
maintained the terminated plan take
into account the benefits provided
pursuant to the annuities purchased to
provide benefits under the terminated
plan at each possible annuity starting
date. The final regulations provide that
if a defined benefit plan is terminated
and there are not sufficient assets for the
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
payment of the accrued benefit of all
plan participants, all other defined
benefit plans maintained by the
employer that maintained the
terminated plan are required to take into
account the benefits that are actually
provided under the terminated plan. For
example, if the terminated plan is
subject to Title IV of ERISA, the other
plans maintained by the employer that
maintained the terminated plan take
into account the benefits that are
provided by the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation. If the terminated
plan was not subject to Title IV of
ERISA, the other plans take into account
the benefits that are actually paid by the
terminated plan. The multiple annuity
starting date rules apply to the extent
that benefits from a terminated plan and
an ongoing plan do not commence at the
same time.
These regulations clarify that if a
participant elects to transfer a
distributable benefit to a defined benefit
plan pursuant to § 1.411(d)–4, A–3(c),
the transfer is treated in the same
manner as an amount that is distributed
and then rolled over (specifically, the
transferred benefit is treated by the
transferor plan as a distribution, and the
annual benefit provided by the
transferee plan does not include the
annual benefit attributable to the
amount transferred). This rule applies
regardless of whether the requirements
of section 411 apply to the plan and, in
the case of a transfer from a defined
contribution plan that is not subject to
the requirements of section 411 (such as
a governmental plan) to a defined
benefit plan, the rule applies even if the
participant’s benefits are not
distributable from the defined
contribution at the time of the transfer.
K. 10-Year Phase-in of Limitations
Based on Years of Participation and
Years of Service
As under the proposed regulations,
these regulations provide rules for
applying the 10-year phase-in of the
dollar limitation based on years of
participation in the plan, as added by
TRA ’86, and modify the rules set forth
in the 1981 regulations for applying the
10-year phase-in of the compensation
limit based on years of service. These
regulations, like the proposed
regulations, follow the guidance set
forth in Notice 87–21 for applying the
10-year phase-in based on years of
participation, and apply analogous rules
for purposes of applying the 10-year
phase-in based on years of service.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
L. Exception to Compensation-Based
Limit for Certain Church Plans
The final regulations also reflect the
amendment of section 415(b)(11) by
PPA ’06. Under the amendment, the
section 415(b)(1)(B) compensation-based
limit that is generally applicable to
defined benefit plans is not applicable
to a participant in a plan maintained by
a church described in section
3121(w)(3)(A) if the participant has
never been a highly compensated
employee (as defined in section 414(q))
of the church. These regulations provide
that if such a participant later becomes
a highly compensated employee of the
church, the plan is not treated as failing
to satisfy the compensation-based limit
provided that no plan amendments
increasing the participant’s benefits are
adopted in the year the participant
becomes a highly compensated
employee and there is no increase in the
participant’s accrued benefit derived
from employer contributions in
subsequent years.
Multiple Annuity Starting Dates
(§ 1.415(b)–2)
Section 1.415(b)–2 of the proposed
regulations set forth rules for computing
the annual benefit under one or more
defined benefit plans in the case of
multiple annuity starting dates.
Multiple annuity starting dates exist, for
example, where benefit distributions to
a participant have previously
commenced under a plan that is
aggregated for purposes of section 415
with a plan for which the participant
receives current accruals. In addition,
the multiple annuity starting date rules
apply for purposes of determining the
annual benefit of a participant where a
new distribution election is effective
during the current limitation year with
respect to a distribution that previously
commenced. The multiple annuity
starting date rules also apply when
benefit payments are increased, unless
the benefit increase complies with one
of the safe harbors provided in the
regulations.
Numerous commentators raised
concerns regarding these rules. Based on
these comments, the IRS and the
Treasury Department have determined
that revisions to these rules are needed
before these rules are adopted in final
form. Accordingly, these regulations
reserve a place for regulations regarding
multiple annuity starting dates. The IRS
and the Treasury Department are
developing new proposed regulations
regarding multiple annuity starting
dates, and corresponding revisions to
regulations under § 1.401(a)(9)–6.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
In the interim, § 1.415(b)–1 of these
regulations provides that if a participant
has or will have distributions
commencing at more than one annuity
starting date, the limitations of section
415 must be satisfied as of each of the
annuity starting dates, taking into
account the benefits that have been or
will be provided at all of the annuity
starting dates. In determining the annual
benefit of a participant as of a particular
annuity starting date, the plan is
required to actuarially adjust past and
future distributions with respect to the
benefit that commenced at the other
annuity starting dates.
Limitations Applicable to Defined
Contribution Plans § 1.415(c)–1
Section 1.415(c)–1 of these
regulations sets forth rules that apply to
limitations on annual additions under a
defined contribution plan. Under these
limitations, annual additions must not
be greater than the lesser of $40,000 (as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) or
100 percent of the participant’s
compensation for the limitation year.
The term annual additions generally
means the sum for any year of employer
contributions, employee contributions,
and forfeitures. In addition to applying
to qualified defined contribution plans,
the limitations in section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1 of the regulations apply to
section 403(b) annuity contracts,
simplified employee pensions described
in section 408(k), mandatory employee
contributions to qualified defined
benefit plans, and contributions to
certain medical benefit accounts.
These regulations reflect a number of
statutory changes to section 415(c) that
were made after the issuance of the 1981
regulations. Among these changes are
the revised limitation amounts under
section 415(c), the revised rules
applicable to employee stock ownership
plans, and the rules applying the
limitations of section 415(c) to certain
medical benefit accounts. These
regulations also make some other
changes to the 1981 regulations, as
discussed below. Consistent with the
change to section 403(b)(1) made in
JCWAA, these regulations provide that
the limitations under section 415(c)
apply to any section 403(b) annuity
contract, regardless of whether the
contract satisfies the requirements of
section 414(i) to be a defined
contribution plan. Thus, the limitations
under section 415(c) apply to a section
403(b) annuity contract even if the
limitations of section 415(b) also apply
to the contract. Section 415(b) applies to
the contract if the contract is a church
plan that is covered by the grandfather
rule of section 251(e)(5) of TEFRA.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
Consistent with Rev. Rul. 2002–45,
the regulations provide that a restorative
payment that is allocated to a
participant’s account does not give rise
to an annual addition for any limitation
year. For this purpose, restorative
payments are payments made to restore
losses to a plan resulting from actions
by a fiduciary for which there is a
reasonable risk of liability for breach of
a fiduciary duty under Title I of ERISA,
where plan participants who are
similarly situated are treated similarly
with respect to the payments.
Commentators suggested that restorative
payments should also include payments
made to restore losses to a plan resulting
from actions by a fiduciary for which
there is a reasonable risk of liability for
breach of a fiduciary duty under other
applicable federal or state law, to take
into account contributions under plans
that are not subject to Title I of ERISA
in appropriate circumstances. These
regulations adopt this suggestion.
Accordingly, payments to a defined
contribution plan are restorative
payments only if the payments are made
in order to restore some or all of the
plan’s losses due to an action (or a
failure to act) that creates a reasonable
risk of liability for such a breach of
fiduciary duty under Title I of ERISA or
under other applicable federal or state
law. The regulations specifically list
certain payments that satisfy this rule,
including payments to a plan made
pursuant to a Department of Labor order
or court-approved settlement to restore
losses to a qualified defined
contribution plan on account of the
breach of fiduciary duty, and payments
made pursuant to the Department of
Labor’s Voluntary Fiduciary Correction
Program to restore losses to a qualified
defined contribution plan on account of
the breach of fiduciary duty.
As under the proposed regulations,
these final regulations provide that the
Commissioner may in appropriate cases,
considering all of the facts and
circumstances, treat transactions
between the plan and the employer,
transactions between the plan and the
employee, or certain allocations to
participants’ accounts as giving rise to
annual additions. For example, in
general, the Commissioner will treat
payments made to a plan by an
employer or another party to make up
for losses due merely to market
fluctuations and other payments that are
not made on account of a reasonable
risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary
duty under Title I of ERISA or other
Federal or state law generally as
contributions that give rise to annual
additions. As under the proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16887
regulations, these regulations clarify
that where an employee or employer
transfers assets to a plan in exchange for
consideration that is less than the fair
market value of the assets transferred to
the plan, there is an annual addition in
the amount of the difference between
the value of the assets transferred and
the consideration.
For taxable employers, these
regulations retain the rule under the
1981 regulations that an employer
contribution is not treated as credited to
a participant’s account for a particular
limitation year unless the contribution
is actually made to the plan no later
than 30 days after the end of the period
described in section 404(a)(6) applicable
to the taxable year with or within which
the particular limitation year ends. The
final regulations modify the
corresponding rule for tax-exempt
employers in the proposed regulations.
Under the final regulations, a
contribution to a plan by a tax-exempt
employer is taken into account for a
limitation year for purposes of section
415(c) if the contribution is credited to
a participant’s account no later than the
15th day of the tenth calendar month
following the end of the calendar year
or fiscal year (as applicable, depending
on the basis on which the employer
keeps its books) with or within which
the particular limitation year ends. This
date corresponds to the due date for
Form 5500, ‘‘Annual Return/Report of
Employee Benefit Plan,’’ (with
extensions) in cases in which the
calendar or fiscal year coincides with
the plan year and generally corresponds
to the date for taxable employers who
request filing extensions. The extent to
which elective contributions constitute
plan assets for purposes of the
prohibited transaction provisions of
section 4975 and Title I of ERISA is
determined in accordance with
regulations and rulings issued by the
Department of Labor. See 29 CFR
2510.3–102.
The final regulations clarify that if the
allocation of an annual addition is
dependent under the terms of the plan
upon the satisfaction of a condition that
has not been satisfied by the date as of
which the annual addition is allocated,
then the annual addition is considered
allocated as of the date the condition is
satisfied. This is a change from the
proposed regulations, under which this
rule only applied if the allocation was
dependent upon participation in the
plan as of a particular date.
Additionally, the final regulations
clarify that an annual addition that is
made pursuant to a corrective
amendment that complies with the
requirements of § 1.401(a)(4)–11(g) is
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16888
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
credited to the account of a participant
for a particular limitation year if it is
allocated to the participant’s account
under the terms of the corrective
amendment as of any date within that
limitation year.
These regulations clarify the
operation of the special increased
limitation applicable to church plans
under section 415(c)(7). Under this rule,
notwithstanding the generally
applicable limitations, annual additions
for a section 403(b) annuity contract for
a year with respect to an individual who
is a church employee are treated as not
exceeding the limitation of section
415(c) if such annual additions for the
year are not in excess of $10,000.
However, the total amount of additions
with respect to any participant that are
permitted to be taken into account for
purposes of this rule for all years may
not exceed $40,000. The regulations also
reflect a special rule for church
employees performing services outside
the United States, as amended by
GOZA. Under this special rule, for any
individual who is a church employee
performing any services for the church
outside the United States during the
limitation year, additions for a section
403(b) annuity contract for any year are
not treated as exceeding the limitations
of section 415(c) if those annual
additions for the year do not exceed
$3,000 (but only if the individual’s
adjusted gross income does not exceed
$17,000). These regulations clarify that
the $40,000 cumulative total only
applies to excesses over what would
have been permitted to be contributed
without regard to this special rule, and
clarify the interaction between the
generally applicable church employee
rule and the rule for church employees
performing services outside the United
States.
As under the proposed regulations,
these regulations do not include the
correction methods for excess annual
additions applicable under § 1.415–
6(b)(6) of the 1981 regulations.
Conforming changes have been made to
§ 1.401(a)–2(b), § 1.401(a)(9)–5, A–
9(b)(1), and § 1.402(c)–2, A–4(a) to
reflect this deletion.
Despite the deletion, the deleted
correction methods are generally
permitted under the Employee Plans
Compliance Resolution System
(EPCRS), Rev. Proc. 2006–27 (2006–22
IRB 945) (see § 601.601(d)(2)). In section
2.02(2) of Rev. Proc. 2006–27, comments
were requested on whether the
correction methods in former § 1.415–
6(b)(6), including the maintenance of
suspense accounts, should be retained
as options under EPCRS. Pending the
issuance of further guidance that takes
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
into account those comments, plans that
are eligible for the Self-Correction
Program under section 4 of Rev. Proc.
2006–27 may implement corrections
using the methods in former § 1.415–
6(b)(6), but only if the requirements of
section 9 of Rev. Proc. 2006–27 are
satisfied, and those corrections will also
be taken into account for purposes of
the Voluntary Correction and Audit
Closing Agreement Programs under
EPCRS.
These regulations generally retain the
rules under the 1981 regulations
providing that a contribution to reduce
accumulated funding deficiencies or a
contribution made pursuant to a
funding waiver relates to the limitation
year of the initial funding obligation.
However, these regulations, like the
proposed regulations, provide that any
interest paid by the employer with
respect to such a contribution that is in
excess of a reasonable amount is taken
into account as an annual addition for
the limitation year when the
contribution is made (in contrast to the
1981 regulations, which required
interest in excess of a reasonable
amount to be taken into account as an
annual addition for the limitation year
for which the contribution was
originally required). Rev. Rul. 78–223
(1978–1 CB 125) (see § 601.601(d)(2))
provides a method for determining
contributions required to amortize
waived contributions under a defined
contribution plan. The application of
any of the methods described in Rev.
Rul. 78–223 will result in reasonable
interest payments for purposes of
applying the rules of section 415
(provided that, if a fixed interest rate in
excess of 5 percent is used to amortize
waived contributions, the interest rate
must be reasonable). Thus, for example,
the actual yield method (under which
the adjusted account balance is
increased or decreased periodically at
the actual rate of investment return
experienced by the plan for such period)
can be used for this purpose.
Definition of Compensation (§ 1.415(c)–
2)
Section 1.415(c)–2 of these
regulations defines the term
‘‘compensation,’’ which is defined in
section 415(c)(3) and used for purposes
of applying the limitations of section
415 as well as for various other
purposes specified under the Internal
Revenue Code. These regulations reflect
a number of statutory changes to section
415(c)(3) that were made after the
issuance of the 1981 regulations. Among
these changes are the inclusion in
compensation of certain deemed
amounts for disabled participants and
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
nontaxable elective amounts for
deferrals under sections 401(k), 403(b),
and 457, cafeteria plan elections under
section 125, and qualified transportation
fringe elections under section 132(f)(4).
In addition to these changes, these
regulations make some other changes to
the 1981 regulations, as discussed in
this preamble.
The proposed regulations provided
specific guidelines regarding when
amounts received following severance
from employment are considered
compensation for purposes of section
415. The proposed regulations provided
that the following are types of postseverance payments that are not
excluded from compensation because of
timing if they are paid within 21⁄2months following severance from
employment: (1) payments that, absent
a severance from employment, would
have been paid to the employee while
the employee continued in employment
with the employer and are regular
compensation for services during the
employee’s regular working hours,
compensation for services outside the
employee’s regular working hours (such
as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses, or other similar
compensation; and (2) payments for
accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or
other leave, but only if the employee
would have been able to use the leave
if employment had continued.
Commentators made a number of
suggestions regarding the post-severance
compensation rules. Some
commentators requested a lengthening
of the 21⁄2-month period to as long as a
year, or exceptions from the 21⁄2-month
rule under certain circumstances (such
as teacher pay that is paid on a 12month basis for each 9-month school
year, or residual payments that are made
to entertainment industry employees
years after the services are performed).
Some commentators requested changes
to the types of compensation that are
permitted or required to be taken into
account for ease of plan administration.
The final regulations lengthen the
time during which certain postseverance payments are taken into
account from the 21⁄2-month period
under the proposed regulations. The
final regulations provide that in order
for payments after severance from
employment to be treated as
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3), payments made for
services provided to a former employer
must be made by the later of 21⁄2-months
after the severance from employment or
the end of the limitation year that
includes the date of severance from
employment. In addition, a
governmental plan (within the meaning
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
of section 414(d)) is permitted to
provide that the calendar year that
includes the date of severance from
employment is substituted for the
limitation year that includes the date of
severance from employment for this
purpose.
The final regulations also provide that
post-severance payments of accrued
bona fide sick, vacation, and other leave
that are paid within the timeframe
described in the preceding paragraph
are not included in compensation
unless the plan specifically includes
such payments. Additionally, the final
regulations permit a plan to specify that
a post-severance payment from a
nonqualified unfunded deferred
compensation plan may be included in
compensation if the payment is made
within the timeframe described in the
preceding paragraph, but only if the
payment would have been made at the
same time if the employee had
continued his or her employment and
only to the extent that the payment is
includible in the employee’s gross
income.
As under the proposed regulations,
the rule under the final regulations
generally excluding payments after
severance from employment from
compensation does not apply to
payments to an individual who does not
currently perform services for the
employer by reason of qualified military
service (as that term is used in section
414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments
do not exceed the amounts the
individual would have received if the
individual had continued to perform
services for the employer rather than
entering qualified military service. The
final regulations modify the proposed
regulations by adding another exception
to the post-severance timing rule for
compensation paid to a permanently
and totally disabled participant,
provided certain conditions are
satisfied. As provided under the
proposed regulations, the final
regulations also contain corresponding
amendments to the regulations under
sections 401(k) and 457 that provide
that amounts received following
severance from employment can be
deferred only if they are considered
compensation under the rules of section
415.
Whether a person has a severance
from employment with the employer
that maintains a plan is determined for
purposes of section 415 in the same
manner as under § 1.401(k)–1(d)(2),
except that for purposes of determining
the employer of an employee, the rules
of section 415(h) are taken into account
(under which the phrase ‘‘more than 50
percent’’ is substituted for the phrase
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
‘‘at least 80 percent’’ each place it
appears in section 1563(a)(1) for
purposes of applying section 414(b) and
(c)). Thus, an employee has a severance
when the employee ceases to be an
employee of the employer maintaining
the plan, and an employee does not
have a severance from employment if, in
connection with a change of
employment, the employee’s new
employer maintains the plan with
respect to the employee. In addition, the
determination of whether an employee
ceases to be an employee of the
employer maintaining the plan is based
on all of the relevant facts and
circumstances. In the case of a
multiemployer plan, a payment after
severance from employment from an
employer for whom services were
provided is considered to be
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3) as long as the
individual receiving the payment is
employed by any employer maintaining
the multiemployer plan. Thus, in the
case of a multiemployer plan, an
employee is treated as having a
severance from employment only when
the employee is no longer providing
services to any employer maintaining
the multiemployer plan. This rule is
consistent with the treatment of a
multiemployer plan as a single plan that
is not disaggregated for purposes of
applying the limitations of section 415.
As noted above, the final regulations
provide that a plan cannot take into
account compensation in excess of the
section 401(a)(17) limit. In addition, the
final regulations provide that elective
deferrals can only be made from
compensation as defined in section
415(c)(3). However, in applying these
two rules, a plan is not required to
determine a participant’s compensation
on the basis of the earliest payments of
compensation during a year.
Commentators also requested
clarification as to the treatment of
nonresident aliens under all of the
alternative definitions of compensation
that the regulations allow.
Commentators had noted that the
various alternative definitions of
compensation permitted under the 1981
regulations could be interpreted as
including compensation paid to
nonresident aliens, but the
commentators observed that this issue
was not sufficiently clear.
These regulations provide that
amounts paid to an individual as
compensation for services do not fail to
be treated as compensation merely
because those amounts are not
includible in the individual’s gross
income on account of the location of the
services. Similarly, these regulations
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16889
also provide that amounts paid to an
individual as compensation for services
do not fail to be treated as compensation
merely because those amounts are paid
by an employer with respect to which
payments of compensation to the
individual are excluded from gross
income. Thus, for example, the
determination of whether an amount is
includible as compensation is made
without regard to the exclusions from
gross income under sections 872, 893,
894, 911, and 933.
Under these modified rules, an
employee who is a nonresident alien
with no United States sourced income is
not prevented from participating in a
qualified plan sponsored by the
employee’s employer on account of the
limitations of section 415 that relate to
the employee’s compensation. These
rules, however, do not modify other
requirements with respect to such an
employee’s participation in a qualified
plan, such as the rules relating to the
entity that is properly entitled to a
deduction for contributions made to the
plan on account of the employee’s
participation.
These regulations also provide a rule
of administrative convenience under
which section 415 compensation does
not include compensation paid to a
nonresident alien, provided that the
individual does not participate in the
plan and the compensation is not
effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United
States, and only to the extent that the
compensation is excludable from the
individual’s gross income either on
account of the location of the services or
because compensation paid by the
employer is excludable from gross
income. This is relevant for purposes of
determining who is a key employee
under the top heavy rules of section 416
and who is a highly compensated
employee under the rules of section
414(q).
Like the proposed regulations, these
final regulations generally retain the
rules in the 1981 regulations regarding
section 415 compensation and
contributions to and distributions from
plans of deferred compensation.
Accordingly, these regulations provide
that distributions from a plan of
deferred compensation (whether or not
qualified) are not compensation for
section 415 purposes (but permit a plan
to include as compensation amounts
received by an employee pursuant to a
nonqualified unfunded plan for the year
in which the amounts are actually
received) and provide that contributions
made by an employer (other than
elective contributions) to a plan of
deferred compensation (whether or not
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16890
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
qualified) are not compensation to the
extent that the contributions are not
includible in the income of the
employee for the taxable year in which
contributed. The final regulations clarify
that section 415 compensation includes
amounts that are includible in the gross
income of an employee under the rules
of section 409A or section 457(f)(1)(A)
or because the amounts are
constructively received by the
employee. The final regulations also
clarify that a plan is permitted to
include as compensation amounts
received by an employee pursuant to a
nonqualified deferred compensation
plan only to the extent such amounts
are includible in gross income.
Cost-of-Living Adjustments (§ 1.415(d)–
1)
Section 1.415(d)–1 of these
regulations sets forth rules that apply to
cost-of-living adjustments to the various
limitations of section 415 pursuant to
section 415(d). Section 415(d) provides
for the dollar and compensation
limitations on annual benefits and the
dollar limitation on annual additions to
be adjusted annually for increases in the
cost of living based on adjustment
procedures similar to the procedures
used to adjust social security benefit
amounts. These adjustments also apply
for other purposes as specified in the
Code. These regulations specify the
manner in which these adjustments are
determined each year, and reflect
statutory changes to the adjustment
methodology made after the 1981
regulations were issued. In addition,
these regulations make several other
changes to the 1981 regulations, as
discussed in this preamble. Section
1.415(d)–1 generally retains the rules set
forth in the proposed regulations except
as indicated in this preamble.
These regulations specify the
circumstances under which an adjusted
limit is permitted to be applied to
participants who have previously
commenced receiving benefits under a
defined benefit plan. Under these
regulations, the adjusted dollar
limitation is applicable to current
employees who are participants in a
defined benefit plan and is permitted to
apply to former employees who have
retired or otherwise terminated their
service under the plan and have a
nonforfeitable right to accrued benefits,
regardless of whether they have actually
begun to receive benefits. If a
participant has commenced receiving
benefits, the annual increase is only
permitted to be applied to the extent
that benefits have not been paid. Thus,
for example, a plan cannot provide that
this annual increase applies to a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
participant who has previously received
the entire plan benefit in a single-sum
distribution. However, a plan is
permitted to provide for an increase in
benefits to a participant to the extent the
participant accrues additional benefits
under the plan that could have been
accrued without regard to the
adjustment of the dollar limitation
(including benefits that accrue as a
result of a plan amendment) on or after
the effective date of the adjusted
limitation.
These regulations retain the safe
harbor set forth in the proposed
regulations under which the annual
benefit will satisfy the limitations of
section 415(b) for the current limitation
year following an adjustment to benefit
payments that is made to reflect the
cost-of-living adjustment made pursuant
to section 415(d). Under this safe
harbor, if a plan incorporates by
reference the annual section 415(d) costof-living adjustments to the limitations
of section 415, a distribution that is
increased solely as a result of the
application of the section 415(d) cost-ofliving adjustments to the applicable
limits will be treated as continuing to
satisfy the requirements of section
415(b) and is not subject to the multiple
annuity starting date rules. In
connection with the changes discussed
in the following paragraph, this safe
harbor has been relocated to § 1.415(a)–
1(d)(3)(v).
Commentators expressed concern that
the safe harbor in the proposed
regulations did not cover situations
where benefits are increased
periodically by plan amendments that
reflect the section 415(d) cost-of-living
adjustments. After consideration of
these comments, the IRS and the
Treasury Department have determined
that additional safe harbors are
appropriate. Accordingly, under these
final regulations, if a plan is amended
to apply the adjusted section 415(b)
limits in accordance with either of two
safe harbors, a distribution that is
increased pursuant to the amendment
will be treated as continuing to satisfy
the requirements of section 415(b).
A plan amendment satisfies the first
safe harbor if the employee has received
one or more distributions that satisfy the
requirements of section 415(b) before
the date the adjustment to the
applicable limits is effective, the
increased distribution is solely as a
result of the amendment of the plan to
reflect the adjustment to the applicable
limits pursuant to section 415(d), and
the amounts payable to the employee on
and after the effective date of the
adjustment are not greater than the
amounts that would otherwise be
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
payable without regard to the
adjustment, multiplied by a fraction
determined for the limitation year, the
numerator of which is the limitation
under section 415(b) (which is the lesser
of the applicable dollar limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(A), as adjusted for age
at commencement, and the applicable
compensation-based limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B)) in effect for the
distribution following the section 415(d)
adjustment, and the denominator of
which is such limitation under section
415(b) in effect for the distribution
immediately before the section 415(d)
adjustment.
A plan amendment satisfies the
second safe harbor if the employee has
received one or more distributions that
satisfy the requirements of section
415(b) before the date on which the
increased distribution is effective, and
the amounts payable to the employee on
and after the effective date for the
increased distribution are not greater
than the amounts that would otherwise
be payable without regard to the
increase, multiplied by the cumulative
adjustment fraction. The cumulative
adjustment fraction is equal to the
product of all of the annual fractions
(described in the first safe harbor) that
would have applied after benefits
commence if the plan had been
amended each year to incorporate the
section 415(d) adjustments to the
applicable section 415(b) limits in
accordance with the first safe harbor. In
determining the cumulative adjustment
fraction, if for the limitation year for
which the adjustment in the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit pursuant to
EGTRRA is first effective (generally, the
first limitation year beginning after
December 31, 2001), the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit applicable to a
participant is less than the section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit, then
the annual fraction for such year is 1.0.
Aggregating Plans (§ 1.415(f)–1)
Section 1.415(f)–1 of these regulations
sets forth rules for aggregating plans
pursuant to section 415(f). Section
1.415(f)–1 generally retains the rules set
forth in the proposed regulations except
as indicated in this preamble. Under
section 415(f) and these regulations, for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415(b) and (c), all defined
benefit plans that have ever been
maintained by an employer are treated
as one defined benefit plan, and all
defined contribution plans that have
ever been maintained by an employer
are treated as one defined contribution
plan. The controlled group rules of
section 414(b) and (c) (as modified by
section 415(h)), the affiliated service
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
group rules of section 414(m), and the
leased employee rules of section 414(n)
apply for purposes of determining
whether a plan that is maintained by an
entity other than the employer is
considered maintained by the employer
for purposes of applying the aggregation
rules of section 415(f). These basic
employer aggregation rules were also
contained in the 1981 regulations.
One commentator noted that the
proposed regulations incorrectly
reflected the rules of section 415(h)
(which applies a 50 percent standard in
lieu of an 80 percent standard for
purposes of applying the control rules)
by applying those rules in determining
whether two or more organizations are
a brother-sister group of trades or
businesses under common control
under the rules in § 1.414(c)–2(c). These
final regulations provide that the rules
of section 415(h) do not apply for this
purpose.
These final regulations make various
changes and clarifications to the 1981
regulations relating to aggregating plans.
As under the proposed regulations,
these final regulations clarify that an
employer’s plan must be aggregated
with all plans maintained by a
predecessor employer (see section
414(a)), regardless of whether any such
plan is assumed by the employer.
As under the proposed regulations,
the final regulations provide that a
former employer is a predecessor
employer with respect to a participant
in a plan maintained by an employer if
the employer maintains a plan under
which the participant had accrued a
benefit while performing services for the
former employer, but only if that benefit
is provided under the plan maintained
by the employer. In addition, as under
the proposed regulations, these final
regulations provide pursuant to section
414(a)(2) that, with respect to an
employer of a participant, a former
entity that antedates the employer is a
predecessor employer with respect to
the participant if, under the facts and
circumstances, the employer constitutes
a continuation of all or a portion of the
trade or business of the former entity.
This will occur, for example, where
formation of the employer constitutes a
mere formal or technical change in the
employment relationship and continuity
otherwise exists in the substance and
administration of the business
operations of the former entity and the
employer. See Lear Eye Clinic, Ltd. v.
Commissioner, 106 T.C. 418, 425 (1996).
These final regulations make several
other changes to the employer
aggregation rules. These changes limit
the extent to which a plan maintained
by an employer must aggregate benefits
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
accrued under a plan that was formerly
maintained by the employer or that was
maintained by an entity that was
formerly affiliated with the employer
under the employer aggregation rules of
§ 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2) (which provide
that a plan maintained by any member
of a controlled group of employers or an
affiliated service group is deemed to be
maintained by all members of the
group). Under these final regulations, a
‘‘formerly affiliated plan’’ of an
employer is treated as if it were a plan
that terminated immediately prior to the
‘‘cessation of affiliation’’ with sufficient
assets to pay benefit liabilities under the
plan, and had purchased annuities to
provide plan benefits. The final
regulations define a formerly affiliated
plan of an employer as a plan that,
immediately prior to the cessation of
affiliation, was actually maintained by
one or more of the entities that
constitute the employer (as determined
under the employer affiliation rules of
§ 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2)), and that,
immediately after the cessation of
affiliation, is not actually maintained by
any of the entities that constitute the
employer (as determined under the
employer affiliation rules of § 1.415(a)–
1(f)(1) and (2)). The final regulations
define a cessation of affiliation as the
event that causes an entity to no longer
be aggregated with one or more other
entities as a single employer under the
employer affiliation rules (such as a sale
of a subsidiary) or an event that causes
a plan to not actually be maintained by
any of the entities that constitute the
employer (such as a transfer of
sponsorship of a plan to an unrelated
employer).
A similar rule is provided under these
final regulations with respect to a plan
(or portion of a plan) maintained by a
predecessor employer that is not
assumed by the successor employer. As
under the proposed regulations, the
final regulations provide that all plans
ever maintained by an employer or
predecessor employer are aggregated.
For purposes of applying this
aggregation rule, these final regulations
limit the extent to which plans that are
not maintained by an employer but that
are maintained by the employer’s
predecessor employer are taken into
account when aggregating the
employer’s plans. This limit provides
that a plan that is not maintained by the
employer and is maintained by the
employer’s predecessor employer is
treated as if the plan terminated (with
sufficient assets to pay benefit liabilities
under the plan) immediately prior to the
event giving rise to the predecessor
employer relationship. The effect of
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16891
these rules is that, for purposes of
aggregating the predecessor employer’s
plans with plans maintained by the
employer, benefits accrued after the
transfer of benefits from the predecessor
employer’s plan to the employer’s plan
are excluded.
These final regulations also add a rule
that prevents the double counting of a
participant’s benefit when applying the
aggregation rules. For example, in
aggregating defined benefit plans of a
predecessor employer with the defined
benefit plans of an employer following
a transfer of benefits to the plan
maintained by the employer from the
plan maintained by the predecessor
employer, the transferee plan
(maintained by the employer) does not
double count a participant’s benefit by
taking into account both the transferred
benefits and the portion of the transferor
plan (maintained by the predecessor
employer) that is deemed to have
terminated on account of the transfer
pursuant to § 1.415(b)–1(b)(3)(i)(B).
Instead, the transferee plan includes the
benefits that are actually provided
under the transferee plan when
applying the aggregation rule.
The proposed regulations provided
rules for applying the requirements of
section 415(f)(2) when an employer has
more than one defined benefit plan.
Pursuant to section 415(f)(2), the
proposed regulations provided that the
compensation limit of section
415(b)(1)(B) is applied separately with
respect to each plan, and in applying
the compensation limit to the aggregated
plans, the plans calculate a participant’s
average compensation for the
participant’s high 3 years of service by
taking into account compensation for all
years of active participation in the
aggregated plans. Because the
requirements of section 415(f)(2) have
been rendered moot by the amendment
to section 415(b)(3) made by section 832
of PPA ’06, these rules have not been
incorporated into the final regulations.
These regulations provide rules for
aggregating participation and service for
purposes of the 10-year phase-in of the
limitations on defined benefit plans.
Under these rules, years of participation
in all aggregated plans and years of
service for employers maintaining all
aggregated plans are counted for
purposes of applying the 10-year phasein rules.
These regulations clarify the
aggregation rules that apply to section
403(b) annuity contracts, other plans of
the employer, and plans of related
employers, in light of changes made in
EGTRRA. Generally, a section 403(b)
annuity contract is not aggregated with
plans that are maintained by the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16892
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
participant’s employer because the
section 403(b) annuity contract is
deemed maintained by the participant
and not the employer for purposes of
section 415. However, if a participant on
whose behalf a section 403(b) annuity
contract is purchased is in control of
any employer for a limitation year, the
annuity contract for the benefit of the
participant is treated as a defined
contribution plan maintained by both
the controlled employer and the
participant for that limitation year and
accordingly, the section 403(b) annuity
contract is aggregated with all other
defined contribution plans maintained
by the employer. Accordingly, the
employer that contributes to the section
403(b) annuity contract must obtain
information from participants regarding
employers controlled by those
participants and plans maintained by
those controlled employers to monitor
compliance with applicable limitations
to comply with applicable reporting and
withholding obligations.
In general, under these regulations,
the benefits provided by all plans
maintained by all employers
maintaining a multiemployer plan (as
defined in section 414(f)) are taken into
account in applying the limitations of
section 415 to the multiemployer plan.
However, a multiemployer plan is
permitted to provide that, where a
participating employer maintains both a
plan which is not a multiemployer plan
and a multiemployer plan, only the
benefits provided by the employer
under the multiemployer plan are
aggregated with the benefits under the
non-multiemployer plan. By contrast,
when a multiple employer plan is
aggregated with a single employer plan
maintained by the same employer, all of
the benefits provided by the multiple
employer plan must be taken into
account in determining whether the
aggregated plans satisfy section 415.
These regulations also provide that a
multiemployer plan is not aggregated
with any other multiemployer plan for
purposes of determining any section 415
limitation. In addition, a multiemployer
plan is not aggregated with any other
non-multiemployer plan for purposes of
applying the 100 percent of
compensation benefit limit to nonmultiemployer plans under section
415(b)(1)(B).
Disqualification of Plans and Trusts
(§ 1.415(g)–1)
Section 1.415(g)–1 of these final
regulations sets forth rules regarding
disqualification of plans and trusts,
including plans and trusts that are
aggregated pursuant to § 1.415(f)–1. In
large part, § 1.415(g)–1 of these
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
regulations replicates the rules of
§ 1.415–9 of the 1981 regulations
regarding ordering rules for
disqualifying plans and trusts that are
aggregated for purposes of compliance
with section 415. In addition, the final
regulations provide rules for
disqualification where an individual
medical benefit account (as described in
section 415(l)) and a post-retirement
medical benefits account for key
employees (as described in section
419A(d)) is aggregated with a qualified
defined contribution plan for purposes
of applying section 415(c). If the total of
the annual additions under both plans
exceeds those limitations for a
particular limitation year, the qualified
defined contribution plan (rather than
the medical benefit account) is
disqualified for the limitation year.
Limitation Year (§ 1.415(j)–1)
Section 1.415(j)–1 of the regulations
sets forth rules regarding limitation
years that are used as the period for
demonstrating compliance with section
415. Section 1.415(j)–1 generally retains
the rules set forth in the proposed
regulations except as indicated in this
preamble. In addition to setting forth
general rules that generally correspond
to rules under the 1981 regulations,
these regulations provide specific
guidelines with respect to overlapping
limitation years for aggregated plans.
These rules reflect the guidance
provided in Rev. Rul. 79–5 (1979–1 CB
165) (see § 601.601(d)(2)). Where
defined contribution plans with
different limitations years are
aggregated, the rules of section 415(c)
must be applied with respect to each
limitation year of each such plan. For
each such limitation year, the
requirements of section 415(c) are
applied to annual additions that are
made for that time period with respect
to the participant under all aggregated
plans. Similarly, where defined benefit
plans with different limitation years are
aggregated, the rules of section 415(b)
must be applied with respect to each
limitation year of each such plan. Thus,
for example, the dollar limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(A) applicable to the
limitation year for each plan must be
applied to annual benefits under all
aggregated plans to determine whether
the plan satisfies the requirements of
section 415(b).
These final regulations add a rule that
applies to a terminating defined
contribution plan. If a defined
contribution plan is terminated effective
as of a date other than the last day of
the plan’s limitation year, the plan is
deemed to have been amended to
change its limitation year. As a result of
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
this deemed amendment, the section
415(c)(1)(A) dollar limit must be prorated under the short limitation year
rules.
Sections 415(m) and (n)
Sections 415(m) and (n) have not been
addressed in these regulations.
Comments received concerning these
provisions in response to the notice of
proposed rulemaking that preceded
these regulations will be considered for
guidance at a later date.
Section 416 Regulations
These regulations update the
definition of compensation used for
purposes of applying the top heavy
rules of section 416. Pursuant to
statutory amendments to the definition
of compensation under section 415(c)(3)
under SBJPA and CRA (which were
generally effective for years beginning
after December 31, 1997), these
regulations update the alternative
definition of compensation permitted
under the section 416 regulations
(which is based on compensation
reported on Form W–2, ‘‘Wage and Tax
Statement’’) to include amounts that
would be included on Form W–2 but for
an election under sections 125,
132(f)(4), 401(k), 403(b), 408(k),
408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b).
Section 457 Regulations
These regulations include revisions to
the regulations under section 457 that
are in addition to the revisions to reflect
the treatment of compensation paid after
severance from employment (§ 1.457–
4(d)). The additional revisions do not
include any substantive changes, but
merely make clarifications, including
revisions in an example illustrating the
section 457 catch-up rules (§ 1.457–5(d)
Example 2) and a change in the rules
relating to unforeseeable emergencies to
reflect revisions in the definition of a
dependent (made under WFTRA, which
modified the definition of the term
‘‘dependent’’ under section 152)
(§ 1.457–6(c)).
Effective Dates
In General
These regulations generally apply to
limitation years beginning on or after
July 1, 2007. However, § 1.401(k)–1(e)(8)
applies with respect to compensation
paid (or that would have been paid but
for a cash or deferred election) in plan
years beginning on or after July 1, 2007,
and the amendment to § 1.457–4(d)
applies to taxable years beginning on or
after December 31, 2001 (see § 1.457–
12). See §§ 1.457–6(c)(2)(i) and 1.457–12
for the applicability of the modifications
to §§ 1.457–5, 1.457–6, and 1.457–10. In
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
the case of a governmental plan (within
the meaning of section 414(d)),
§§ 1.415(a)–1, 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(c)–1,
1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1,
1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1 apply to
limitation years that begin more than 90
days after the close of the first regular
legislative session of the legislative body
with authority to amend the plan that
begins on or after July 1, 2007. However,
a governmental plan is permitted to
apply the provisions of §§ 1.415(a)–1,
1.415(b)–1, 1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2,
1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and
1.415(j)–1 to limitation years beginning
on or after July 1, 2007.
In response to commentator concerns,
and as provided in Notice 2005–87,
these regulations reflect revisions to the
effective date provisions of the proposed
regulations to expand the benefits that
are grandfathered from the application
of these regulations. Under these
regulations, a defined benefit plan is
considered to satisfy the limitations of
section 415(b) for a participant with
respect to benefits accrued or payable
under the plan as of the end of the
limitation year that is immediately prior
to the effective date of these final
regulations for the plan pursuant to plan
provisions (including plan provisions
relating to the plan’s limitation year)
that were both adopted and in effect
before April 5, 2007, but only if such
plan provisions meet the requirements
of statutory provisions, regulations, and
other published guidance in effect
immediately before the effective date of
these final regulations. For this purpose,
plan provisions will not be treated as
failing to satisfy the requirements of
statutory provisions, regulations, and
other published guidance in effect
immediately before the effective date of
these final regulations merely because
the plan has not been amended to reflect
changes to section 415(b) made by PFEA
and PPA ’06. In addition, for this
purpose, plan provisions will not be
treated as failing to satisfy the
requirements of section 415(b)(1)(B)
merely because the plan’s definition of
compensation for a limitation year that
is used for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415(b)(1)(B)
reflects compensation for a plan year
that is in excess of the limitation under
section 401(a)(17) that applies to that
plan year. Thus, plans that were in
compliance with the rules of section 415
as in effect for limitation years prior to
the effective date of these regulations for
the plan will not be disqualified based
on benefits that arise pursuant to plan
provisions that were both adopted and
in effect before April 5, 2007, and that
accrue prior to the effective date of these
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
regulations for the plan, even if those
benefits no longer comply with the
requirements of section 415 as set forth
under these final regulations. However,
such a plan will not be permitted to
provide for the accrual of additional
benefits for a participant on or after the
effective date of these regulations for the
plan unless such additional benefits,
together with the participant’s other
accrued benefits, comply with these
regulations.
The preamble to the proposed
regulations provided that, pending
issuance of final regulations, taxpayers
may rely on the modifications contained
in the proposed regulations in
§ 1.401(k)–1(e)(8), § 1.415(c)–2(e), and
§ 1.457–4(d) regarding post-severance
compensation payments and other
compensation timing rules.
Accordingly, taxpayers may apply those
proposed amendments for periods prior
to the effective date of these final
regulations. The final regulations also
provide that taxpayers may apply the
post-severance compensation payments
and other compensation timing rules
contained in the final regulations in
§ 1.415(c)–2(e) for years prior to the
effective date of these final regulations.
This early application also is used for
purposes of determining compensation
in §§ 1.401(k)–1(e)(8) and 1.457–4(d).
Plan Amendment Timing
Generally, a provision of a plan that
results in a failure of the plan to satisfy
these final regulations is a disqualifying
provision described in § 1.401(b)–
1(b)(3)(i). Therefore, the remedial
amendment period rules of § 1.401(b)–1
apply. For example, in the case of a plan
with a calendar plan year and a calendar
limitation year that is maintained by an
employer with a calendar taxable year
(and the plan is not a governmental
plan), the plan’s remedial amendment
period with respect to a disqualifying
plan provision as a result of these final
regulations ends on the date prescribed
by law for the filing of the employer’s
income tax return (including
extensions) for the 2008 taxable year. In
addition, special timing rules apply in
the case of certain plan amendments
made pursuant to changes made to
section 415 by PFEA and PPA ’06.
Under section 101(c) of PFEA (prior to
amendment by PPA ’06), a plan
amendment to reflect the 5.5 percent
interest rate assumption that is generally
required to be used for distributions
with annuity starting dates in plan years
beginning in years 2004 and 2005 under
section 101(b)(4) of PFEA (for
determining the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity for a form of benefit
that is subject to section 417(e)) must be
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16893
made on or before the last day of the
first plan year beginning on or after
January 1, 2006. Section 301(c) of PPA
’06 modified section 101(c) of PFEA by
extending the due date for the
amendment required under section
101(b)(4) of PFEA to on or before the
last day of the first plan year beginning
on or after January 1, 2008. Thus,
pursuant to section 101(c) of PFEA (as
amended by PPA ’06), in the case of an
amendment to a plan with a calendar
year plan year to reflect the interest rate
assumption specified by section
101(b)(4) of PFEA, the plan is treated as
having been operated in accordance
with its terms and the amendment does
not violate section 411(d)(6), provided
that the plan is operated in conformity
with the amendment and the
amendment is adopted no later than
December 31, 2008.
Under section 1107 of PPA ’06, a plan
amendment that is made pursuant to
PPA ’06 (or a regulation issued by the
Secretary under PPA ’06) must be made
on or before the last day of the first plan
year beginning on or after January 1,
2009 (January 1, 2011, in the case of a
governmental plan within the meaning
of section 414(d)). Under section 1107 of
PPA ’06, if the plan is amended by such
date and the plan is operated in
conformity with the amendment, the
plan is treated as having been operated
in accordance with its terms and the
amendment does not cause the plan to
fail to meet the requirements of section
411(d)(6). A plan amendment is treated
as an amendment that is made pursuant
to a statutory amendment made by PPA
’06 (or a regulation issued by the
Secretary under PPA ’06) if the
amendment is: (i) A plan amendment to
reflect the changes to the assumptions
in section 415(b)(2)(E) that are used for
converting certain forms of benefits to
an equivalent straight life annuity in a
limitation year beginning on or after
January 1, 2006 (section 303 of PPA ’06);
(ii) a plan amendment to reflect the
modifications to the purchase of
permissive service credit rules of
section 415(n) (section 821 of PPA ’06);
(iii) a plan amendment to incorporate
the exemption from the section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit for
certain benefits provided under a
defined benefit plan maintained by an
organization described in section
3121(w)(3)(A) (section 867 of PPA ’06);
and (iv) a plan amendment to reflect the
expansion of the definition of qualified
participant in section 415(b)(2)(H) to
include certain participants in a defined
benefit plan maintained by an Indian
tribal government (section 906(b) of PPA
’06). However, section 1107 of PPA ’06
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16894
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
does not apply for other amendments
required by these regulations, unless
such amendments are pursuant to a
provision of PPA ’06 that did not amend
section 415 (for example, section 906 of
PPA ’06, relating to the definition of
governmental plan in section 414(d)).
Accordingly, there is no extension of the
remedial amendment period for such
amendments, and such amendments are
subject to the requirements of section
411(d)(6).
Special Analyses
It has been determined that this
Treasury decision is not a significant
regulatory action as defined in
Executive Order 12866. Therefore, a
regulatory assessment is not required. It
has also been determined that section
553(b) of the Administrative Procedure
Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply
to these regulations, and because the
regulations do not impose a collection
of information on small entities, the
Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C.
chapter 6) does not apply. Pursuant to
section 7805(f) of the Code, the notice
of proposed rulemaking that preceded
these regulations was submitted to the
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration for comment
on its impact on small business.
Drafting Information
The principal authors of these
regulations are Vernon S. Carter and
Linda S. F. Marshall, Office of Division
Counsel/Associate Chief Counsel (Tax
Exempt and Government Entities), and
Christopher A. Crouch, formerly of the
Office of Division Counsel/Associate
Chief Counsel (Tax Exempt and
Government Entities). However, other
personnel from the IRS and the Treasury
Department participated in the
development of these regulations.
List of Subjects
26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
26 CFR Part 11
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Adoption of Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 11
are amended as follows:
I
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 continues to read in part as
follows:
I
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Par. 2. For each section set forth in the
table, remove the text that appears in
the column labeled ‘‘Remove’’ and add
the text that appears in the column
labeled ‘‘Add’’ in its place.
I
Regulation cite
Remove
§ 1.401(a)–1(b)(1)(iii) .........................................
§ 1.401(a)(4)–2(c)(2)(ii) ......................................
§ 1.414(s)–1(c)(2) ..............................................
§ 1.414(s)–1(c)(2) ..............................................
§ 1.414(s)–1(c)(2) ..............................................
§ 1.924(c)–1(d)(6) ..............................................
1.415–1(d)(1) ....................................................
1.415–6(b)(2)(i) .................................................
1.415–2(d)(2) and (d)(3) ...................................
1.415–2(d)(10) and (d)(11) ...............................
1.415–2(d)(13) ..................................................
paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of § 1.415–2 ............
1.415(a)–1(d)(1)
1.415(c)–1(b)(4)
1.415(c)–2(b) and (c)
1.415(c)–2(d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4)
1.415(c)–2(d)(1)
§ 1.415(c)–2(b) and (c)
I Par. 3. Section 1.401(a)–2(b) is revised
to read as follows:
guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of
this chapter), are returned to the
employee (together with the income
allocable thereto) in order to comply
with the section 415 limitations.
*
*
*
*
*
I Par. 5. Section 1.401(k)–1 is amended
by adding paragraph (e)(8) to read as
follows:
defined in section 22(e)(3)) can make a
cash or deferred election with respect to
an amount paid after severance from
employment, unless the amount is paid
by the later of 21⁄2 months after
severance from employment or the end
of the year that includes the date of
severance from employment and is
described in § 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii) or (iii).
*
*
*
*
*
§ 1.401(k)–1 Certain cash or deferred
arrangements.
I Par. 6. Section 1.402(c)–2, A–4(a) is
revised to read as follows:
§ 1.401(a)–2 Impossibility of diversion
under qualified plan or trust.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Section 415 suspense account.
Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this
section, a plan, or trust forming part of
a plan, may provide for the reversion to
the employer, upon termination of the
plan, of amounts contributed to the plan
that exceed the limitations imposed
under section 415(c), to the extent set
forth in rules prescribed by the
Commissioner in revenue rulings,
notices, or other guidance published in
the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).
I Par. 4. Section 1.401(a)(9)–5, A–
9(b)(1) is revised to read as follows:
§ 1.401(a)(9)–5 Required minimum
distributions from defined contribution
plans.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
A–9. * * *
(b) * * *
(1) Elective deferrals (as defined in
section 402(g)(3)) and employee
contributions that, pursuant to rules
prescribed by the Commissioner in
revenue rulings, notices, or other
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
*
Add
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(8) Section 415 compensation
required. With respect to compensation
that is paid (or would have been paid
but for a cash or deferred election) in
plan years beginning on or after July 1,
2007, a cash or deferred arrangement
satisfies this paragraph (e) only if cash
or deferred elections can only be made
with respect to amounts that are
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3) and § 1.415(c)–2. Thus,
for example, the arrangement is not a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement
if an eligible employee who is not in
qualified military service (as that term is
defined in section 414(u)) and who is
not permanently and totally disabled (as
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
§ 1.402(c)–2 Eligible rollover distributions;
questions and answers.
*
*
*
*
*
A–4 * * *
(a) Elective deferrals (as defined in
section 402(g)(3)) and employee
contributions that, pursuant to rules
prescribed by the Commissioner in
revenue rulings, notices, or other
guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of
this chapter), are returned to the
employee (together with the income
allocable thereto) in order to comply
with the section 415 limitations.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
§§ 1.415–1 through 1.415–10
[Removed]
Par. 7. Sections 1.415–1 through
1.415–10 are removed.
I Par. 8. Section 1.415(a)–1 is added to
read as follows:
I
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
§ 1.415(a)–1 General rules with respect to
limitations on benefits and contributions
under qualified plans.
(a) Trusts. Under sections 415 and
401(a)(16), a trust that forms part of a
pension, profit-sharing, or stock bonus
plan will not be qualified under section
401(a) if any of the following conditions
exists:
(1) In the case of a defined benefit
plan, the annual benefit with respect to
any participant for any limitation year
exceeds the limitations of section 415(b)
and § 1.415(b)–1.
(2) In the case of a defined
contribution plan, the annual additions
credited with respect to any participant
for any limitation year exceed the
limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1.
(3) The trust has been disqualified
under section 415(g) and § 1.415(g)–1
for any year.
(b) Certain annuities and accounts—
(1) In general. Under section 415, an
employee annuity plan described in
section 403(a), an annuity contract
described in section 403(b), or a
simplified employee pension described
in section 408(k) will not be considered
to be described in the otherwise
applicable section if any of the
following conditions exists:
(i) The annual benefit under a defined
benefit plan with respect to any
participant for any limitation year
exceeds the limitations of section 415(b)
and § 1.415(b)–1.
(ii) The contributions and other
additions credited under a defined
contribution plan with respect to any
participant for any limitation year
exceed the limitations of section 415(c)
and § 1.415(c)–1.
(iii) The employee annuity plan,
annuity contract, or simplified
employee pension has been disqualified
under section 415(g) and § 1.415(g)–1
for any year.
(2) Special rule for section 403(b)
annuity contracts. If the contributions
and other additions under an annuity
contract that otherwise satisfies the
requirements of section 403(b) exceed
the limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1 with respect to any
participant for any limitation year
(regardless of whether the annuity
contract is a defined contribution plan
or a defined benefit plan), then the
portion of the contract that includes
such excess annual addition fails to be
a section 403(b) annuity contract, and
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
the remaining portion of the contract is
a section 403(b) annuity contract.
However, the status of the remaining
portion of the contract as a section
403(b) annuity contract is not retained
unless, for the year of the excess and
each year thereafter, the issuer of the
contract maintains separate accounts for
each such portion. In addition, if the
benefit under an annuity contract that is
a defined benefit plan and that
otherwise satisfies the requirements of
section 403(b) exceeds the limitations of
section 415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1 with
respect to any participant for any
limitation year, then the contract fails to
be a section 403(b) annuity contract.
(3) Section 403(b) annuity contract.
For purposes of section 415 and
regulations promulgated under section
415, the term section 403(b) annuity
contract includes arrangements that are
treated as annuity contracts for purposes
of section 403(b). Thus, such term
includes custodial accounts described
in section 403(b)(7) and retirement
income accounts described in section
403(b)(9).
(c) Regulations—(1) In general. This
section provides general rules regarding
the application of section 415. For
further rules regarding the application
of section 415, see—
(i) Section 1.415(b)–1 (for general
rules regarding the limits applicable to
defined benefit plans);
(ii) Section 1.415(b)–2 (for special
rules for defined benefit plans where a
participant has multiple annuity starting
dates);
(iii) Section 1.415(c)–1 (for general
rules regarding the limits applicable to
defined contribution plans);
(iv) Section 1.415(c)–2 (for rules
regarding the definition of
compensation for purposes of section
415);
(v) Section 1.415(d)–1 (for rules
regarding cost-of-living adjustments to
the various limits of section 415);
(vi) Section 1.415(f)–1 (for rules for
aggregating plans for purposes of section
415);
(vii) Section 1.415(g)–1 (for rules
regarding disqualification of plans that
fail to satisfy the requirements of section
415); and
(viii) Section 1.415(j)–1 (for rules
regarding limitation years).
(2) Cross references to special rules
for section 403(b) annuity contracts. For
special rules relating to section 403(b)
annuity contracts, see—
(i) Section 1.415(c)–2(g)(1) and (3)
(relating to the definition of
compensation for section 403(b) annuity
contracts);
(ii) Section 1.415(f)–1(f) (relating to
rules for section 403(b) annuity
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16895
contracts for purposes of aggregating
plans);
(iii) Section 1.415(g)–1(b)(3)(iv)(C)
(regarding disqualification of a section
403(b) annuity contract aggregated with
a qualified defined contribution plan if
the aggregated plans exceed the
limitations of section 415(c));
(iv) Section 1.415(g)–1(c) (relating to
the plan year for section 403(b) annuity
contracts); and
(v) Section 1.415(j)–1(e) (relating to
the limitation year for section 403(b)
annuity contracts).
(3) Cross references to special rules
for governmental plans. For special
rules relating to governmental plans,
see—
(i) Paragraph (f)(4) of this section
(regarding permissive service credits);
(ii) Paragraph (g)(2) of this section
(providing a delayed effective date for
governmental plans);
(iii) Section 1.415(b)–1(a)(6)(i)
(providing an exception from the
compensation-based limit of section
415(b)(1)(B) for governmental plans);
(iv) Section 1.415(b)–1(a)(7)(ii)
(regarding a special limitation for
certain governmental plans making an
election during 1990);
(v) Section 1.415(b)–1(b)(4) (regarding
qualified governmental excess benefit
arrangements);
(vi) Section 1.415(b)–1(d)(3) and (4)
(regarding age adjustments to the dollar
limit of section 415(b)(1)(A) for
employees of police and fire
departments and members of the Armed
Forces of the United States, and for
survivor and disability benefits);
(vii) Section 1.415(b)–1(g)(3)
(regarding adjustments to applicable
limitations for years of participation,
and adjustments to applicable
limitations for years of service for
survivor and disability benefits under
governmental plans);
(viii) Section 1.415(c)–1(b)(2)(ii) and
(3)(iii) (regarding amounts not treated as
annual additions under governmental
plans); and
(ix) Section 1.415(c)–2(e)(5)
(providing an alternative rule for
inclusion of compensation after a
severance from employment for
governmental plans).
(4) Cross references to special rules
for multiemployer plans. For special
rules relating to multiemployer plans as
defined in section 414(f), see—
(i) Paragraph (e) of this section
(regarding benefits or contributions
taken into account where a plan is
maintained by more than one
employer);
(ii) Paragraph (f)(5)(ii) of this section
(providing a special definition of
severance from employment for
multiemployer plans);
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16896
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(iii) Section 1.415(b)–1(a)(6)(ii)
(providing an exception from the
compensation-based limit for
multiemployer plans);
(iv) Section 1.415(b)–1(f)(3) (regarding
the application of the minimum $10,000
limitation on benefits in the case of a
multiemployer plan);
(v) Section 1.415(f)–1(g) (providing
special rules for aggregating
multiemployer plans with other plans);
and
(vi) Section 1.415(g)–1(b)(3)(ii)
(regarding plan disqualification rules
where a multiemployer plan is
aggregated with a plan that is not a
multiemployer plan and the aggregated
plans exceed the limitations of section
415).
(5) Cross references to special rules
for plans that are not subject to the
requirements of section 411. For special
rules relating to plans that are not
subject to the requirements of section
411, see—
(i) Paragraph (d)(1) of this section and
§ 1.415(b)–1(a)(7)(iii) (providing that the
rule limiting accruals to the section
415(b) limits does not apply to plans
that are not subject to the requirements
of section 411); and
(ii) Section 1.415(b)–1(b)(2)(iii)
(providing rules for applying the section
411(c) factors in determining the annual
benefit attributable to employee
contributions for plans that are not
subject to the requirements of section
411).
(6) Cross references to special rules
for plans maintained by churches. For
special rules relating to plans
maintained by churches as defined in
section 3121(w)(3)(A), see §§ 1.415(b)–
1(a)(6)(iv) and 1.415(b)–1(a)(7)(iv)
(providing an exception from the
compensation-based limit for
participants who have never been a
highly compensated employee of the
church).
(d) Plan provisions—(1) In general.
Although no specific plan provision is
required under section 415 in order for
a plan to establish or maintain its
qualification, the plan provisions must
preclude the possibility that any
distribution under a defined benefit
plan or annual addition under a defined
contribution plan will exceed the
limitations of section 415. In addition,
a defined benefit plan that is subject to
the requirements of section 411 must
preclude the possibility that any accrual
under the plan will exceed the
limitations of section 415. A defined
benefit plan may include provisions that
automatically freeze or reduce the rate
of benefit accrual (or limit the benefit
payable in the case of a plan that is not
subject to the requirements of section
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
411), and a defined contribution plan
may include provisions that
automatically limit the annual addition
to a level necessary to prevent the
limitations of section 415 from being
exceeded with respect to any
participant. For rules relating to this
type of plan provision and the definitely
determinable benefit requirement for
pension plans, see § 1.401(a)–1(b)(1)(iii).
Because § 1.401(a)–1(b)(1)(iii) requires
that the operation of such a provision
preclude discretion by the employer, if
two defined benefit plans that are
aggregated under the rules of section
415(f) would otherwise provide for
aggregate benefits that might exceed the
limits of section 415(b), the plan
provisions must specify (without
involving employer discretion) how
benefits will be limited to prevent a
violation of section 415(b).
(2) Special rule for profit-sharing and
stock bonus plans. A provision of a
profit-sharing or stock bonus plan that
automatically freezes or reduces the
amount of annual additions to ensure
that the limitations of section 415 will
not be exceeded must comply with the
requirement set forth in § 1.401–
1(b)(1)(ii) or (iii) (as applicable) that
such plans provide a definite
predetermined formula for allocating
the contributions made to the plan
among the participants. If the operation
of a provision that automatically freezes
or reduces the amount of annual
additions to ensure that the limitations
of section 415 are not exceeded does not
involve discretionary action on the part
of the employer, the definite
predetermined allocation formula
requirement is not violated by the
provision. If the operation of such a
provision involves discretionary action
on the part of the employer, the definite
predetermined allocation formula
requirement is violated. For example, if
two profit-sharing plans of one
employer otherwise provide for
aggregate contributions which may
exceed the limits of section 415(c), the
plan provisions must specify (without
involving employer discretion) under
which plan contributions and
allocations will be reduced to prevent
an excess annual addition and how the
reduction will occur.
(3) Incorporation by reference—(i) In
general. A plan is permitted to
incorporate by reference the limitations
of section 415, and will not fail to meet
the definitely determinable benefit
requirement or the definite
predetermined allocation formula
requirement, whichever applies to the
plan, merely because it incorporates the
limits of section 415 by reference.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) Section 415 can be applied in
more than one manner, but a statutory
or regulatory default rule exists. Where
a provision of section 415 is permitted
to be applied in more than one manner
but is to be applied in a specified
manner in the absence of contrary plan
provisions (in other words, a default
rule exists), if a plan incorporates the
limitations of section 415 by reference
with respect to that provision of section
415 and does not specifically vary from
the default rule, then the default rule
applies. With respect to a provision of
section 415 for which a default rule
exists, if the limitations of section 415
are to be applied in a manner other than
using the default rule, the plan must
specify the manner in which the
limitation is to be applied in addition to
generally incorporating the limitations
of section 415 by reference. For
example, if a plan generally
incorporates the limitations of section
415 by reference and does not restrict
the accrued benefits to which the
amendments to section 415(b)(2)(E)
made by the Uruguay Round
Agreements Act of 1994, Public Law
103–465 (108 Stat. 4809) (GATT), apply
(as permitted by Q&A–12 of Rev. Rul.
98–1 (1998–1 CB 249) (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter), which
reflects the amendments to section 767
of GATT made by section 1449 of the
Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996, Public Law 104–188 (110 Stat.
1755)), then the amendments to section
415(b)(2)(E) made by GATT apply to all
benefits under the plan.
(iii) Section 415 can be applied in
more than one manner with no statutory
or regulatory default. If a limitation of
section 415 may be applied in more
than one manner, and if there is no
governing principle pursuant to which
that limitation is applied in the absence
of contrary plan provisions, then the
plan must specify the manner in which
the limitation is to be applied in
addition to generally incorporating the
limitations of section 415 by reference.
For example, if an employer maintains
two profit-sharing plans, and if any
participant participates in more than
one such plan, then both plans must
specify (in a consistent manner) under
which of the employer’s two profitsharing plans annual additions must be
reduced if aggregate annual additions
would otherwise exceed the limitations
of section 415(c).
(iv) Former requirements. A plan is
not permitted to incorporate by
reference formerly applicable
requirements of section 415 that are no
longer in force (such as the limits of
former section 415(e)).
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(v) Cost-of-living adjustments—(A) In
general. A plan is permitted to
incorporate by reference the annual
adjustments to the limitations of section
415 that are made pursuant to section
415(d). See § 1.415(d)–1 for additional
rules relating to cost-of-living
adjustments under section 415(d).
(B) Cost-of-living adjustments not
included in accrued benefit until
effective. Notwithstanding that a plan
incorporates the increases to the
applicable limits under section 415(d)
by reference, the accrued benefit of a
participant for purposes of section 411
and any amount payable to a participant
for purposes of § 1.415(b)–1(a)(1) are not
permitted to reflect increases pursuant
to the annual increase under section
415(d) of the dollar limitation described
in section 415(b)(1)(A) or the
compensation limit described in section
415(b)(1)(B) for any period before the
annual increase becomes effective. See
§ 1.415(d)–1(a)(3) for rules relating to
when the annual adjustments to the
dollar and compensation limitations are
effective. A plan amendment does not
violate the requirements of section
411(d)(6) merely because it eliminates
the incorporation by reference of the
increases under section 415(d) with
respect to increases that have not yet
occurred.
(C) Application of increase in defined
benefit dollar limit to participants who
have incurred a severance from
employment or commenced receiving
benefits. If a plan incorporates by
reference the annual adjustments to the
limitations of section 415 pursuant to
this paragraph (d)(3)(v), the plan will be
treated as applying the section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustments to the
maximum extent permitted under the
safe harbor described in § 1.415(d)–
1(a)(5), except to the extent provided in
this paragraph (d)(3)(v)(C). Thus, such a
plan is not subject to the requirements
of § 1.415(b)–1(b)(1)(iii) (providing
special rules for determining the annual
benefit of an employee in the case of
multiple annuity starting dates) with
respect to benefit increases that result
solely from an increase in the section
415(b) limits pursuant to section 415(d).
If a plan incorporates by reference the
annual adjustments to the limitations of
section 415 pursuant to this paragraph
(d)(3)(v), the annual increase under
section 415(d) of the dollar limitation
described in section 415(b)(1)(A) does
not apply with respect to a participant
if the increase is effective after the
participant’s severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan (or, if earlier, after
the annuity starting date in the case of
a participant who has commenced
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
receiving benefits), unless the plan
specifies that this annual increase
applies. Similarly, if a plan incorporates
by reference the annual adjustments to
the limitations of section 415 pursuant
to this paragraph (d)(3)(v), the annual
increase under section 415(d) of the
compensation-based limitation
described in section 415(b)(1)(B) does
not apply with respect to a participant
for increases that are effective after the
participant’s severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan (or, if earlier, after
the annuity starting date in the case of
a participant who has commenced
receiving benefits), unless the plan
specifies that this annual increase
applies.
(D) Treatment of cost-of-living
adjustments for funding and deduction
purposes. In general, the annual
increase under section 415(d) of the
dollar limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(A) and the compensation
limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(B) is treated as a plan
amendment, regardless of whether the
plan reflects the increase automatically
through operation of plan provisions in
accordance with this paragraph (d)(3)(v)
or the plan is amended to reflect the
increase (pursuant to § 1.415(d)–1(a)(5)).
However, where a plan reflects the
annual increase under section 415(d) of
the dollar limitation described in
section 415(b)(1)(A) or the
compensation limitation described in
section 415(b)(1)(B) automatically
through operation of plan provisions
pursuant to this paragraph (d)(3)(v), the
funding method for the plan is
permitted to provide for this annual
increase to be treated as an experience
loss for purposes of applying sections
404, 412, and 431.
(e) Rules for plans maintained by
more than one employer. Except as
provided in § 1.415(f)–1(g)(2)(i)
(regarding aggregation of multiemployer
plans with plans other than
multiemployer plans), for purposes of
applying the limitations of section 415
with respect to a participant in a plan
maintained by more than one employer,
benefits and contributions attributable
to such participant from all of the
employers maintaining the plan must be
taken into account. Furthermore, in
applying the limitations of section 415
with respect to a participant in such a
plan, the total compensation received by
the participant from all of the employers
maintaining the plan is taken into
account under the plan, unless the plan
specifies otherwise.
(f) Special rules—(1) Affiliated
employers. Pursuant to section 414(b)
and § 1.414(b)–1, all employees of all
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16897
corporations that are members of a
controlled group of corporations (within
the meaning of section 1563(a), as
modified by section 1563(f)(5), and
determined without regard to section
1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C)) are treated as
employed by a single employer for
purposes of section 415. Similarly,
pursuant to section 414(c) and
regulations promulgated under section
414(c), all employees of trades or
businesses that are under common
control are treated as employed by a
single employer. Thus, any defined
benefit plan or defined contribution
plan maintained by any member of a
controlled group of corporations (within
the meaning of section 414(b)) or by any
trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that is part of a group of
trades or businesses that are under
common control (within the meaning of
section 414(c)) is deemed maintained by
all such members or such trades or
businesses. Pursuant to section 415(h),
for purposes of section 415, sections
414(b) and 414(c) are applied by using
the phrase ‘‘more than 50 percent’’
instead of the phrase ‘‘at least 80
percent’’ each place the latter phrase
appears in section 1563(a)(1) and in the
regulations under section 414(c) (except
for purposes of determining whether
two or more organizations are a brothersister group of trades or businesses
under common control under the rules
in § 1.414(c)–2(c)).
(2) Affiliated service groups. Any
defined benefit plan or defined
contribution plan maintained by any
member of an affiliated service group
(within the meaning of section 414(m))
is deemed maintained by all members of
that affiliated service group.
(3) Leased employees—(i) In general.
Pursuant to section 414(n), except as
provided in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this
section, with respect to any person
(referred to as the recipient) for whom
a leased employee (within the meaning
of section 414(n)(2)) performs services,
the leased employee is treated as an
employee of the recipient, but
contributions or benefits provided by
the leasing organization that are
attributable to services performed for
the recipient are treated as provided
under a plan maintained by the
recipient.
(ii) Exception for leased employees
covered by safe harbor plans. Pursuant
to section 414(n)(5), the rule of
paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section does
not apply to a leased employee with
respect to services performed for a
recipient if—
(A) The leased employee is covered
by a plan that is maintained by the
leasing organization and that meets the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16898
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
requirements of section 414(n)(5)(B);
and
(B) Leased employees (determined
without regard to this paragraph
(f)(3)(ii)) do not constitute more than 20
percent of the recipient’s nonhighly
compensated workforce.
(4) Permissive service credit under
governmental plans. See section 415(n)
for rules regarding the application of the
limitations of sections 415(b) and (c)
where a participant makes contributions
(including a transfer described in
section 403(b)(13) or section 457(e)(17))
to a defined benefit governmental plan
to purchase permissive service credit
under the plan.
(5) Definition of severance from
employment—(i) General rule. For
purposes of this section and
§§ 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(b)–2, 1.415(c)–1,
1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1,
1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1, whether an
employee has a severance from
employment with the employer that
maintains a plan is determined in the
same manner as under § 1.401(k)–1(d)(2)
except that, for purposes of determining
the employer of an employee, the
modifications provided under section
415(h) (described in paragraph (f)(1) of
this section) to the employer aggregation
rules apply. Thus, an employee has a
severance from employment when the
employee ceases to be an employee of
the employer maintaining the plan, and
an employee does not have a severance
from employment if, in connection with
a change of employment, the employee’s
new employer maintains such plan with
respect to the employee. The
determination of whether an employee
ceases to be an employee of the
employer maintaining the plan is based
on all of the relevant facts and
circumstances.
(ii) Multiemployer plans. A
participant in a multiemployer plan
(within the meaning of section 414(f)) is
not treated as having incurred a
severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the
multiemployer plan for purposes of this
section and §§ 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(b)–2,
1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1,
1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1 if
the participant continues to be an
employee of another employer
maintaining the multiemployer plan.
(6) Qualified domestic relations
orders. A benefit provided to an
alternate payee (as defined in section
414(p)(8)) of a participant pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order (as
defined in section 414(p)(1)(A)) is
treated as if it were provided to the
participant for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415. See
§ 1.401(a)–13(g)(4)(iv).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
(7) Effect on other requirements.
Except as provided in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(1),
the application of section 415 does not
relieve a plan from the obligation to
satisfy other applicable qualification
requirements. Accordingly, the terms of
the plan must provide for the plan to
satisfy section 415 as well as all other
applicable requirements. For example, if
a defined benefit plan has a normal
retirement age of 62, and if a
participant’s benefit remains unchanged
between the ages of 62 and 65 because
of the application of the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit, the plan
satisfies the requirements of section 411
only if the plan either commences
distribution of the participant’s benefit
at normal retirement age (without regard
to severance from employment) or
provides for a suspension of benefits at
normal retirement age that satisfies the
requirements of section 411(a)(3)(B) and
29 CFR 2530.203–3. Similarly, if the
increase to a participant’s benefit under
a defined benefit plan in a year after the
participant has attained normal
retirement age is less than the actuarial
increase to the participant’s previously
accrued benefit because of the
application of the section 415(b)(1)(B)
compensation limitation (which is not
adjusted for commencement after age
65), the plan satisfies the requirements
of section 411 only if the plan either
commences distribution of the
participant’s benefit at normal
retirement age (without regard to
severance from employment) or
provides for a suspension of benefits at
normal retirement age that satisfies the
requirements of section 411(a)(3)(B) and
29 CFR 2530.203–3.
(g) Effective date—(1) General rule.
Except as otherwise provided, this
section and §§ 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(c)–1,
1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1,
1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1 apply to
limitation years beginning on or after
July 1, 2007.
(2) Governmental plans. In the case of
a governmental plan as defined in
section 414(d), this section and
§§ 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2,
1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and
1.415(j)–1 apply to limitation years that
begin more than 90 days after the close
of the first regular legislative session of
the legislative body with authority to
amend the plan that begins on or after
July 1, 2007. A governmental plan is
permitted to apply the provisions of this
section and §§ 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(c)–1,
1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1,
1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1 to limitation
years beginning on or after July 1, 2007,
provided the plan applies all the
applicable provisions of this section and
§§ 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2,
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and
1.415(j)–1 for such limitation years.
(3) Option to apply regulations earlier.
A plan may apply the rules in
§ 1.415(c)–2(e) regarding post-severance
compensation payments for limitation
years prior to the effective date
described in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of
this section. This early application
affects the rules relating to the
definition of compensation in
§ 1.401(k)–1(e)(8) and § 1.457–4(d).
(4) Grandfather rule for preexisting
benefits. A defined benefit plan is
considered to satisfy the limitations of
section 415(b) for a participant with
respect to benefits accrued or payable
under the plan as of the end of the
limitation year that is immediately prior
to the effective date of final regulations
under this section and §§ 1.415(b)–1,
1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1,
1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1 (as
provided under paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of
this section) pursuant to plan provisions
(including plan provisions relating to
the plan’s limitation year) that were
both adopted and in effect before April
5, 2007, but only if such plan provisions
meet the applicable requirements of
statutory provisions, regulations, and
other published guidance relating to
section 415 in effect immediately before
the effective date of final regulations
under this section and §§ 1.415(b)–1,
1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2, 1.415(d)–1,
1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and 1.415(j)–1 (as
provided under paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of
this section). Plan provisions will not be
treated as failing to satisfy these
requirements merely because the plan
has not been amended to reflect changes
to section 415(b) made by the Pension
Funding Equity Act of 2004, Public Law
108–218 (118 Stat. 596), and the
Pension Protection Act of 2006, Public
Law 109–280 (120 Stat. 780). In
addition, plan provisions will not be
treated as failing to satisfy these
requirements merely because the plan’s
definition of compensation for a
limitation year that is used for purposes
of applying the limitations of section
415(b)(1)(B) reflects compensation for a
plan year that is in excess of the
limitation under section 401(a)(17) that
applies to that plan year. If benefits
under a plan are accrued after the
applicable effective date under
paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of this section,
then the sum of the benefits
grandfathered under the first sentence of
this paragraph (g)(4) and benefits
accrued after the applicable effective
date must satisfy the requirements of
section 415, taking into account the
requirements of this section and
§§ 1.415(b)–1, 1.415(c)–1, 1.415(c)–2,
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
1.415(d)–1, 1.415(f)–1, 1.415(g)–1, and
1.415(j)–1.
I Par. 9. Section 1.415(b)–1 is added to
read as follows:
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
§ 1.415(b)–1
plans.
Limitations for defined benefit
(a) General rules—(1) Maximum
limitations. Except as otherwise
provided under this section, a defined
benefit plan fails to satisfy the
requirements of section 415(a) for a
limitation year if, during the limitation
year, either the annual benefit (as
defined in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this
section) accrued by a participant
(whether or not the benefit is vested) or
the annual benefit payable to a
participant at any time under the plan
exceeds the lesser of—
(i) $160,000 (as adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d), § 1.415(d)–1(a), and this
section); or
(ii) 100 percent of the participant’s
average compensation for the period of
the participant’s high-3 years of service
(as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d),
§ 1.415(d)–1(a), and this section).
(2) Defined benefit plan. For purposes
of section 415 and regulations
promulgated under section 415, a
defined benefit plan is any plan,
contract, or account to which section
415 applies pursuant to § 1.415(a)–1(a)
or (b) (or any portion thereof) that is not
a defined contribution plan within the
meaning of § 1.415(c)–1(a)(2). In
addition, a section 403(b) annuity
contract that is not described in section
414(i) is treated as a defined benefit
plan for purposes of section 415 and
regulations promulgated under section
415.
(3) Plan provisions. As required in
§ 1.415(a)–1(d)(1), in order to satisfy the
limitations on benefits under this
section, the plan provisions (including
the provisions of any annuity) must
preclude the possibility that any annual
benefit exceeding these limitations will
be accrued (except as provided in
paragraph (a)(7)(iii) of this section),
distributed, or otherwise payable in any
optional form of benefit (including the
normal form of benefit) at any time
(from the plan, from an annuity contract
that will make distributions to the
participant on behalf of the plan, or
from an annuity contract that has been
distributed under the plan). Thus, for
example, a plan that is subject to the
requirements of section 411 will fail to
satisfy the limitations of this section if
the plan does not contain terms that
preclude the possibility that any annual
benefit exceeding these limitations will
be accrued or payable in any optional
form of benefit (including the normal
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
form of benefit) at any time, even
though no participant has actually
accrued a benefit in excess of these
limitations.
(4) Adjustments to dollar limitation
for commencement before age 62 or
after age 65. The age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit computed
pursuant to paragraph (d) or (e) of this
section is used in place of the dollar
limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(A) and paragraph (a)(1)(i) of
this section in the case of a benefit with
an annuity starting date that occurs
before the participant attains age 62 or
after the participant attains age 65.
(5) Average compensation for period
of high-3 years of service—(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (a)(5), for purposes of
applying the limitation on benefits
described in this section, the period of
a participant’s high-3 years of service is
the period of 3 consecutive calendar
years (taking into account the rule in
paragraph (a)(5)(iii) of this section)
during which the employee had the
greatest aggregate compensation (as
defined in § 1.415(c)–2) from the
employer, and the average
compensation for the period of a
participant’s high-3 years of service is
determined by dividing the aggregate
compensation for this period by 3. For
purposes of this paragraph (a)(5), in
determining a participant’s high-3 years
of service, the plan may use any 12month period to determine a year of
service instead of the calendar year,
provided that it is uniformly and
consistently applied in a manner that is
specified under the terms of the plan.
As provided under § 1.415(c)–2(f),
because a plan is not permitted to base
benefits on compensation in excess of
the limitation under section 401(a)(17),
a plan’s definition of compensation for
a year that is used for purposes of
applying the limitations of section 415
is not permitted to reflect compensation
for a year that is in excess of the
limitation under section 401(a)(17) that
applies to that year. See §§ 1.401(a)(17)–
1(a)(3)(i) and 1.401(a)(17)–1(b)(3)(ii) for
rules regarding the effective date of
increases in the section 401(a)(17)
compensation limitation for a plan year
and for a 12-month period other than
the plan year.
(ii) Short periods of service. For a
participant who is employed with an
employer for less than 3 consecutive
years, the period of the participant’s
high-3 years of service is the actual
number of consecutive years of service
(including fractions of years, but not
less than one year). In such a case, the
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) of 100
percent of the participant’s average
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16899
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service is
computed by dividing the participant’s
compensation during the participant’s
longest consecutive period of service by
the number of years in that period
(including fractions of years, but not
less than one year). The rule in
paragraph (a)(5)(iii) of this section is
used for purposes of determining a
participant’s consecutive years of
service.
(iii) Break in service. In the case of a
participant who has had a severance
from employment with an employer that
maintains the plan and who is
subsequently rehired by the employer,
the period of the participant’s high-3
years of service is calculated by
excluding all years for which the
participant performs no services for and
receives no compensation from the
employer maintaining the plan (referred
to as the break period), and by treating
the year of service immediately prior to
and the year of service immediately
after the break period as if such years of
service were consecutive. See
§ 1.415(d)–1(a)(2)(iii) for a special rule
for determining a rehired participant’s
section 415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit
in the case of a plan that adjusts the
compensation limit for limitation years
after the limitation year in which the
participant incurs a severance from
employment.
(iv) Examples. For purposes of these
examples, except as otherwise stated,
the plan year and the limitation year are
the calendar year, and the plan uses the
calendar year for purposes of
determining the period of high-3 years
of service. In addition, except as
otherwise stated, it is assumed that the
plan’s normal retirement age is 65, and
all participants discussed in these
examples have at least ten years of
service with the employer and at least
ten years of participation in the plan at
issue. It is also assumed that none of the
plans in the examples are governmental
plans. The following examples illustrate
the rules of this paragraph (a)(5):
Example 1. (i) Facts. Plan A, which was
established on January 1, 2008, covers
Participant M, who was hired on January 1,
1990. Participant M’s compensation (as
defined in § 1.415(c)–2) from the employer
maintaining the plan is $140,000 each year
for 1990 through 1992, is $120,000 each year
for 1993 through 2007, and is $165,000 for
2008 and 2009. Assume that for Plan A’s
2008 and 2009 limitation years, the section
415(b)(1)(A) age-adjusted dollar limit for M is
$185,000 and $190,000, respectively, prior to
the reduction of the age-adjusted dollar limit
pursuant to paragraph (g)(1) of this section
(which requires a reduction in the dollar
limit if a participant has less than 10 years
of participation in the plan).
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16900
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Conclusion. As of the end of the 2008
limitation year, the period of M’s high-3
consecutive years of service runs from
January 1, 1990, through December 31, 1992,
and M’s average compensation for this period
is $140,000. Thus, the limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B) for the 2008 limitation
year is $140,000. As of the end of the 2009
limitation year, the period of M’s high-3
consecutive years of service runs from
January 1, 2007, through December 31, 2009,
and M’s average compensation for this period
is $150,000. Thus, the limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B) for the 2009 limitation
year is $150,000.
Example 2 (i) Facts. Participant N is a
participant in Plan B. N’s compensation for
2008, 2009, and 2010 is $300,000 for each
year. N’s average compensation for the period
of N’s high-3 years of service (determined
before the application of section 401(a)(17))
is $300,000, based on N’s compensation for
2008, 2009, and 2010. For all years before
2008, Participant N’s compensation was less
than the then-applicable section 401(a)(17)
limit. On January 1, 2011, N commences
receiving benefits from Plan B at the age of
75, 10 years after attaining N’s normal
retirement age under Plan B, when the ageadjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit for
benefits commencing at that age is $293,453.
(ii) Conclusion. Pursuant to § 1.415(c)–2(f)
and section 401(a)(17), Plan B is not
permitted to provide for a definition of
compensation that includes compensation for
a year that is in excess of the limitation under
section 401(a)(17) that applies to that year.
Accordingly, the limitation under section
415(b)(1)(B) based on N’s average
compensation for the period of N’s high three
years of service must not reflect
compensation for a year that is in excess of
the limitation under section 401(a)(17) that
applies to that year. Thus, if the limitation
under section 401(a)(17) for years beginning
in 2008, 2009, and 2010 is $230,000,
$235,000, and $240,000, respectively, then
the limitation under section 415(b)(1)(B)
based on N’s average compensation for the
period of N’s high three years of service is
$235,000.
Example 3. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 2, except that N commences
receiving benefits from Plan B on January 1,
2008, at the age of 75, 10 years after attaining
N’s normal retirement age under Plan B. In
addition, N’s period of high three years of
service is from January 1, 2003, through
December 31, 2005, and N’s average
compensation for this period is $300,000.
The section 401(a)(17) limits for 2003, 2004
and 2005 are $200,000, $205,000, and
$210,000, respectively. As of December 31,
2007, pursuant to plan provisions adopted
and in effect on January 1, 2007, N’s accrued
benefit under Plan B, payable in the form of
a straight life annuity, actuarially adjusted to
reflect commencement 10 years after normal
retirement age, is $300,000. Plan B has not
been amended during 2007, and that as of
December 31, 2007, Plan B satisfied all of the
requirements of section 415(b) with respect
to N’s accrued benefit, pursuant to statutory
provisions, regulations, and other published
guidance in effect immediately before the
limitation year beginning on January 1, 2008.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
(ii) Conclusion. Under § 1.415(a)–1(g)(4),
Plan B is considered to satisfy the section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit with respect
to N’s benefit payable at age 75 of $300,000
(which N accrued prior to January 1, 2008),
for limitation years beginning after December
31, 2007. This is because § 1.415(a)–1(g)(4)
provides that plan provisions will not be
treated as failing to satisfy the requirements
of section 415(b)(1)(B) merely because the
plan’s definition of compensation that is
used for purposes of applying the limitations
of section 415(b)(1)(B) reflects compensation
in excess of the section 401(a)(17) limitation
for limitation years beginning before January
1, 2008. N, however, cannot accrue any
additional benefits under Plan B for
limitation years beginning after December 31,
2007, until N’s section 415(b)(1)(B)
compensation limit, as limited by § 1.415(c)–
2(f) and section 401(a)(17), increases above
$300,000.
Example 4. (i) Facts. Participant O
participates in Plan C, maintained by
Employer X. Plan C does not adjust a
participant’s section 415(b)(1)(B)
compensation limit for limitation years after
the limitation year in which the participant
incurs a severance from employment. Prior to
separating from employment with X in 2010,
O’s average compensation for O’s period of
high-3 years of service is $50,000, based on
O’s compensation for 2007, 2008, and 2009,
which was $50,000 for each year. O’s
compensation for 2010 was $45,000. O’s
compensation is $0 for 2011. In 2012, O is
rehired by X and resumes participation in
Plan C. O’s compensation in 2012 is $45,000,
and is $70,000 in 2013.
(ii) Conclusion. As of the end of the 2013
limitation year, O’s average compensation for
O’s period of high-3 years of service is
$53,333, based on O’s compensation in 2010,
2012, and 2013. See paragraph (a)(5)(iii) of
this section.
Example 5. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 4, except that, in accordance
with § 1.415(a)–1(d)(3)(v), Plan C
incorporates by reference section 415(d)
adjustments to a participant’s section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit for
limitation years after the limitation year in
which the participant incurs a severance
from employment. Assume that the annual
adjustment factor described in § 1.415(d)–
1(a)(2)(ii) for 2011 through 2013 is 1.03 for
each year. Thus, disregarding O’s rehire by X,
O’s average compensation for O’s period of
high-3 years of service for the 2013 limitation
year is equal to $54,636 ($50,000 * 1.03 *
1.03 * 1.03).
(ii) Conclusion. Under § 1.415(d)–
1(a)(2)(iii), O’s average compensation for O’s
period of high-3 years of service for the 2013
limitation year is $54,636.
(6) Exceptions from compensation
limit. The limit under paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of this section (100 percent of
the participant’s average compensation
for the participant’s high-3 years of
service) does not apply to—
(i) A governmental plan (as defined in
section 414(d));
(ii) A multiemployer plan (as defined
in section 414(f));
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(iii) A collectively bargained plan that
is described in section 415(b)(7); or
(iv) A participant in a plan
maintained by an organization
described in section 3121(w)(3)(A) who
has never been a highly compensated
employee (within the meaning of
section 414(q)) of the organization.
(7) Special rules—(i) Total benefits
not in excess of $10,000. See section
415(b)(4) and paragraph (f) of this
section for an exception from the limits
of section 415(b)(1) and paragraph (a)(1)
of this section with respect to retirement
benefits that do not exceed $10,000 for
the limitation year.
(ii) Governmental plans electing
during 1990. For a special limitation
applicable to certain governmental
plans electing the application of this
rule during the first plan year beginning
after December 31, 1989, see section
415(b)(10).
(iii) Defined benefit plans not subject
to the requirements of section 411. In
the case of a defined benefit plan that
is not subject to the requirements of
section 411, the limitations described in
this paragraph (a) are not required to be
applied to the annual benefit accrued by
a participant before the benefit is
payable. However, such a defined
benefit plan is subject to the limitations
described in this paragraph (a) with
respect to the annual benefit payable to
a participant at any time under the plan.
(iv) Application of compensation
limitation exception to a church
employee who becomes a highly
compensated employee—(A) In general.
If a participant who was described in
paragraph (a)(6)(iv) of this section for a
prior limitation year later becomes a
highly compensated employee (within
the meaning of section 414(q)) of the
organization that maintains the defined
benefit plan, the plan is not treated as
failing to satisfy the compensationbased limitation described in paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of this section with respect to
the participant if the requirements of
paragraph (a)(7)(iv)(B) of this section are
satisfied with respect to the participant.
(B) Limitation on accruals. The
requirements of this paragraph
(a)(7)(iv)(B) are satisfied with respect to
a participant if no plan amendments
increasing the participant’s benefits are
adopted during the limitation year in
which the participant first becomes a
highly compensated employee (within
the meaning of section 414(q)) of the
organization that maintains the plan,
and there is no increase in the
participant’s accrued benefit derived
from employer contributions (including
increases as a result of increased
compensation or service) in subsequent
limitation years.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(b) Annual benefit—(1) In general—(i)
Definition of annual benefit—(A)
Straight life annuities. For purposes of
this section and § 1.415(b)–2, the term
annual benefit means a benefit that is
payable in the form of a straight life
annuity. A straight life annuity means
an annuity payable in equal
installments for the life of the
participant that terminates upon the
participant’s death. Examples of benefits
that are not in the form of a straight life
annuity include an annuity with a postretirement death benefit and an annuity
providing a guaranteed number of
payments. If a benefit is payable in the
form of a straight life annuity, no
adjustment is made to the benefit to
account for differences in the timing of
payments during a year (for example, no
adjustment is made on account of the
annuity being payable in annual or
monthly installments).
(B) Other benefit forms. With respect
to a benefit payable in a form other than
a straight life annuity, the annual
benefit is determined as the straight life
annuity payable on the first day of each
month that is actuarially equivalent to
the benefit payable in such other form,
determined under the rules of paragraph
(c) of this section.
(ii) Rules for determination of annual
benefit. The annual benefit does not
include the annual benefit attributable
to either employee contributions or
rollover contributions (as described in
sections 401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4),
403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)),
determined pursuant to the rules of
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The
treatment of transferred benefits is
determined under the rules of paragraph
(b)(3) of this section. Paragraph (b)(4) of
this section discusses the treatment of
qualified governmental excess benefit
arrangements.
(iii) Determination of annual benefit
in the case of multiple annuity starting
dates—(A) General rule. If a participant
has or will have distributions
commencing at more than one annuity
starting date, then the limitations of
section 415 must be satisfied as of each
of the annuity starting dates, taking into
account the benefits that have been or
will be provided at all of the annuity
starting dates. This will happen, for
example, where benefit distributions to
a participant have previously
commenced under a plan that is
aggregated for purposes of section 415
with a plan under which the participant
receives current accruals. In
determining the annual benefit for such
a participant as of a particular annuity
starting date, the plan must actuarially
adjust the past and future distributions
with respect to the benefits that
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
commenced at the other annuity starting
dates. For limitation years to which
§ 1.415(b)–2 applies, these adjustments
must be made using the rules of
§ 1.415(b)–2. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) and § 1.415(b)–2,
the determination of whether a new
annuity starting date has occurred is
made without regard to the rule of
§ 1.401(a)–20, Q&A–10(d) (under which
the commencement of certain
distributions may not give rise to a new
annuity starting date).
(B) Scope of multiple annuity starting
date rules. The rules provided in this
paragraph (b)(1)(iii) and § 1.415(b)–2
apply for purposes of determining the
annual benefit of a participant where a
new distribution election is effective
during the current limitation year with
respect to a distribution that previously
commenced. The rules of this paragraph
(b)(1)(iii) and § 1.415(b)–2 also apply for
determining the annual benefit of a
participant for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415(b) and this
section where benefit payments are
increased as a result of plan terms or a
plan amendment applying a cost-ofliving adjustment or similar benefit
increase, unless the increase is
described in paragraph (b)(1)(iii)(C) of
this section.
(C) Safe harbors for certain benefit
increases. An increase to benefit
payments as a result of plan terms or a
plan amendment applying a cost-ofliving adjustment or similar benefit
increase is described in this paragraph
(b)(1)(iii)(C) if the increase—
(1) Has previously been accounted for
as part of the annual benefit under the
rules of paragraph (c) of this section;
(2) Is not required to be accounted for
as part of the annual benefit, pursuant
to the exception for certain automatic
benefit increase features under
paragraph (c)(5) of this section;
(3) Is pursuant to a plan provision that
automatically incorporates section
415(d) cost-of-living adjustments under
§ 1.415(a)–1(d)(3)(v); or
(4) Complies with one of the safe
harbors described in § 1.415(d)–1(a)(5)
or (6) (providing safe harbors for annual
and other periodic adjustments to
distributions).
(2) Determination of annual benefit
attributable to employee contributions
and rollover contributions—(i) In
general. If employee contributions
(other than contributions described in
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section) or
rollover contributions are made to the
plan, the annual benefit attributable to
these contributions is determined as
provided in this paragraph (b)(2).
(ii) Certain employee contributions
disregarded. For purposes of this
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16901
paragraph (b)(2), the following are not
treated as employee contributions:
(A) Contributions that are picked up
by a governmental employer as
provided under section 414(h)(2).
(B) Repayment of any loan made to a
participant from the plan.
(C) Repayment of a previously
distributed amount as described in
section 411(a)(7)(B) in accordance with
section 411(a)(7)(C).
(D) Repayment of a withdrawal of
employee contributions as provided
under section 411(a)(3)(D).
(E) Repayments that would have been
described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(C) or
(b)(2)(ii)(D) of this section except that
the plan does not restrict the timing of
repayments to the maximum extent
permitted by section 411(a).
(iii) Annual benefit attributable to
mandatory employee contributions. In
the case of mandatory employee
contributions as defined in section
411(c)(2)(C) and § 1.411(c)–1(c)(4) (or
contributions that would be mandatory
employee contributions if section 411
applied to the plan), the annual benefit
attributable to those contributions is
determined by applying the factors
applicable to mandatory employee
contributions as described in section
411(c)(2)(B) and (C) and regulations
promulgated under section 411 to those
contributions to determine the amount
of a straight life annuity commencing at
the annuity starting date, regardless of
whether the requirements of sections
411 and 417 apply to that plan. For
purposes of applying such factors to a
plan that is not subject to the
requirements of section 411, the
applicable effective date of section
411(a)(2) (which is used under
§ 1.411(c)–1(c)(3) to determine the
beginning date from which statutorily
specified interest must be credited to
mandatory employee contributions)
must be determined as if section 411
applied to the plan, and in determining
the annual benefit that is actuarially
equivalent to these accumulated
contributions, the plan must determine
the interest rate that would have been
required under section 417(e)(3) as if
section 417 applied to the plan. See
§ 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(ii)(B) and (b)(3) for
rules regarding treatment of mandatory
employee contributions to a defined
benefit plan as annual additions under
a defined contribution plan.
(iv) Voluntary employee
contributions. If voluntary employee
contributions are made to the plan, the
portion of the plan to which voluntary
employee contributions are made is
treated as a defined contribution plan
pursuant to section 414(k) and,
accordingly, is a defined contribution
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16902
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
plan pursuant to § 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(i).
Accordingly, the portion of a plan to
which voluntary employee
contributions are made is not a defined
benefit plan within the meaning of
paragraph (a)(2) of this section and is
not taken into account in determining
the annual benefit under the portion of
the plan that is a defined benefit plan.
(v) Annual benefit attributable to
rollover contributions. The annual
benefit attributable to rollover
contributions from an eligible
retirement plan, as defined in section
402(c)(8)(B) (for example, a contribution
received pursuant to a direct rollover
under section 401(a)(31)(A)), is
determined in the same manner as the
annual benefit attributable to mandatory
employee contributions if the plan
provides for a benefit derived from the
rollover contribution (other than a
benefit derived from a separate account
to be maintained with respect to the
rollover contribution and actual
earnings and losses thereon). Thus, in
the case of rollover contributions from
a defined contribution plan to a defined
benefit plan to provide an annuity
distribution, the annual benefit
attributable to those rollover
contributions for purposes of section
415(b) is determined by applying the
rules of section 411(c) as described in
paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section,
regardless of the assumptions used to
compute the annuity distribution under
the plan and regardless of whether the
plan is subject to the requirements of
sections 411 and 417. Accordingly, in
such a case, if the plan uses more
favorable factors than those specified in
section 411(c) to determine the amount
of annuity payments arising from
rollover contributions, the annual
benefit under the plan would reflect the
excess of those annuity payments over
the amounts that would be payable
using the factors specified in section
411(c). See § 1.415(c)–1(b)(3)(i) for rules
excluding rollover contributions
maintained in a separate account that is
treated as a defined contribution plan
pursuant to section 414(k) from annual
additions to a defined contribution plan.
(3) Treatment of transferred benefits—
(i) In general—(A) Treatment of
transferor plan if transferred benefits
are aggregated with transferor plan.
Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, when there has
been a transfer of benefits from one
defined benefit plan to another plan, to
the extent the benefits transferred to the
transferee plan are otherwise required to
be taken into account pursuant to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 in
determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section 415(b)
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
for a limitation year, the transferred
benefits are not treated as being
provided under the transferor plan. This
will occur, for example, if the employer
sponsoring the transferor plan and the
employer sponsoring the transferee plan
are in the same controlled group within
the meaning of section 414(b).
(B) Treatment of transferor plan if
transferred benefits are not aggregated
with transferor plan. Except as provided
in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section,
when there has been a transfer of
benefits from one defined benefit plan
to another plan, to the extent the
benefits transferred to the transferee
plan are not otherwise required to be
taken into account pursuant to section
415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 in determining
whether the transferor plan satisfies the
limitations of section 415(b) for a
limitation year, the transferred benefits
are treated by the transferor plan as if
such benefits were provided under
annuities purchased to provide benefits
under a plan that must be aggregated
with the transferor plan and that
terminated immediately prior to the
transfer with sufficient assets to pay all
benefit liabilities under the plan, in
accordance with the rules of paragraph
(b)(5)(i) of this section. This will occur,
for example, in the case of a transfer of
benefits between defined benefit plans
maintained by employers that are not
required to be aggregated under sections
414(b) and (c) (as modified by section
415(h)) or sections 414(m).
(C) Treatment of transferee plan.
Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, where there has
been a transfer of benefits from one
defined benefit plan to another defined
benefit plan, the transferee plan must
take into account the transferred
benefits in determining whether it
satisfies the limitations of section
415(b).
(ii) Elective transfer of distributable
benefit. Where, as described in
§ 1.411(d)–4, Q&A–3(c) (permitting
certain elective transfers of distributable
benefits), a distributable benefit is
transferred to a defined benefit plan
from either a defined contribution plan
or a defined benefit plan, the amount
transferred is treated as a benefit paid
from the transferor plan, and the annual
benefit provided by the transferee
defined benefit plan does not include
the annual benefit attributable to the
amount transferred (determined as if the
transferred amount were a rollover
contribution subject to the rules of
paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section). The
rule in the preceding sentence applies
regardless of whether the requirements
of section 411 apply to the plan and, in
the case of a transfer from a defined
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
contribution plan that is not subject to
the requirements of section 411 (such as
a governmental plan) to a defined
benefit plan, the rule applies even if the
participant’s benefits are not
distributable from the defined
contribution plan at the time of the
transfer.
(4) Treatment of qualified
governmental excess benefit
arrangements. Pursuant to section
415(m), in determining whether a
governmental plan (as defined in
section 414(d)) meets the requirements
of this section, the annual benefit does
not include benefits provided under a
qualified governmental excess benefit
arrangement, as defined in section
415(m)(3). Thus, the limitation of
section 415(b) does not apply to benefits
to the extent the benefits are provided
under a qualified governmental excess
benefit arrangement.
(5) Treatment of benefits provided
under a terminated plan—(i)
Terminated plan with sufficient assets.
If a defined benefit plan is terminated
with sufficient assets for the payment of
the benefit liabilities of all plan
participants and a participant in the
plan has not yet commenced benefits
under the plan, for purposes of
satisfying section 415(b) with respect to
the participant, all other defined benefit
plans maintained by the employer that
maintained the terminated plan are
required to take into account the
benefits provided pursuant to the
annuities purchased to provide benefits
under the terminated plan at each
possible annuity starting date. In such a
case, see paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this
section for rules regarding the
determination of a participant’s annual
benefit if the participant commences
receiving benefits under the terminated
plan.
(ii) Terminated plan with insufficient
assets. If a defined benefit plan is
terminated and there are not sufficient
assets for the payment of the benefit
liabilities of all plan participants, for
purposes of satisfying section 415(b)
with respect to a participant, all other
defined benefit plans maintained by the
employer that maintained the
terminated plan are required to take into
account the benefits that are actually
provided to the participant under the
terminated plan. For example, in the
case of a plan that is subject to Title IV
of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (88 Stat. 829),
Public Law 93–406 (ERISA), and that
terminates with insufficient assets for
the payment of the benefit liabilities of
all plan participants, all other defined
benefit plans maintained by the
employer that maintained the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
terminating plan must take into account
benefits that are paid by the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation. In such a
case, see paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this
section for rules regarding the
determination of a participant’s annual
benefit if the participant commences
receiving benefits under the terminated
plan.
(iii) Other guidance. The
Commissioner may provide guidance
regarding the rules applicable to
terminated plans (and plans that are
deemed to have been terminated
pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(i)(B) of this
section) in revenue rulings, notices, and
other guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin. See § 601.601(d) of
this chapter.
(c) Adjustment to form of benefit for
forms other than a straight life
annuity—(1) In general. This paragraph
(c) provides rules for adjusting a form of
benefit other than a straight life annuity
to an actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity beginning at the same time for
purposes of determining the annual
benefit described in paragraph (b) of this
section. Paragraph (c)(2) of this section
describes how to adjust a benefit paid in
a form to which section 417(e)(3) does
not apply. Paragraph (c)(3) of this
section describes how to adjust a benefit
paid in a form to which section
417(e)(3) applies. Paragraph (c)(4) of this
section describes benefit forms for
which no adjustment is required.
Paragraph (c)(5) of this section provides
an exception from the requirements of
this paragraph (c) with respect to certain
automatic benefit increase features.
Paragraph (c)(6) of this section sets forth
examples illustrating the application of
this paragraph (c). The Commissioner
may, in revenue rulings, notices, or
other guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin set forth simplified
methods for adjusting a form of benefit
other than a straight life annuity to an
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity beginning at the same time for
purposes of determining the annual
benefit described in paragraph (b) of this
section. See § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter.
(2) Benefits paid in a form to which
section 417(e)(3) does not apply. For a
benefit paid in a form to which section
417(e)(3) does not apply, the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity benefit is
the greater of—
(i) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity (if any) payable to the
participant under the plan commencing
at the same annuity starting date as the
form of benefit payable to the
participant; or
(ii) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the same
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
annuity starting date that has the same
actuarial present value as the form of
benefit payable to the participant,
computed using a 5 percent interest
assumption and the applicable mortality
table described in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for
that annuity starting date.
(3) Benefits paid in a form to which
section 417(e)(3) applies—(i) In general.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (c)(3), for a benefit paid in a
form to which section 417(e)(3) applies,
the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity benefit is the greatest of:—
(A) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using the
interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for
actuarial equivalence;
(B) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using a 5.5
percent interest assumption and the
applicable mortality table for the
distribution under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2); or
(C) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable (computed using the
applicable interest rate for the
distribution under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(3)
and the applicable mortality table for
the distribution under § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2)), divided by 1.05.
(ii) Special rule for distributions in
plan years beginning in 2004 and 2005.
For a distribution to which section
417(e)(3) applies and which has an
annuity starting date occurring in plan
years beginning in 2004 or 2005, except
as provided in section 101(d)(3) of the
Pension Funding Equity Act of 2004,
Public Law 108–218 (118 Stat. 596), the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity benefit is the greater of—
(A) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using the
interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for
actuarial equivalence; or
(B) The annual amount of the straight
life annuity commencing at the annuity
starting date that has the same actuarial
present value as the particular form of
benefit payable, computed using a 5.5
percent interest assumption and the
applicable mortality table for the
distribution under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2).
(4) Certain benefit forms for which no
adjustment is required—(i) In general.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16903
For purposes of the adjustments
described in this paragraph (c), the
following benefits are not taken into
account:
(A) Survivor benefits payable to a
surviving spouse under a qualified joint
and survivor annuity (as defined in
section 417(b)) to the extent that such
benefits would not be payable if the
participant’s benefit were not paid in
the form of a qualified joint and
survivor annuity.
(B) Ancillary benefits that are not
directly related to retirement benefits,
such as preretirement disability benefits
not in excess of the qualified disability
benefit, preretirement incidental death
benefits (including a qualified
preretirement survivor annuity), and
post-retirement medical benefits.
(ii) Rules of application—(A) Social
security supplements. Although a social
security supplement described in
section 411(a)(9) and § 1.411(a)–7(c)(4)
may be an ancillary benefit, it is
included in determining the annual
benefit because it is payable upon
retirement and therefore is directly
related to retirement income benefits.
(B) Qualified joint and survivor
annuities combined with other
distributions. If benefits are paid partly
in the form of a qualified joint and
survivor annuity (QJSA) and partly in
some other form (such as a single-sum
distribution), the rule of paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A) of this section (under which
survivor benefits are not included in
determining the annual benefit) applies
to the survivor annuity payments under
the portion of the benefit that is paid in
the form of a QJSA.
(5) Exception for certain automatic
benefit increase features—(i) General
rule. Notwithstanding paragraph
(b)(1)(i)(B) of this section, no adjustment
is required to a benefit that is paid in
a form that is not a straight life annuity
to take into account the inclusion in that
form of an automatic benefit increase
feature, as described in paragraph
(c)(5)(ii) of this section, if:
(A) The benefit is paid in form to
which section 417(e)(3) does not apply.
(B) The plan satisfies the
requirements of paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of
this section.
(ii) Definition of automatic benefit
increase feature. An automatic benefit
increase feature is included in a form of
benefit if that form provides for
automatic, periodic increases to the
benefits paid in that form, such as a
form of benefit that automatically
increases the benefit paid under that
form annually according to a specified
percentage or objective index, or a form
of benefit that automatically increases
the benefit paid in that form to share
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16904
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
favorable investment returns on plan
assets.
(iii) Requirements. A plan satisfies the
requirements of this paragraph (c)(5)(iii)
with respect to a form of benefit that
includes an automatic benefit increase
feature if the form of benefit without
regard to the automatic benefit increase
feature satisfies the requirements of
section 415(b) and this section, and the
plan provides that in no event will the
amount payable to the participant under
the form of benefit in any limitation
year be greater than the section 415(b)
limit applicable at the annuity starting
date (which is the lesser of the ageadjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar
limit described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of
this section or the section 415(b)(1)(B)
compensation limit described in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section), as
increased in subsequent years pursuant
to section 415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1. If the
form of benefit without regard to the
automatic benefit increase feature is not
a straight life annuity, then the
preceding sentence is applied by
reducing the section 415(b) limit
applicable at the annuity starting date to
an actuarially equivalent amount
(determined using the assumptions
specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this
section) that takes into account the
death benefits under the form of benefit
(other than the survivor portion of a
QJSA).
(6) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the provisions of this
paragraph (c). For purposes of these
examples, except as otherwise stated,
actuarial equivalence under the plan is
determined using a 5 percent interest
assumption and the mortality table that
applies under section 417(e)(3) as of
January 1, 2003. It is assumed for
purposes of these examples that the
interest rate that applies under section
417(e)(3) and § 1.417(e)–1(d)(3) for
relevant time periods is 5.25 percent
and that the mortality table that applies
under section 417(e)(3) and § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2) for relevant time periods is the
mortality table that applies under
section 417(e)(3) as of January 1, 2003.
In addition, it is assumed that all
participants discussed in these
examples have at least ten years of
service with the employer and at least
ten years of participation in the plan at
issue, all payments other than a
payment of a single sum are made
monthly, on the first day of each
calendar month, and each plan’s normal
retirement age is 65. The examples are
as follows:
Example 1. (i) Facts. Plan A provides a
single-sum distribution determined as the
actuarial present value of the straight life
annuity payable at the actual retirement date.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
Plan A provides that a participant’s single
sum is determined as the greater of the
present value determined using the otherwise
applicable actuarial assumptions of the plan
and the present value determined using the
applicable interest rate and the applicable
mortality table for the distribution under
section 417(e)(3). In accordance with
§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(1), Plan A also provides that
the single sum is not less than the actuarial
present value of the accrued benefit payable
at normal retirement age, determined using
the applicable interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under section 417(e)(3) and
§ 1.417(e)–1(d). Participant M retires at age
65 with a benefit under the plan formula (and
before the application of section 415) of
$152,619 and elects to receive a distribution
in the form of a single sum. Under the plan
and before the application of section 415, the
amount of the single sum is $1,800,002
(which is based on the 5 percent interest rate
and applicable mortality table as of January
1, 2003, since that present value is greater
than the present value that would have been
determined using the applicable interest rate
(5.25 percent) and the applicable mortality
table (the January 1, 2003, table) for the
distribution under section 417(e)(3)).
(ii) Conclusion. For purposes of this
section, the annual benefit is the greatest of
the annual amount of the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
at the same age (determined using the plan’s
actuarial factors), the annual amount of the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
commencing at the same age (determined
using a 5.5 percent interest assumption and
the applicable mortality table for the
distribution under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2)), and
the annual amount of the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
at the same age (determined using the
applicable interest rate and applicable
mortality table for the distribution under
§§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) and (d)(3)) divided by
1.05. Based on the factors used in the plan
to determine the actuarially equivalent lump
sum (in this case, an interest rate of 5 percent
and the applicable mortality table as of
January 1, 2003), $1,800,002 payable as a
single sum is actuarially equivalent to an
immediate straight life annuity at age 65 of
$152,619. A single sum payment of
$1,800,002 is actuarially equivalent to an
immediate straight life annuity at age 65 of
$159,105, using a 5.5 percent interest
assumption and the applicable mortality
table under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2). Based on the
applicable interest rate and the applicable
mortality table for the distribution under
§§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) and (d)(3), $1,800,002
payable as a single sum is actuarially
equivalent to an immediate straight life
annuity at age 65 of $155,853. $148,432 is the
result when this annual amount is divided by
1.05. With respect to the single-sum
distribution, M’s annual benefit for purposes
of section 415(b) is equal to the greatest of
the three resulting amounts ($152,619,
$159,105, and $148,432), or $159,105.
Example 2. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 1, except that Participant M
elects to receive his benefit in the form of a
10-year certain and life annuity. Applying
the plan’s actuarial equivalence factors, the
benefit payable in this form is $146,100.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) Conclusion. Since the form of benefit
elected by M is a form of benefit to which
section 417(e)(3) does not apply, the annual
benefit for purposes of this section is the
greater of the annual amount of the plan’s
straight life annuity commencing at the same
age or the annual amount of the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
at the same age, determined using a 5 percent
interest rate and the applicable mortality
table described in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for that
annuity starting date. In this case, the straight
life annuity payable under the plan
commencing at the same age is $152,619.
Because the plan’s factors for actuarial
equivalence in this case are the same
standardized actuarial factors required to be
applied to determine the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity, the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
using the required standardized factors is
also $152,619. With respect to the 10-year
certain and life annuity distribution, M’s
annual benefit is equal to the greater of the
two resulting amounts ($152,619 and
$152,619), or $152,619.
Example 3. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 1. Participant M retires at age
62 with a benefit under the plan (before the
application of section 415) of $100,000 (after
application of the plan’s early retirement
factors) and a Social Security supplement of
$10,000 per year payable until age 65. N
chooses to receive the accrued benefit in the
form of a straight life annuity. The Plan has
no provisions under which the actuarial
value of the Social Security supplement can
be paid as a level annuity for life.
(ii) Conclusion. Because the form of benefit
elected by M is a form of benefit to which
section 417(e)(3) does not apply and because
the plan does not provide for a straight life
annuity beginning at age 62, the annual
benefit for purposes of this section is the
annual amount of the straight life annuity
commencing at age 62 that is actuarially
equivalent to the distribution stream of
$110,000 for three years and $100,000
thereafter, where actuarial equivalence is
determined using a 5 percent interest rate
and the applicable mortality table described
in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for the annuity starting
date. In this case, the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity is $102,180.
Accordingly, with respect to this distribution
stream, N’s annual benefit is equal to
$102,180. The results are the same without
regard to whether the Social Security
supplement is a QSUPP (as defined in
§ 1.401(a)(4)–12).
Example 4. (i) Facts. Plan B is a defined
benefit plan that provides a benefit equal to
100 percent of a participant’s average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high–3 years of service, payable
as a straight life annuity. For a married
participant who does not elect another form
of benefit, the benefit is payable in the form
of a joint and 100 percent survivor annuity
benefit that is a QJSA within the meaning of
section 417 and that is reduced from the
straight life annuity. For purposes of
determining the amount of this QJSA, the
plan provides that the reduction is only half
of the reduction that would normally apply
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
under the actuarial assumptions specified in
the plan for determining actuarial
equivalence of optional forms. The plan also
provides that a married participant can elect
to receive the plan benefits as a straight life
annuity, or in the form of a single sum
distribution that is the actuarial equivalent of
the joint and 100 percent survivor annuity
determined using the applicable interest rate
and the applicable mortality table under
section 417(e)(3) and § 1.417(e)–1(d).
Participant O elects, with spousal consent, a
single-sum distribution.
(ii) Conclusion. The special rule that
disregards the value of the survivor portion
of a QJSA set forth in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of
this section only applies to a benefit that is
payable in the form of a qualified joint and
survivor annuity. Any other form of benefit
must be adjusted to a straight life annuity in
accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this
section. Accordingly, because the benefit
payable under the plan in the form of a
single-sum distribution is actuarially
equivalent to a straight life annuity that is
greater than 100 percent of a participant’s
average compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service, the
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B) has been
exceeded.
Example 5. (i) Facts. Plan C is a defined
benefit plan that provides an option to
receive the benefit in the form of a joint and
100 percent survivor annuity with a 10-year
certain feature, where the survivor
beneficiary is the participant’s spouse.
(ii) Conclusion. Since this form of benefit
is not subject to section 417(e)(3), for a
participant at age 65, the annual benefit with
respect to the joint and 100 percent survivor
annuity with a 10-year certain feature is
determined for purposes of this section as the
greater of the annual amount of the straight
life annuity payable to the participant under
the plan at age 65 (if any), or the annual
amount of the straight life annuity
commencing at age 65 that has the same
actuarial present value as the joint and 100
percent survivor annuity with a 10-year
certain feature (but excluding the survivor
annuity payments pursuant to paragraph
(c)(4)(i)(A) of this section), computing using
a 5 percent interest assumption and the
applicable mortality table described in
§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for the annuity starting
date. This latter amount is equal to the
product of the annual payments under this
optional form of benefit and the factor that
provides for actuarial equivalence between a
straight life annuity and a 10-year certain and
life annuity (with no annuity for the
survivor) computed using a 5 percent interest
rate and the applicable mortality table
described in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for the
annuity starting date.
Example 6. (i) Facts. Plan E provides a
benefit at age 65 of a straight life annuity
equal to the lesser of 90 percent of the
participant’s average compensation for the
period of the participant’s high-3 years of
service and $148,500. Upon retirement at age
65, the optional forms of benefit available to
a participant include payment of a QJSA with
annual payments equal to 50 percent of the
annual payments under the straight life
annuity, along with a single-sum distribution
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
that is actuarially equivalent (determined as
the greater of the single sum calculated using
a 5 percent interest assumption and the
section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) mortality table in
effect on January 1, 2003, and the single sum
calculated using the section
417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(II) applicable interest rate and
the section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) applicable
mortality table for the distribution) to 50
percent of the annual payments under the
straight life annuity. Participant Q retires at
age 65. Q’s average compensation for the
period of Q’s high-3 years of service is
$100,000. Q elects to receive a distribution in
the optional form of benefit described above,
under which the annual payments under the
QJSA are $45,000 and the single-sum
distribution is equal to $530,734. Q’s spouse
is 3 years younger than Q.
(ii) Determination of annual benefit. Q’s
annual benefit under Plan E for purposes of
section 415(b) is determined as the sum of
the annual benefit attributable to the QJSA
portion of the distribution and the annual
benefit attributable to the single-sum portion
of the distribution.
(iii) Annual benefit attributable to QJSA
portion. Because survivor benefits are not
taken into account in determining the annual
benefit attributable to the QJSA portion of the
distribution, the annual benefit attributable
to the QJSA portion of the distribution is
determined as if that distribution were a
straight life annuity of $45,000 per year
commencing at age 65. Thus, no form
adjustment is needed to determine the
annual benefit attributable to the QJSA
portion of the distribution, and the annual
benefit attributable to the QJSA portion of the
benefit is $45,000.
(iv) Annual benefit attributable to single
sum portion. The annual benefit attributable
to the single sum portion of the distribution
is determined as the greatest of the annual
amount of the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity commencing at the same age
(determined using the plan’s actuarial
factors), the annual amount of the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
at the same age (determined using a 5.5
percent interest assumption and the
applicable mortality table under § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2) for the distribution), and the annual
amount of the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity commencing at the same age
(determined using the applicable interest rate
and applicable mortality table under section
417(e)(3) and §§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) and (d)(3)
for the distribution) divided by 1.05. With
respect to the single-sum distribution, the
annual amount of the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity commencing at the same
age determined using the plan’s actuarial
factors is equal to $45,954. The annual
amount of the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity commencing at the same age
determined using a 5.5 percent interest
assumption and the applicable mortality
table under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for the
distribution is $46,912. The actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
at the same age determined using the
applicable interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under section 417(e)(3) and
§§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) and (d)(3) for the
distribution is equal to $45,954. This amount
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16905
divided by 1.05 is equal to $43,766. Thus, the
annual benefit attributable to the single sum
portion of the benefit is $46,912.
(v) Conclusion. Q’s annual benefit under
the optional form of benefit for purposes of
section 415(b) is equal to the sum of the
annual benefit attributable to the QJSA
portion of the distribution and the annual
benefit attributable to the single sum portion
of the distribution, or $91,912. Because Q’s
average compensation for the period of Q’s
high-3 years of service is $100,000, the
distribution satisfies the compensation limit
of section 415(b)(1)(B).
Example 7. (i) Facts. Plan D is a defined
benefit plan with a normal retirement age of
65. The normal retirement benefit under Plan
D (and the only life annuity available under
Plan D) is a life annuity with a fixed increase
of 2 percent per year. The increase applies to
the benefit provided in the prior year and is
thus compounded. The plan provides that
the benefit is limited to the lesser of 84
percent of the participant’s average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service or 84
percent of the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit (which is assumed
to be $180,000 at age 65). Plan D does not
incorporate the section 415(d) cost-of-living
adjustments to the section 415(b) limits for
limitation years following the limitation year
in which a participant incurs a severance
from employment. Participant P retires at age
65, at which time P’s average compensation
for the period of P’s high-3 years of service
is $165,000. Under Plan D, P commences
receiving benefits in the form of a life
annuity of $138,600 with a fixed increase of
2 percent per year.
(ii) Conclusion. Because Plan D does not
provide for a straight life annuity and the
form of benefit is not subject to section
417(e)(3), P’s annual benefit for purposes of
section 415(b) is the annual amount of the
straight life annuity, commencing at age 65,
that is actuarially equivalent to the
distribution stream of $138,600 with a fixed
increase of 2 percent per year, where
actuarial equivalence is determined using a
5 percent interest rate and the applicable
mortality table for the distribution under
section 417(e)(3) and § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2). In
order to satisfy the requirements of section
415 and this section, this annual benefit must
not exceed 100 percent of the average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service, or
$165,000. Using a 5 percent interest rate and
the section 417(e)(3) applicable mortality
table for the distribution, the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity is $165,453,
which exceeds $165,000. Accordingly, the
plan fails to satisfy the compensation-based
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B).
Example 8. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 7, except that Plan D
incorporates by reference the section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustments to the section
415(b) limits as described in § 1.415(a)–
1(d)(3)(v) and Plan D provides that the
benefit is limited to the applicable section
415(b) limit. Under Plan D, P commences
receiving benefits at age 65 in the form of a
life annuity of $138,221 with a fixed increase
of 2 percent per year.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16906
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Conclusion. Because Plan D does not
provide for a straight life annuity and the
form of benefit is not subject to section
417(e)(3), P’s annual benefit for purposes of
section 415(b) is the annual amount of the
straight life annuity, commencing at age 65,
that is actuarially equivalent to the
distribution stream of $138,221 with a fixed
increase of 2 percent per year, where
actuarial equivalence is determined using a
5 percent interest rate and the applicable
mortality table for P’s annuity starting date
under section 417(e)(3) and § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2). In order to satisfy the requirements
of section 415(b) and this section, this annual
benefit must not exceed 100 percent of P’s
average compensation for the period of P’s
high-3 years of service, or $165,000. Using a
5 percent interest rate and the section
417(e)(3) applicable mortality table for the
distribution, the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity is $165,000, which does
not exceed $165,000. Accordingly, the plan
satisfies the compensation-based limitation
of section 415(b)(1)(B).
(iii) Section 415(d) adjustments. In
addition to the fixed 2 percent per year
automatic increase, P’s benefit will be
increased in limitation years following the
limitation year in which P retires in
accordance with the plan provisions that
incorporate by reference the section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustments to the section
415(b) limits (or, if Plan D did not
incorporate by reference the section 415(d)
adjustments, P’s benefit may be increased
pursuant to plan amendments that comply
with the safe harbors provided in § 1.415(d)–
1(a)(5) or (6)), and such increases will not
cause P’s benefit to violate the requirements
of section 415(b). For example, if in a later
limitation year the applicable section 415(b)
limit is increased by 3 percent pursuant to
section 415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1, P’s benefit
payable under Plan D will be increased by
both the fixed automatic 2 percent per year
increase and by the 3 percent section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustment. The effect of the
combined increases may result in P’s benefits
for a year exceeding the then applicable
dollar limit under section 415(b), but the
plan will not violate section 415(b).
Example 9. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 7, except that the plan
provides that benefits are limited to the lesser
of 100 percent of the participant’s average
compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service or 100
percent of the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit. Assume that P
retires at age 65 with a benefit in the form
of a life annuity of $165,000 per year with
a fixed increase of 2 percent per year.
Additionally, assume that Plan D
incorporates by reference the section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustments to the section
415(b) limits as described in § 1.415(a)–
1(d)(3)(v) and the plan provides pursuant to
paragraph (c)(5) of this section that in no
event will a benefit payable from the plan, as
increased by the fixed increase of 2 percent
per year, be greater than the section 415(b)
limit applicable as of the annuity starting
date for the benefit (increased pursuant to the
rules of section 415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1).
(ii) Conclusion. The benefit payable to P at
age 65 is not required to be adjusted to take
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
into account the fixed increase of 2 percent
per year. This is because the benefit payable
to P satisfies the requirements of section
415(b) without regard to the fixed increase of
2 percent per year, and pursuant to paragraph
(c)(5) of this section, the plan provides that
the benefit payable to P, as increased by the
fixed increase of 2 percent per year, will
never be greater than the section 415(b) limit
applicable as of P’s annuity starting date
(increased in subsequent limitation years
pursuant to the rules of section 415(d) and
§ 1.415(d)–1).
(iii) Section 415(d) adjustments. In
addition to the fixed 2 percent per year
automatic increase, P’s benefit will be
increased in limitation years following the
limitation year in which P retires in
accordance with the plan provisions that
incorporate by reference the section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustments to the section
415(b) limits (or, if Plan D did not
incorporate by reference the section 415(d)
adjustments, P’s benefit may be increased
pursuant to plan amendments that comply
with the safe harbors provided in § 1.415(d)–
1(a)(5) or (6)), and such increases will not
cause P’s benefit to violate the requirements
of section 415(b). However, pursuant to
paragraph (c)(5)(iii) of this section, P’s benefit
during any limitation year, as increased by
the 2 percent per year automatic increase
feature and any plan provisions that
incorporate by reference the section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustments or any plan
amendments that increase P’s benefits,
cannot exceed the then applicable section
415(b) limit (as increased pursuant to section
415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1).
Example 10. (i) Facts. Employer T
maintains a defined benefit plan. Under the
terms of the plan, all benefits in pay status
(other than single sum payments) are
adjusted upwards or downwards annually
depending on an annual comparison of
actual return on plan assets and an assumed
interest rate of 4 percent. Thus, the plan does
not offer a straight life annuity form of
benefit, and the plan must determine for
purposes of applying the section 415(b)
limits the actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity for benefits provided under the plan.
(ii) Conclusion. Benefits under the plan are
paid in a form to which section 417(e)(3)
does not apply. In determining the
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity of
benefits that are subject to the annual
investment performance adjustment, the plan
must assume a 5 percent return on plan
assets. See paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
Therefore, in determining the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity, the plan
must assume that the form of benefit payable
under the plan will be an annuity that
increases annually by a factor equal to 1.05
divided by 1.04. This increasing annuity is
then converted to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity under paragraph (c)(2) of
this section using a 5 percent interest rate
and the applicable mortality table described
in § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2) for the relevant annuity
starting date.
Example 11. (i) Facts. R is a participant in
a defined benefit plan maintained by R’s
employer. Under the terms of the plan, R
must make contributions to the plan in a
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
stated amount to accrue benefits derived
from employer contributions.
(ii) Conclusion. R’s contributions are
mandatory employee contributions within
the meaning of section 411(c)(2)(C) and, thus,
the annual benefit attributable to these
contributions is not taken into account for
purposes of testing the annual benefit
derived from employer contributions against
the applicable limitation on benefits.
However, these contributions are treated as
contributions to a defined contribution plan
maintained by R’s employer for purposes of
section 415(c). See § 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(ii)(B).
Accordingly, with respect to the current
limitation year, the limitation on benefits (as
described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section)
is applicable to the annual benefit
attributable to employer contributions to the
defined benefit plan, and the limitation on
contributions and other additions (as
described in § 1.415(c)–1) is applicable to the
portion of the plan treated as a defined
contribution plan, which consists of R’s
mandatory contributions. These same
limitations would also apply if, instead of
providing for mandatory employee
contributions, the plan permitted voluntary
employee contributions, because the portion
of the plan attributable to voluntary
employee contributions and earnings thereon
is treated as a defined contribution plan
maintained by the employer pursuant to
section 414(k), and thus is not subject to the
limitations of section 415(b).
Example 12. (i) Facts. V is a participant in
a defined benefit plan maintained by V’s
employer. Under the terms of the plan, V
must make contributions to the plan in a
stated amount to accrue benefits derived
from employer contributions. V’s
contributions are mandatory employee
contributions within the meaning of section
411(c)(2)(C). Thus, the annual benefit
attributable to these contributions is not
taken into account for purposes of testing the
annual benefit derived from employer
contributions against the applicable
limitation on benefits. V terminates
employment and receives a distribution from
the plan that includes V’s mandatory
employee contributions. Subsequently, V
resumes employment with the employer
maintaining the plan. V recommences
participation in the plan and repays the prior
distribution from the plan (including the
portion of the distribution that included V’s
prior mandatory employee contributions to
the plan) with reasonable interest.
(ii) Conclusion. In determining V’s annual
benefit under the plan for purposes of
applying the limitations of section 415(b), no
portion of V’s repayment of the prior
distribution is treated as employee
contributions. See paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(C), (D)
and (E) of this section. However, V’s annual
benefit under the plan is determined by
excluding the portion of the annual benefit
attributable to V’s employee contributions to
the plan made both prior to the first
distribution and during V’s subsequent
recommencement of plan participation.
(d) Adjustment to section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit for commencement before
age 62—(1) General rule—(i)
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
Calculation using statutory factors. For
a distribution with an annuity starting
date that occurs before the participant
attains the age of 62, the age-adjusted
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
generally is determined as the actuarial
equivalent of the annual amount of a
straight life annuity commencing at the
annuity starting date that has the same
actuarial present value as a deferred
straight life annuity commencing at age
62, where annual payments under the
straight life annuity commencing at age
62 are equal to the dollar limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(A) (as adjusted
pursuant to section 415(d) and
§ 1.415(d)–1 for the limitation year), and
where the actuarially equivalent straight
life annuity is computed using a 5
percent interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2)
that is effective for that annuity starting
date (and expressing the participant’s
age based on completed calendar
months as of the annuity starting date).
However, if the plan has an immediately
commencing straight life annuity
payable both at age 62 and the age of
benefit commencement, then the ageadjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar
limit is equal to the lesser of—
(A) The limit as otherwise determined
under this paragraph (d)(1)(i); and
(B) The amount determined under
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Calculation using plan factors.
The amount determined under this
paragraph (d)(1)(ii) is equal to the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit (as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) and
§ 1.415(d)–1 for the limitation year)
multiplied by the ratio of the annual
amount of the immediately commencing
straight life annuity under the plan to
the annual amount of the straight life
annuity under the plan commencing at
age 62, with both annual amounts
determined without applying the rules
of section 415.
(2) Mortality adjustments—(i) In
general. For purposes of determining
the actuarially equivalent amount
described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this
section, to the extent that a forfeiture
does not occur upon the participant’s
death before the annuity starting date,
no adjustment is made to reflect the
probability of the participant’s death
between the annuity starting date and
the participant’s attainment of age 62,
unless the plan provides for such an
adjustment. To the extent that a
forfeiture occurs upon the participant’s
death before the annuity starting date,
an adjustment must be made to reflect
the probability of the participant’s death
between the annuity starting date and
the participant’s attainment of age 62.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
(ii) No forfeiture deemed to occur
where qualified preretirement survivor
annuity payable. For purposes of
paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (e)(2)(i) of this
section, a plan is permitted to treat no
forfeiture as occurring upon a
participant’s death if the plan does not
charge participants for providing a
qualified preretirement survivor annuity
(QPSA) (as defined in section 417(c)) on
the participant’s death, but only if the
plan applies this treatment both for
adjustments before age 62 and
adjustments after age 65. Thus, in such
a case, the plan is permitted to provide
that, in computing the adjusted dollar
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A), no
adjustment is made to reflect the
probability of a participant’s death after
the annuity starting date and before age
62 or after age 65 and before the annuity
starting date.
(3) Exception for certain participants
of certain governmental plans. Pursuant
to section 415(b)(2)(G) and (H), no age
adjustment is made to the dollar limit
for commencement before age 62 for any
qualified participant. For this purpose,
a qualified participant is a participant in
a defined benefit plan that is maintained
by a state, Indian tribal government (as
defined in section 7701(a)(40)), or any
political subdivision of a state or Indian
tribal government with respect to whom
the service taken into account in
determining the amount of the benefit
under the defined benefit plan includes
at least 15 years of service of the
participant—
(i) As a full-time employee of any
police department or fire department
that is organized and operated by the
state, Indian tribal government, or
political subdivision maintaining such
defined benefit plan to provide police
protection, firefighting services, or
emergency medical services for any area
within the jurisdiction of such state,
Indian tribal government, or political
subdivision; or
(ii) As a member of the Armed Forces
of the United States.
(4) Exception for survivor and
disability benefits under governmental
plans. Pursuant to section 415(b)(2)(I),
no age adjustment is made to the dollar
limit for commencement before age 62
for a distribution from a governmental
plan (as defined in section 414(d)) on
account of the participant’s becoming
disabled by reason of personal injuries
or sickness, or as a result of the death
of the participant.
(5) Special rule for commercial airline
pilots. Pursuant to section 415(b)(9), no
age adjustment is made to the dollar
limit for early commencement on or
after age 60 for a participant if—
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16907
(i) The participant is a commercial
airline pilot;
(ii) The participant separates from
service upon or after attaining age 60;
and
(iii) As of the time of the participant’s
retirement, regulations prescribed by the
Federal Aviation Administration require
an individual to separate from service as
a commercial airline pilot after attaining
any age occurring on or after age 60 and
before age 62.
(6) No decrease in age-adjusted
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit on
account of age or service.
Notwithstanding any other provision of
this paragraph (d), the age-adjusted
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
applicable to a participant does not
decrease on account of an increase in
age or the performance of additional
service.
(7) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this
paragraph (d). For purposes of these
examples, it is assumed that the dollar
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A) for
all relevant years is $180,000, that the
normal form of benefit under the plan
is a straight life annuity payable
beginning at age 65, and that all
payments other than a payment of a
single sum are made monthly, on the
first day of each calendar month. The
examples are as follows:
Example 1. (i) Plan A provides that early
retirement benefits are determined by
reducing the accrued benefit by 4 percent for
each year that the early retirement age is less
than age 65. Participant M retires at age 60
with exactly 30 years of service with a benefit
(prior to the application of section 415) in the
form of a straight life annuity of $100,000
payable at age 65, and is permitted to elect
to commence benefits at any time between
M’s retirement and M’s attainment of age 65.
For example, M can elect to commence
benefits at age 60 in the amount of $80,000,
can wait until age 62 and commence benefits
in the amount of $88,000, or can wait until
age 65 and commence benefits in the amount
of $100,000. Plan A provides a QPSA to all
married participants without charge. Plan A
provides (consistent with paragraph (d)(2)(ii)
of this section) that, for purposes of adjusting
the dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) for commencement before age 62
or after age 65, no forfeiture is treated as
occurring upon a participant’s death before
retirement and, therefore, in computing the
adjusted dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A), no adjustment is made to reflect
the probability of a participant’s death after
the annuity starting date and before age 62
or after age 65 and before the annuity starting
date.
(ii) The age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit that applies for commencement
of M’s benefit at age 60 is the lesser of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied
by the ratio of the annuity payable at age 60
to the annuity payable at age 62, or the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16908
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
straight life annuity payable at age 60 that is
actuarially equivalent, using 5 percent
interest and the applicable mortality table
effective for that annuity starting date under
section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) and § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2), to the deferred annuity payable at age
62 of $180,000 per year. In this case, the ageadjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit at
age 60 is $156,229 (the lesser of $163,636
($180,000* $80,000/$88,000) and $156,229
(the straight life annuity at age 60 that is
actuarially equivalent to a deferred annuity
of $180,000 commencing at age 62,
determined using 5 percent interest and the
applicable mortality table, without a
mortality decrement for the period between
60 and 62)).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that participant M elects
to retire at age 60, 6 months, and 21 days.
(ii) Under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this
section, M is treated as age 60 and 6 months
(or, age 60.5). Absent the rule provided in
paragraph (d)(6) of this section, the ageadjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit that
applies for commencement of M’s benefit at
age 60.5 is the lesser of the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied by the
ratio of the annuity payable at age 60.5 to the
annuity payable at age 62, or the straight life
annuity payable at age 60.5 that is actuarially
equivalent, using 5 percent interest and the
applicable mortality table for that annuity
starting date under section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I)
and § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2), to the deferred
annuity payable at age 62 of $180,000 per
year. The age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit at age 60.5 is $161,769 (the lesser
of $167,727 ($180,000* $82,000/$88,000) and
$161,769 (the straight life annuity at age 60.5
that is actuarially equivalent to a deferred
annuity of $180,000 commencing at age 62,
determined using 5 percent interest and the
applicable mortality table, without a
mortality decrement for the period between
60.5 and 62).
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except the plan provides that, if
a participant has 30 or more years of service,
no reduction applies for benefits
commencing at age 62 and later.
(ii) Absent the rule provided in paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit that applies for
commencement of M’s benefit at age 60 is the
lesser of the section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
multiplied by the ratio of the annuity payable
at age 60 to the annuity payable at age 62,
or the straight life annuity payable at age 60
that is actuarially equivalent, using 5 percent
interest and the applicable mortality table for
that annuity starting date under section
417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) and § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2), to
the deferred annuity payable at age 62 of
$180,000 per year. In this case, because M
has 30 years of service and would be eligible
for the unreduced early retirement benefit at
age 62, the age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit at age 60 would be $144,000 (the
lesser of $144,000 ($180,000* $80,000/
$100,000) and $156,229 (the straight life
annuity at age 60 that is actuarially
equivalent to a deferred annuity of $180,000
commencing at age 62, determined using 5
percent interest and the applicable mortality
table, without a mortality decrement for the
period between 60 and 62)).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
(iii) However, at age 59 11/12 with 29 11/
12 years of service, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit for M is $155,311
(the lesser of $162,955 ($180,000* $79,667/
$88,000) and $155,311 (the straight life
annuity at age 59 11/12 that is actuarially
equivalent to a deferred annuity of $180,000
commencing at age 62, determined using 5
percent interest and the applicable mortality
table, without a mortality decrement for the
period between 59 and 62)). Thus, after
applying the rule provided in paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit that applies for
commencement of M’s benefit at age 60 is
$155,311.
Example 4. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that the plan provides
that, if a participant has 30 or more years of
service, then no reduction is made in early
retirement benefits if the early retirement age
is at least age 62 and, in the case of an early
retirement age before age 62, the early
retirement benefit is determined by reducing
the accrued benefit by 4 percent for each year
that the early retirement age is less than age
62.
(ii) The age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit that applies for commencement
of M’s benefit at age 60 is the lesser of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied
by the ratio of the annuity payable at age 60
to the annuity payable at age 62, or the
straight life annuity payable at age 60 that is
actuarially equivalent, using 5 percent
interest and the applicable mortality table for
that annuity starting date under section
417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) and § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2), to
the deferred annuity payable at age 62 of
$180,000 per year. In this case, because M
has 30 years of service and would be eligible
for the unreduced early retirement benefit at
age 62, the age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit at age 60 is $156,229 (the lesser
of $165,600 ($180,000* $92,000/$100,000)
and $156,229 (the straight life annuity at age
60 that is actuarially equivalent to a deferred
annuity of $180,000 commencing at age 62,
determined using 5 percent interest and the
applicable mortality table, without a
mortality decrement for the period between
60 and 62)).
Example 5. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that Participant M chooses
to receive benefits in the form of a 10-year
certain and life annuity under which
payments are 97 percent of the periodic
payments that would be made under the
immediately commencing straight life
annuity. Annual payments to M are 97
percent of $80,000, or $77,600. Additionally,
M’s average compensation for the period of
M’s high-3 years of service is $120,000. As
in Example 1, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit at age 60 is
$156,229.
(ii) In the case of a form of benefit to which
section 417(e)(3) does not apply, the annual
benefit for purposes of this section is the
greater of the annual amount of the plan’s
straight life annuity commencing at the same
age or the annual amount of the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity commencing
at the same age, determined using a 5 percent
interest rate and the applicable mortality
table for that annuity starting date under
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) and § 1.417(e)–
1(d)(2). In this case, the straight life annuity
payable under the plan commencing at the
same age is $80,000. The annual amount of
the straight life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to the $77,600 benefit payable as
a 10-year certain and life annuity is
determined by applying the required
standardized factors (a 5 percent interest
assumption and the applicable mortality
under section 417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) and
§ 1.417(e)–1(d)(2), and is $79,416. With
respect to the 10-year certain and life annuity
commencing at age 62, M’s annual benefit is
equal to the greater of the two resulting
amounts ($80,000 and $79,416), or $80,000.
Because M’s annual benefit is less than the
age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
and is less than the section 415(b)(1)(B)
compensation limit, M’s benefit satisfies
section 415.
Example 6. (i) Participant O is a full-time
civilian employee of the Harbor Police
Division of the State of X Port Authority. The
Harbor Police Division provides police
protection services. O performs clerical
services for the Harbor Police Division. O is
a participant in the defined benefit plan that
is maintained by the State of X with respect
to whom the years of service taken into
account in determining the amount of the
benefit under the plan includes 10 years of
service working for the Harbor Police
Division and 5 years of service as a member
of the Armed Forces of the United States.
(ii) For a distribution with an annuity
starting date that occurs before O attains the
age of 62, there is no age adjustment to the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit.
Example 7. (i) Participant R is a full-time
employee of the Emergency Medical Service
Department of County Y (which is not a part
of a police or fire department) who performs
services as a driver of an ambulance. R is a
participant in the defined benefit plan that is
maintained by County Y with respect to
whom the years of service taken into account
in determining the amount of the benefit
under the plan includes 15 years of service
working for County Y. R does not have
service credit for time in the Armed Forces
of the United States.
(ii) The age adjustments to the limitations
of section 415(b)(1)(A) pursuant to section
415(b)(2)(C) and (D) will apply if R
commences receiving a distribution at an age
to which either of those adjustments applies.
(e) Adjustment to section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit for commencement after age
65—(1) General rule—(i) Calculation
using statutory factors. For a
distribution with an annuity starting
date that occurs after the participant
attains the age of 65, the age-adjusted
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
generally is determined as the actuarial
equivalent of the annual amount of a
straight life annuity commencing at the
annuity starting date that has the same
actuarial present value as a straight life
annuity commencing at age 65, where
annual payments under the straight life
annuity commencing at age 65 are equal
to the dollar limitation of section
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
415(b)(1)(A) (as adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1 for the
limitation year), and where the
actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity is computed using a 5 percent
interest rate and the applicable
mortality table under § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2)
that is effective for that annuity starting
date (and expressing the participant’s
age based on completed calendar
months as of the annuity starting date).
However, if the plan has an immediately
commencing straight life annuity
payable as of the annuity starting date
and an immediately commencing
straight life annuity payable at age 65,
then the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit is equal to the
lesser of—
(A) The limit as otherwise determined
under this paragraph (e)(1)(i); and
(B) The amount determined under
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section.
(ii) Calculation using plan factors.
The amount determined under this
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) is equal to the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit (as
adjusted pursuant to section 415(d) and
§ 1.415(d)–1 for the limitation year)
multiplied by the adjustment ratio
described in paragrap. (e)(2)(i) of this
section.
(2) Adjustment ratio—(i) General rule.
For purposes of applying the rule of
paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this section, the
adjustment ratio is equal to the ratio of
the annual amount of the adjusted
immediately commencing straight life
annuity under the plan described in
paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section to the
adjusted age 65 straight life annuity
described in paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this
section.
(ii) Adjusted immediately
commencing straight life annuity. The
adjusted immediately commencing
straight life annuity that is used for
purposes of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this
section is the annual amount of the
immediately commencing straight life
annuity payable to the participant,
computed disregarding the participant’s
accruals after age 65 but including
actuarial adjustments even if those
actuarial adjustments are applied to
offset accruals. For this purpose, the
annual amount of the immediately
commencing straight life annuity is
determined without applying the rules
of section 415.
(iii) Adjusted age 65 straight life
annuity. The adjusted age 65 straight
life annuity that is used for purposes of
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section is the
annual amount of the straight life
annuity that would be payable under
the plan to a hypothetical participant
who is 65 years old and has the same
accrued benefit (with no actuarial
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
increases for commencement after age
65) as the participant receiving the
distribution (determined disregarding
the participant’s accruals after age 65
and without applying the rules of
section 415).
(3) Mortality adjustments—(i) In
general. For purposes of determining
the actuarially equivalent amount
described in paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this
section, to the extent that a forfeiture
does not occur upon the participant’s
death before the annuity starting date,
no adjustment is made to reflect the
probability of the participant’s death
between the participant’s attainment of
age 65 and the annuity starting date. To
the extent that a forfeiture occurs upon
the participant’s death before the
annuity starting date, an adjustment
must be made to reflect the probability
of the participant’s death between the
participant’s attainment of age 65 and
the annuity starting date.
(ii) No forfeiture deemed to occur
where QPSA payable. See paragraph
(d)(2)(ii) of this section for a rule
deeming no forfeiture to occur if the
plan does not charge participants for
providing a QPSA on the participant’s
death.
(4) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this
paragraph (e):
Example 1. (i) Plan A provides that
monthly benefits payable upon
commencement after normal retirement age
(which is age 65) are increased by 0.5 percent
for each month of delay in commencement
after attainment of normal retirement age.
Plan A provides a QPSA to all married
participants without charge. Plan A provides
(consistent with paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this
section) that, for purposes of adjusting the
dollar limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
for commencement before age 62 or after age
65, no adjustment is made to reflect the
probability of a participant’s death between
the annuity starting date and the participant’s
attainment of age 62 or between the age of
65 and the annuity starting date. The normal
form of benefit under Plan A is a straight life
annuity commencing at age 65. Plan A does
not provide additional benefit accruals once
a participant is credited with 30 years of
service. Participant M was credited with 30
years of service under Plan A when M
attained age 65. M retires at age 70 on
January 1, 2008, with a benefit (prior to the
application of section 415) that is payable
monthly in the form of a straight life annuity
of $195,000, which reflects the actuarial
increase of 30 percent applied to the accrued
benefit of $150,000. It is assumed that all
payments under Plan A, other than a
payment of a single sum, are made monthly,
on the first day of each calendar month. It is
also assumed that the dollar limit in 2008 is
$185,000.
(ii) The age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A)
dollar limit at age 70 is the lesser of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit multiplied
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16909
by the ratio of the adjusted immediately
commencing straight life annuity payable at
age 70 (computed disregarding the rules of
section 415 and accruals after age 65, but
including actuarial adjustments) to the
adjusted age 65 straight life annuity
(computed disregarding the rules of section
415 and any accruals after age 65), or the
straight life annuity payable at age 70 that is
actuarially equivalent, using 5 percent
interest and the applicable mortality table for
that annuity starting date under section
417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) and § 1.417(e)–1(d)(2), to
the straight life annuity payable at age 65,
where annual payments under the straight
life annuity payable at age 65 are equal to the
dollar limitation of section 415(b)(1)(A). In
this case, the age-adjusted section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit at age 70 is $240,500
(the lesser of $240,500 ($185,000* $195,000/
$150,000) and $271,444 (the straight life
annuity at age 70 that is actuarially
equivalent to an annuity of $185,000
commencing at age 65, determined using 5
percent interest and the applicable mortality
table, without a mortality decrement for the
period between 65 and 70)).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that Plan A does not limit
benefit accruals to 30 years of credited
service, and thus M accrues benefits between
ages 65 and 70.
(ii) Since M’s accruals after attaining age 65
are disregarded for purposes of determining
the age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar
limit applicable to M at age 70, the result is
the same as in Example 1.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that Plan A does not limit
benefit accruals to 30 years of credited
service. However, benefit accruals after an
employee has reached normal retirement age
(age 65), are offset by the actuarial increase
that the plan provides for commencement of
benefits after normal retirement age.
(ii) The result is the same as in Example
1, even if the actuarial increases for post-age
65 benefit commencement provided under
Plan A do or do not fully offset M’s benefit
accruals after attaining age 65. This is
because benefit accruals after age 65 are
disregarded for purposes of determining the
age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
applicable to M after age 65.
(f) Total annual payments not in
excess of $10,000—(1) In general.
Pursuant to section 415(b)(4), the annual
benefit (without regard to the age at
which benefits commence) payable with
respect to a participant under any
defined benefit plan is not considered to
exceed the limitations on benefits
described in section 415(b)(1) and in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section if—
(i) The benefits (other than benefits
not taken into account in the
computation of the annual benefit under
the rules of paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section) payable with respect to the
participant under the plan and all other
defined benefit plans of the employer do
not in the aggregate exceed $10,000 (as
adjusted under paragraph (g) of this
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16910
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
section) for the limitation year, or for
any prior limitation year; and
(ii) The employer (or a predecessor
employer) has not at any time
maintained a defined contribution plan
in which the participant participated.
(2) Computation of benefits for
purposes of applying the $10,000
amount. For purposes of paragraph
(f)(1)(i) of this section, the benefits
payable with respect to the participant
under a plan for a limitation year reflect
all amounts payable under the plan for
the limitation year (other than benefits
not taken into account in the
computation of the annual benefit under
the rules of paragraph (b) or (c) of this
section), and are not adjusted for form
of benefit or commencement date.
(3) Special rule with respect to
participants in multiemployer plans.
The special $10,000 exception set forth
in paragraph (f)(1) of this section applies
to a participant in a multiemployer plan
described in section 414(f) without
regard to whether that participant ever
participated in one or more other plans
maintained by an employer who also
maintains the multiemployer plan,
provided that none of such other plans
were maintained as a result of collective
bargaining involving the same employee
representative as the multiemployer
plan.
(4) Special rule with respect to
employee contributions.
Notwithstanding §§ 1.415(c)–
1(a)(2)(ii)(B) and 1.415(c)–1(b)(3),
mandatory employee contributions
under a defined benefit plan described
in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section are
not considered a separate defined
contribution plan maintained by the
employer for purposes of paragraph
(f)(1)(ii) of this section. Thus, the special
dollar limitation provided for in this
paragraph (f) applies to a contributory
defined benefit plan.
Similarly, for purposes of this
paragraph (f), an individual medical
account under section 401(h) or an
account for postretirement medical
benefits established pursuant to section
419A(d)(1) is not considered a separate
defined contribution plan maintained
by the employer.
(5) Examples. The application of this
paragraph (f) may be illustrated by the
following examples. For purposes of
these examples, it is assumed that each
participant has 10 years of participation
in the plan and service with the
employer. The examples are as follows:
Example 1. (i) B is a participant in a
defined benefit plan maintained by X
Corporation, which provides for a benefit
payable in the form of a straight life annuity
beginning at age 65. B’s average
compensation for the period of B’s high-3
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
years of service is $6,000. The plan does not
provide for mandatory employee
contributions, and at no time has B been a
participant in a defined contribution plan
maintained by X. With respect to the current
limitation year, B’s benefit under the plan
(before the application of section 415) is
$9,500.
(ii) Because annual payments under B’s
benefit do not exceed $10,000, and because
B has at no time participated in a defined
contribution plan maintained by X, the
benefits payable under the plan are not
considered to exceed the limitation on
benefits otherwise applicable to B ($6,000).
(iii) This result would remain the same
even if, under the terms of the plan, B’s
benefit of $9,500 were payable at age 60, or
if the plan provided for mandatory employee
contributions.
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that the plan provides for
a benefit payable in the form of a life annuity
with a 10-year certain feature with annual
payments of $9,500. Assume that, after the
adjustment described in paragraph (c) of this
section, B’s actuarially equivalent straight life
annuity (which is the annual benefit used for
demonstrating compliance with section 415)
for the current limitation year is $10,400.
(ii) For purposes of applying the special
rule provided in this paragraph for total
benefits not in excess of $10,000, there is no
adjustment required if the retirement benefit
payable under the plan is not in the form of
a straight life annuity. Therefore, because B’s
retirement benefit does not exceed $10,000,
B may receive the full $9,500 benefit without
the otherwise applicable benefit limitations
of this section being exceeded.
Example 3. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that the plan provides for
a benefit payable in the form of a single sum
and the amount of the single sum that is the
actuarial equivalent of the straight life
annuity payable to B ($9,500 annually),
determined in accordance with the rules of
section 417(e)(3) and § 1.417(e)–1(d), is
$95,000.
(ii) Because the amount payable to B for
the limitation year would exceed $10,000,
the rule of this paragraph (f) does not provide
an exception from the generally applicable
limits of section 415(b)(1) for the single-sum
distribution. Thus, the otherwise applicable
limits apply to the single-sum distribution,
and a single-sum distribution of $95,000
would not satisfy the requirements of section
415(b). Limiting the single-sum distribution
to $60,000 (the present value of the annuity
that complies with the compensation-based
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(B)) in order to
satisfy section 415 would be an
impermissible forfeiture under the
requirements of section 411(a). Accordingly,
the plan should not provide for a single-sum
distribution in these circumstances.
(g) Special rule for participation or
service of less than 10 years—(1)
Proration of dollar limit based on years
of participation—(i) In general.
Pursuant to section 415(b)(5)(A), where
a participant has less than 10 years of
participation in the plan, the dollar
limit described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
this section (as adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d), § 1.415(d)–1, and
paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section) is
reduced by multiplying the otherwise
applicable limitation by a fraction—
(A) The numerator of which is the
number of years of participation in the
plan (or 1, if greater); and
(B) The denominator of which is 10.
(ii) Years of participation. The
following rules apply for purposes of
determining a participant’s years of
participation for purposes of this
paragraph (g)(1)—
(A) A participant is credited with a
year of participation (computed to
fractional parts of a year) for each
accrual computation period for which
the participant is credited with at least
the number of hours of service (or
period of service if the elapsed time
method is used for benefit accrual
purposes) required under the terms of
the plan in order to accrue a benefit for
the accrual computation period, and the
participant is included as a plan
participant under the eligibility
provisions of the plan for at least one
day of the accrual computation period.
If these two conditions are met, the
portion of a year of participation
credited to the participant is equal to
the amount of benefit accrual service
credited to the participant for such
accrual computation period. For
example, if under the terms of a plan,
a participant receives 1/10 of a year of
benefit accrual service for an accrual
computation period for each 200 hours
of service, and the participant is
credited with 1,000 hours of service for
the period, the participant is credited
with 1/2 a year of participation for
purposes of section 415(b)(5)(A) and
this paragraph (g)(1).
(B) A participant who is permanently
and totally disabled within the meaning
of section 415(c)(3)(C)(i) for an accrual
computation period is credited with a
year of participation with respect to that
period for purposes of section
415(b)(5)(A) and this paragraph (g)(1).
(C) For a participant to receive a year
of participation (or part thereof) for an
accrual computation period for
purposes of section 415(b)(5)(A) and
this paragraph (g)(1), the plan must be
established no later than the last day of
such accrual computation period.
(D) No more than one year of
participation may be credited for any
12-month period for purposes of section
415(b)(5)(A) and this paragraph (g)(1).
(2) Proration of compensation limit
and special rule for total annual
payments less than $10,000 based on
years of service—(i) In general. Pursuant
to section 415(b)(5)(B), where a
participant has less than 10 years of
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
service with the employer, the
compensation limit described in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section and
the $10,000 amount under the special
rule for small annual payments under
paragraph (f) of this section are reduced
by multiplying the otherwise applicable
limitation by a fraction—
(A) The numerator of which is the
number of years of service with the
employer (or 1, if greater); and
(B) The denominator of which is 10.
(ii) Years of service—(A) In general.
For purposes of applying this paragraph
(g)(2), years of service must be
determined on a reasonable and
consistent basis. A plan is considered to
be determining years of service on a
reasonable and consistent basis for this
purpose if, subject to the limits of
paragraph (g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a
participant is credited with a year of
service (computed to fractional parts of
a year) for each accrual computation
period for which the participant is
credited with at least the number of
hours of service (or period of service if
the elapsed time method is used for
benefit accrual purposes) required
under the terms of the plan in order to
accrue a benefit for the accrual
computation period.
(B) Rules of application. No more
than one year of service may be credited
for any 12-month period for purposes of
section 415(b)(5)(B). In addition, only
the participant’s service with the
employer or a predecessor employer (as
defined in § 1.415(f)–1(c)) may be taken
into account in determining the
participant’s years of service for this
purpose. Thus, if an employer does not
maintain a former employer’s plan, a
participant’s service with the former
employer may be taken into account in
determining the participant’s years of
service for purposes of this paragraph
(g)(2) only if the former employer is a
predecessor employer with respect to
the employer pursuant to § 1.415(f)–
1(c)(2) (which defines predecessor
employer to include, under certain
circumstances, a former entity that
antedates the employer).
(C) Period of disability.
Notwithstanding the rules of paragraph
(g)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, a plan is
permitted to provide that a participant
who is permanently and totally disabled
within the meaning of section
415(c)(3)(C)(i) for an accrual
computation period is credited with
service with respect to that period for
purposes of section 415(b)(5)(B).
(3) Exception for survivor and
disability benefits under governmental
plans. The requirements of this
paragraph (g) (regarding participation or
service of less than 10 years) do not
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
apply to a distribution from a
governmental plan (as defined in
section 414(d)) on account of the
participant’s becoming disabled by
reason of personal injuries or sickness,
or as a result of the death of the
participant.
(4) Examples. The provisions of this
paragraph (g) may be illustrated by the
following examples:
Example 1. (i) C begins employment with
Employer A on January 1, 2005, at the age of
58. Employer A maintains only a
noncontributory defined benefit plan which
provides for a straight life annuity beginning
at age 65 and uses the calendar year for the
limitation and plan year. Employer A has
never maintained a defined contribution
plan. C becomes a participant in Employer
A’s plan on January 1, 2006, and works
through December 31, 2011, when C is age
65. C begins to receive benefits under the
plan in 2012. C’s average compensation for
the period of C’s high-3 years of service is
$40,000. Furthermore, under the terms of
Employer A’s plan, for purposes of
computing C’s nonforfeitable percentage in
C’s accrued benefit derived from employer
contributions, C has only 7 years of service
with Employer A (2005–2011).
(ii) Because C has only 7 years of service
with Employer A at the time he begins to
receive benefits under the plan, the
maximum permissible annual benefit payable
with respect to C is $28,000 ($40,000
multiplied by 7/10).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that C’s average
compensation for the period of his high-3
years of service is $8,000.
(ii) Because C has only 7 years of service
with Employer A at the time he begins to
receive benefits, the maximum benefit
payable with respect to C would be reduced
to $5,600 ($8,000 multiplied by 7/10).
However, the special rule for total benefits
not in excess of $10,000, provided in
paragraph (f) of this section, is applicable in
this case. Accordingly, C may receive an
annual benefit of $7,000 ($10,000 multiplied
by 7/10) without the benefit limitations of
this section being exceeded.
Example 3. (i) Employer B maintains a
defined benefit plan. Benefits under the plan
are computed based on months of service
rather than years of service. Accordingly, for
purposes of applying the reduction based on
years of service less than 10 to the limitations
under section 415(b), the plan provides that
the otherwise applicable limitation is
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of completed months of
service with the employer (but not less than
12 months), and the denominator of which is
120. The plan further provides that months
of service are computed in the same manner
for this purpose as for purposes of computing
plan benefits.
(ii) The manner in which the plan applies
the reduction based on years of service less
than 10 to the limitations under section
415(b) is consistent with the requirements of
this paragraph (g).
Example 4. (i) G begins employment with
Employer D on January 1, 2003, at the age of
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16911
58. Employer D maintains a noncontributory
defined benefit plan which provides for a
straight life annuity beginning at age 65 and
uses the calendar year for the limitation and
plan year. G becomes a participant in
Employer D’s plan on January 1, 2004, and
works through December 31, 2009, when G
is age 65. G performs sufficient service to be
credited with a year of service under the plan
for each year during 2003 through 2009
(although G is not credited with a year of
service for 2003 because G is not yet a plan
participant). G begins to receive benefits
under the plan during 2010. The plan’s
accrual computation period is the plan year.
The plan provides that, for purposes of
applying the rules of section 415(b)(5)(B), a
participant is credited with a year of service
(computed to fractional parts of a year) for
each plan year for which the participant is
credited with sufficient service to accrue a
benefit for the plan year. G’s average
compensation for the period of G’s high-3
years of service is $200,000. It is assumed for
purposes of this example that the dollar
limitation of section 415(b)(1)(A) for
limitation years ending in 2010 is $195,000.
(ii) G has 7 years of service and 6 years of
participation in the plan at the time G begins
to receive benefits under the plan.
Accordingly, the limitation under section
415(b)(1)(B) based on G’s average
compensation for the period of G’s high-3
years of service that applies pursuant to the
adjustment required under section
415(b)(5)(B) is $140,000 ($200,000 multiplied
by 7/10), and the dollar limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(A) that applies to G
pursuant to the adjustment required under
section 415(b)(5)(A) is $117,000 ($195,000
multiplied by 6/10).
(h) Retirement Protection Act of 1994
transition rules. For special rules
affecting the actuarial adjustment for
form of benefit under paragraph (c) of
this section and the adjustment to the
dollar limit for early or late
commencement under paragraphs (d)
and (e) of this section for certain plans
adopted and in effect before December
8, 1994, see section 767(d)(3)(A) of the
Uruguay Round Agreements Act of
1994, Public Law 103–465 (108 Stat.
4809) as amended by section 1449(a) of
the Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996, Public Law 104–188 (110 Stat.
1755). The Commissioner may provide
guidance regarding these special rules
in revenue rulings, notices, and other
guidance published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin. See § 601.601(d) of
this chapter.
Par. 10. Section 1.415(b)–2 is added
and reserved.
I
§ 1.415(b)–2 Multiple annuity starting dates.
[Reserved].
Par. 11. Section 1.415(c)–1 is added to
read as follows:
I
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16912
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
§ 1.415(c)–1 Limitations for defined
contribution plans.
(a) General rules—(1) Maximum
limitations. Under section 415(c) and
this section, to satisfy the provisions of
section 415(a) for any limitation year,
except as provided by paragraph (a)(3)
of this section, the annual additions (as
defined in paragraph (b) of this section)
credited to the account of a participant
in a defined contribution plan for the
limitation year must not exceed the
lesser of—
(i) $40,000 (adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1(b)); or
(ii) 100 percent of the participant’s
compensation (as defined in § 1.415(c)–
2) for the limitation year.
(2) Defined contribution plan—(i)
Definition. For purposes of section 415
and regulations promulgated under
section 415, the term defined
contribution plan means a defined
contribution plan within the meaning of
section 414(i) (including the portion of
a plan treated as a defined contribution
plan under the rules of section 414(k))
that is—
(A) A plan described in section 401(a)
which includes a trust which is exempt
from tax under section 501(a);
(B) An annuity plan described in
section 403(a); or
(C) A simplified employee pension
described in section 408(k).
(ii) Additional plans treated as
defined contribution plans—(A) In
general. Contributions to the types of
arrangements described in paragraphs
(a)(2)(ii)(B) through (D) of this section
are treated as contributions to defined
contribution plans for purposes of
section 415 and regulations
promulgated under section 415.
(B) Employee contributions to a
defined benefit plan. Mandatory
employee contributions (as defined in
section 411(c)(2)(C) and § 1.411(c)–
1(c)(4), regardless of whether the plan is
subject to the requirements of section
411) to a defined benefit plan are treated
as contributions to a defined
contribution plan. For this purpose,
contributions that are picked up by the
employer as described in section
414(h)(2) are not considered employee
contributions.
(C) Individual medical benefit
accounts under section 401(h). Pursuant
to section 415(l)(1), contributions
allocated to any individual medical
benefit account which is part of a
pension or annuity plan established
pursuant to section 401(h) are treated as
contributions to a defined contribution
plan.
(D) Post-retirement medical accounts
for key employees. Pursuant to section
419A(d)(2), amounts attributable to
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
medical benefits allocated to an account
established for a key employee (any
employee who, at any time during the
plan year or any preceding plan year, is
or was a key employee as defined in
section 416(i)) pursuant to section
419A(d)(1) are treated as contributions
to a defined contribution plan.
(iii) Section 403(b) annuity contracts.
Annual additions under an annuity
contract described in section 403(b) are
treated as annual additions under a
defined contribution plan for purposes
of this section.
(3) Alternative contribution
limitations—(i) Church plans. For
alternative contribution limitations
relating to church plans, see paragraph
(d) of this section.
(ii) Special rules for medical benefits.
For additional rules relating to certain
medical benefits, see paragraph (e) of
this section.
(iii) Employee stock ownership plans.
For additional rules relating to
employee stock ownership plans, see
paragraph (f) of this section.
(b) Annual additions—(1) In general—
(i) General definition. The term annual
addition means, for purposes of this
section, the sum, credited to a
participant’s account for any limitation
year, of—
(A) Employer contributions;
(B) Employee contributions; and
(C) Forfeitures.
(ii) Certain excess amounts treated as
annual additions. Contributions do not
fail to be annual additions merely
because they are excess contributions
(as described in section 401(k)(8)(B)) or
excess aggregate contributions (as
described in section 401(m)(6)(B)), or
merely because excess contributions or
excess aggregate contributions are
corrected through distribution.
(iii) Direct transfers. The direct
transfer of a benefit or employee
contributions from a qualified plan to a
defined contribution plan does not give
rise to an annual addition.
(iv) Reinvested employee stock
ownership plan dividends. The
reinvestment of dividends on employer
securities under an employee stock
ownership plan pursuant to section
404(k)(2)(A)(iii)(II) does not give rise to
an annual addition.
(2) Employer contributions—(i)
Amounts treated as an annual addition.
For purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i)(A) of
this section, the term annual addition
includes employer contributions
credited to the participant’s account for
the limitation year and other allocations
described in paragraph (b)(4) of this
section that are made during the
limitation year. See paragraph (b)(6) of
this section for timing rules applicable
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to annual additions with respect to
employer contributions.
(ii) Amounts not treated as annual
additions—(A) Certain restorations of
accrued benefits. The restoration of an
employee’s accrued benefit by the
employer in accordance with section
411(a)(3)(D) or section 411(a)(7)(C) or
resulting from the repayment of
cashouts (as described in section
415(k)(3)) under a governmental plan (as
defined in section 414(d)) is not
considered an annual addition for the
limitation year in which the restoration
occurs. This treatment of a restoration of
an employee’s accrued benefit as not
giving rise to an annual addition applies
regardless of whether the plan restricts
the timing of repayments to the
maximum extent allowed by section
411(a).
(B) Catch-up contributions. A catchup contribution made in accordance
with section 414(v) and § 1.414(v)–1
does not give rise to an annual addition.
(C) Restorative payments. A
restorative payment that is allocated to
a participant’s account does not give
rise to an annual addition for any
limitation year. For this purpose,
restorative payments are payments
made to restore losses to a plan resulting
from actions by a fiduciary for which
there is reasonable risk of liability for
breach of a fiduciary duty under Title I
of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (88 Stat. 829),
Public Law 93–406 (ERISA) or under
other applicable federal or state law,
where plan participants who are
similarly situated are treated similarly
with respect to the payments. Generally,
payments to a defined contribution plan
are restorative payments only if the
payments are made in order to restore
some or all of the plan’s losses due to
an action (or a failure to act) that creates
a reasonable risk of liability for such a
breach of fiduciary duty (other than a
breach of fiduciary duty arising from
failure to remit contributions to the
plan). This includes payments to a plan
made pursuant to a Department of Labor
order, the Department of Labor’s
Voluntary Fiduciary Correction
Program, or a court-approved
settlement, to restore losses to a
qualified defined contribution plan on
account of the breach of fiduciary duty
(other than a breach of fiduciary duty
arising from failure to remit
contributions to the plan). Payments
made to a plan to make up for losses
due merely to market fluctuations and
other payments that are not made on
account of a reasonable risk of liability
for breach of a fiduciary duty under
Title I of ERISA are not restorative
payments and generally constitute
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
contributions that give rise to annual
additions under paragraph (b)(4) of this
section.
(D) Excess deferrals. Excess deferrals
that are distributed in accordance with
§ 1.402(g)–1(e)(2) or (3) do not give rise
to annual additions.
(3) Employee contributions. For
purposes of paragraph (b)(1)(i)(B) of this
section, the term annual addition
includes mandatory employee
contributions (as defined in section
411(c)(2)(C) and regulations
promulgated under section 411) as well
as voluntary employee contributions.
The term annual addition does not
include—
(i) Rollover contributions (as
described in sections 401(a)(31),
402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3),
and 457(e)(16));
(ii) Repayments of loans made to a
participant from the plan;
(iii) Repayments of amounts described
in section 411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance
with section 411(a)(7)(C)) and section
411(a)(3)(D) or repayment of
contributions to a governmental plan (as
defined in section 414(d)) as described
in section 415(k)(3);
(iv) Repayments that would have been
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this
section except that the plan does not
restrict the timing of repayments to the
maximum extent permitted by section
411(a); or
(v) Employee contributions to a
qualified cost of living arrangement
within the meaning of section
415(k)(2)(B).
(4) Transactions with plan. The
Commissioner may in an appropriate
case, considering all of the facts and
circumstances, treat transactions
between the plan and the employer,
transactions between the plan and the
employee, or certain allocations to
participants’ accounts as giving rise to
annual additions. Further, where an
employee or employer transfers assets to
a plan in exchange for consideration
that is less than the fair market value of
the assets transferred to the plan, there
is an annual addition in the amount of
the difference between the value of the
assets transferred and the consideration.
A transaction described in this
paragraph (b)(4) may constitute a
prohibited transaction with the meaning
of section 4975(c)(1).
(5) Contributions other than cash. For
purposes of this paragraph (b), a
contribution by the employer or
employee of property rather than cash is
considered to be a contribution in an
amount equal to the fair market value of
the property on the date the
contribution is made. For this purpose,
the fair market value is the price at
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
which the property would change hands
between a willing buyer and a willing
seller, neither being under any
compulsion to buy or to sell and both
having reasonable knowledge of
relevant facts. In addition, a
contribution described in this paragraph
(b)(5) may constitute a prohibited
transaction within the meaning of
section 4975(c)(1).
(6) Timing rules—(i) In general—(A)
Date of allocation. For purposes of this
paragraph (b), an annual addition is
credited to the account of a participant
for a particular limitation year if it is
allocated to the participant’s account
under the terms of the plan as of any
date within that limitation year.
Similarly, an annual addition that is
made pursuant to a corrective
amendment that complies with the
requirements of § 1.401(a)(4)–11(g) is
credited to the account of a participant
for a particular limitation year if it is
allocated to the participant’s account
under the terms of the corrective
amendment as of any date within that
limitation year. However, if the
allocation of an annual addition is
dependent upon the satisfaction of a
condition (such as continued
employment or the occurrence of an
event) that has not been satisfied by the
date as of which the annual addition is
allocated under the terms of the plan,
then the annual addition is considered
allocated for purposes of this paragraph
(b) as of the date the condition is
satisfied.
(B) Date of employer contributions.
For purposes of this paragraph (b),
employer contributions are not treated
as credited to a participant’s account for
a particular limitation year unless the
contributions are actually made to the
plan no later than 30 days after the end
of the period described in section
404(a)(6) applicable to the taxable year
with or within which the particular
limitation year ends. If, however,
contributions are made by an employer
exempt from Federal income tax
(including a governmental employer),
the contributions must be made to the
plan no later than the 15th day of the
tenth calendar month following the end
of the calendar year or fiscal year (as
applicable, depending on the basis on
which the employer keeps its books)
with or within which the particular
limitation year ends. If contributions are
made to a plan after the end of the
period during which contributions can
be made and treated as credited to a
participant’s account for a particular
limitation year, allocations attributable
to those contributions are treated as
credited to the participant’s account for
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16913
the limitation year during which those
contributions are made.
(C) Date of employee contributions.
For purposes of this paragraph (b),
employee contributions, whether
voluntary or mandatory, are not treated
as credited to a participant’s account for
a particular limitation year unless the
contributions are actually made to the
plan no later than 30 days after the close
of that limitation year.
(D) Date for forfeitures. A forfeiture is
treated as an annual addition for the
limitation year that contains the date as
of which it is allocated to a participant’s
account as a forfeiture.
(E) Treatment of elective contributions
as plan assets. The extent to which
elective contributions constitute plan
assets for purposes of the prohibited
transaction provisions of section 4975
and Title I of ERISA, is determined in
accordance with regulations and rulings
issued by the Department of Labor. See
29 CFR 2510.3–102.
(ii) Special timing rules—(A)
Corrective contributions. For purposes
of this section, if, in a particular
limitation year, an employer allocates
an amount to a participant’s account
because of an erroneous forfeiture in a
prior limitation year, or because of an
erroneous failure to allocate amounts in
a prior limitation year, the corrective
allocation will not be considered an
annual addition with respect to the
participant for that particular limitation
year, but will be considered an annual
addition for the prior limitation year to
which it relates. An example of a
situation in which an employer
contribution might occur under the
circumstances described in the
preceding sentence is a retroactive
crediting of service for an employee
under 29 CFR 2530.200b–2(a)(3) in
accordance with an award of back pay.
For purposes of this paragraph (b)(6)(ii),
if the amount so contributed in the
particular limitation year takes into
account actual investment gains
attributable to the period subsequent to
the year to which the contribution
relates, the portion of the total
contribution that consists of such gains
is not considered as an annual addition
for any limitation year.
(B) Contributions for accumulated
funding deficiencies and previously
waived contributions—(1) Accumulated
funding deficiency. In the case of a
defined contribution plan to which the
rules of section 412 apply, a
contribution made to reduce an
accumulated funding deficiency will be
treated as if it were timely made for
purposes of determining the limitation
year in which the annual additions
arising from the contribution are made,
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16914
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
but only if the contribution is allocated
to those participants who would have
received an annual addition if the
contribution had been timely made.
(2) Previously waived contributions.
In the case of a defined contribution
plan to which the rules of section 412
apply and for which there has been a
waiver of the minimum funding
standard in a prior limitation year in
accordance with section 412(d), that
portion of an employer contribution in
a subsequent limitation year which, if
not for the waiver, would have
otherwise been required in the prior
limitation year under section 412(a) will
be treated as if it were timely made
(without regard to the funding waiver)
for purposes of determining the
limitation year in which the annual
additions arising from the contribution
are made, but only if the contribution is
allocated to those participants who
would have received an annual addition
if the contribution had been timely
made (without regard to the funding
waiver).
(3) Interest. For purposes of
determining the amount of the annual
addition under paragraphs
(b)(6)(ii)(B)(1) and (2) of this section, a
reasonable amount of interest paid by
the employer is disregarded. However,
any interest paid by the employer that
is in excess of a reasonable amount, as
determined by the Commissioner, is
taken into account as an annual
addition for the limitation year during
which the contribution is made.
(C) Simplified employee pensions. For
purposes of this paragraph (b), amounts
contributed to a simplified employee
pension described in section 408(k) are
treated as allocated to the individual’s
account as of the last day of the
limitation year ending with or within
the taxable year for which the
contribution is made.
(D) Treatment of certain contributions
made pursuant to veterans’
reemployment rights. If, in a particular
limitation year, an employer contributes
an amount to an employee’s account
with respect to a prior limitation year
and such contribution is required by
reason of such employee’s rights under
chapter 43 of title 38, United States
Code, resulting from qualified military
service, as specified in section 414(u)(1),
then such contribution is not considered
an annual addition with respect to the
employee for that particular limitation
year in which the contribution is made,
but, in accordance with section
414(u)(1)(B), is considered an annual
addition for the limitation year to which
the contribution relates.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
(c) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraphs (a) and
(b) of this section:
Example 1. (i) P is a participant in a
qualified profit-sharing plan maintained by
his employer, ABC Corporation. The
limitation year for the plan is the calendar
year. P’s compensation (as defined in
§ 1.415(c)–2) for the current limitation year is
$30,000.
(ii) Because the compensation limitation
described in section 415(c)(1)(B) applicable
to P for the current limitation year is lower
than the dollar limitation described in
section 415(c)(1)(A), the maximum annual
addition which can be allocated to P’s
account for the current limitation year is
$30,000 (100 percent of $30,000).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that P’s compensation for
the current limitation year is $140,000.
(ii) The maximum amount of annual
additions that may be allocated to P’s
account in the current limitation year is the
lesser of $140,000 (100 percent of P’s
compensation) or the dollar limitation of
section 415(c)(1)(A) as in effect as of January
1 of the calendar year in which the current
limitation year ends. If, for example, the
dollar limitation of section 415(c)(1)(A) in
effect as of January 1 of the calendar year in
which the current limitation year ends is
$45,000, then the maximum annual addition
that can be allocated to P’s account for the
current limitation year is $45,000.
Example 3. (i) Employer N maintains a
qualified profit-sharing plan that uses the
calendar year as its plan year and its
limitation year. N’s taxable year is a fiscal
year beginning June 1 and ending May 31.
Under the terms of the profit-sharing plan
maintained by N, employer contributions are
made to the plan two months after the close
of N’s taxable year and are allocated as of the
last day of the plan year ending within the
taxable year (and are not dependent on the
satisfaction of a condition). Thus, employer
contributions for the 2008 calendar year
limitation year are made on July 31, 2009 (the
date that is two months after the close of N’s
taxable year ending May 31, 2009) and are
allocated as of December 31, 2008.
(ii) Because the employer contributions are
actually made to the plan no later than 30
days after the end of the period described in
section 404(a)(6) with respect to N’s taxable
year ending May 31, 2009, the contributions
will be considered annual additions for the
2008 calendar year limitation year.
Example 4. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 3, except that the plan year for the
profit-sharing plan maintained by N is the
12-month period beginning on February 1
and ending on January 31. The limitation
year continues to be the calendar year. Under
the terms of the plan, an employer
contribution which is made to the plan on
July 31, 2009, is allocated to participants’
accounts as of January 31, 2009.
(ii) Because the last day of the plan year
is in the 2009 calendar year limitation year,
and because, under the terms of the plan,
employer contributions are allocated to
participants’ accounts as of the last day of the
plan year, the contributions are considered
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
annual additions for the 2009 calendar year
limitation year.
Example 5. (i) XYZ Corporation maintains
a profit-sharing plan to which a participant
may make voluntary employee contributions
for any year not to exceed 10 percent of the
participant’s compensation for the year. The
plan permits a participant to make retroactive
make-up contributions for any year for which
the participant contributed less than 10
percent of compensation. XYZ uses the
calendar year as the plan year and the
limitation year. Under the terms of the plan,
voluntary employee contributions are
credited to a participant’s account for a
particular limitation year if such
contributions are allocated to the
participant’s account as of any date within
that limitation year. Participant A’s
compensation is as follows—
Limitation year
2008
2009
2010
2011
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
Compensation
$30,000
$32,000
$34,000
$36,000
(ii) Participant A makes no voluntary
employee contributions during limitation
years 2008, 2009, and 2010. On October 1,
2011, participant A makes a voluntary
employee contribution of $13,200 (10 percent
of A’s aggregate compensation for limitation
years 2008, 2009, 2010, and 2011 of
$132,000). Under the terms of the plan,
$3,000 of this 2011 contribution is allocated
to A’s account as of limitation year 2008;
$3,200 is allocated to A’s account of
limitation year 2009; $3,400 is allocated to
A’s account as of limitation year 2010, and
$3,600 is allocated to A’s account as of
limitation year 2011.
(iii) Under the rule set forth in paragraph
(b)(6)(i)(C) of this section, employee
contributions will not be considered credited
to a participant’s account for a particular
limitation year for section 415 purposes
unless the contributions are actually made to
the plan no later than 30 days after the close
of that limitation year. Thus, A’s voluntary
employee contribution of $13,200 made on
October 1, 2011, would be considered as
credited to A’s account only for the 2011
calendar year limitation year,
notwithstanding the plan provisions.
(d) Special rules relating to church
plans—(1) Alternative contribution
limitation—(i) In general. Pursuant to
section 415(c)(7)(A), notwithstanding
the general rule of paragraph (a)(1) of
this section, additions for a section
403(b) annuity contract for a year with
respect to a participant who is an
employee of a church or a convention or
association of churches, including an
organization described in section
414(e)(3)(B)(ii), when expressed as an
annual addition to such participant’s
account, are treated as not exceeding the
limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this
section if such annual additions for the
year are not in excess of $10,000.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
(ii) $40,000 aggregate limitation. With
respect to any participant, the total
amount of annual additions that are in
excess of the limitation of paragraph
(a)(1) of this section but, pursuant to the
rule of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section,
are treated as not exceeding that
limitation (taking into account the rule
of paragraph (d)(3) of this section)
cannot exceed $40,000. Thus, the
aggregate of annual additions for all
limitation years that would exceed the
limitation of this section but for this
paragraph (d)(1) is limited to $40,000.
(2) Years of service taken into account
for duly ordained, commissioned, or
licensed ministers or lay employees. For
purposes of this paragraph (d)—
(i) All years of service by an
individual as an employee of a church,
or a convention or association of
churches, including an organization
described in section 414(e)(3)(B)(ii), are
considered as years of service for one
employer; and
(ii) All amounts contributed for
annuity contracts by each such church
(or convention or association of
churches) during such years for the
employee are considered to have been
contributed by one employer.
(3) Foreign missionaries. Pursuant to
section 415(c)(7)(C), in the case of any
individual described in paragraph (d)(1)
of this section performing any services
for the church outside the United States
during the limitation year, additions for
an annuity contract under section 403(b)
for any year are not treated as exceeding
the limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this
section if such annual additions for the
year do not exceed $3,000. The
preceding sentence shall not apply with
respect to any taxable year to any
individual whose adjusted gross income
for such taxable year (determined
separately and without regard to
community property law) exceeds
$17,000.
(4) Church, convention or association
of churches. For purposes of this
paragraph (d), the terms ‘‘church’’ and
‘‘convention or association of churches’’
have the same meaning as when used in
section 414(e).
(5) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this paragraph (d):
Example 1. (i) E is an employee of ABC
Church earning $7,000 during each calendar
year. E participates in a section 403(b)
annuity contract maintained by ABC Church
beginning in the year 2008. E’s taxable year
is the calendar year, and the limitation year
for the plan coincides with the calendar year.
ABC Church contributes $10,000 to be
allocated to E’s account under the plan for
the year 2008.
(ii) Under paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
this allocation is treated as not violating the
limits established in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section because it does not exceed $10,000.
Moreover, since an annual addition of
$10,000 would otherwise exceed the
limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this section
by $3,000, $3,000 is counted toward the
aggregate limitation specified in paragraph
(d)(1)(ii) of this section for year 2008.
Accordingly, ABC Church may make such
allocations for 13 years (for example, for
years 2008 through 2020) without exceeding
the aggregate limitation of $40,000 specified
in paragraph (d) of this section. For the
fourteenth year, ABC Church could allocate
only $8,000 to E’s account (the sum of the
$7,000 limitation computed under paragraph
(a)(1)(ii) of this section and the remaining
$1,000 of the $40,000 aggregate limitation
under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section on
annual additions in excess of the limits
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section).
Example 2. (i) F is an employee of XYZ
Church and F’s taxable year is the calendar
year. F earns $2,000 during each calendar
year for services he provides to XYZ Church,
all of which are performed outside the
United States during each calendar year. F
participates in a section 403(b) annuity
contract maintained by ABC Church
beginning in the year 2008. The limitation
year for the plan coincides with the calendar
year. ABC Church contributes $10,000 to be
allocated to F’s account under the plan for
the year 2008. F’s adjusted gross income for
each taxable year (determined separately and
without regard to community property law)
does not exceed $17,000.
(ii) Under paragraph (d)(1) of this section,
this allocation is treated as not violating the
limits established in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section because it does not exceed $10,000.
Moreover, since an annual addition of
$10,000 would otherwise exceed the
limitation of paragraph (a)(1) of this section
by $7,000 (the excess of $10,000 over the
greater of the $2,000 compensation limitation
under section 415(c)(1)(B) or the $3,000
section 415(c)(7)(C) amount), XYZ Church
may make such allocations for 5 years (for
example, for years 2008 through 2012)
without exceeding the aggregate limitation of
$40,000 specified in paragraph (d) of this
section. In year 2013, XYZ church may
contribute $8,000 to be allocated to F’s
account under the plan (the sum of the
$3,000 limitation computed under paragraph
(d)(3) of this section and the remaining
$5,000 of the $40,000 aggregate limitation
under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section on
annual additions in excess of the limits
under paragraph (a)(1) of this section). For
years after 2013, pursuant to paragraph (d)(3)
of this section, XYZ Church could allocate
$3,000 per year to F’s account.
(e) Special rules for medical benefits.
The limit under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of
this section (100 percent of the
participant’s compensation for the
limitation year) does not apply to—
(1) An individual medical benefit
account (as defined in section 415(l)); or
(2) A post-retirement medical benefits
account for a key employee (as defined
in section 419A(d)(1)).
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16915
(f) Special rules for employee stock
ownership plans—(1) In general. Special
rules apply to employee stock
ownership plans, as provided in
paragraphs (f)(2) through (f)(4) of this
section.
(2) Determination of annual additions
for leveraged employee stock ownership
plans—(i) In general. Except as
provided in this paragraph (f) of this
section, in the case of an employee stock
ownership plan to which an exempt
loan as described in § 54.4975–7(b) of
this chapter has been made, the amount
of employer contributions that is
considered an annual addition for the
limitation year is calculated with
respect to employer contributions of
both principal and interest used to
repay that exempt loan for the limitation
year.
(ii) Employer stock that has decreased
in value. A plan may provide that, in
lieu of computing annual additions in
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
this section, annual additions with
respect to a loan repayment described in
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section are
determined as the fair market value of
shares released from the suspense
account on account of the repayment
and allocated to participants for the
limitation year if that amount is less
than the amount determined in
accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
this section.
(3) Exclusions from annual additions
for certain employee stock ownership
plans that allocate to a broad range of
participants—(i) General rule. Pursuant
to section 415(c)(6), in the case of an
employee stock ownership plan (as
described in section 4975(e)(7)) that
meets the requirements of paragraph
(f)(3)(ii) of this section for a limitation
year, the limitations imposed by this
section do not apply to—
(A) Forfeitures of employer securities
(within the meaning of section 409(l))
under such an employee stock
ownership plan if such securities were
acquired with the proceeds of a loan (as
described in section 404(a)(9)(A)); or
(B) Employer contributions to such an
employee stock ownership plan which
are deductible under section
404(a)(9)(B) and charged against the
participant’s account.
(ii) Employee stock ownership plans
to which the special exclusion applies.
An employee stock ownership plan
meets the requirements of this
paragraph (f)(3)(ii) for a limitation year
if no more than one-third of the
employer contributions for the
limitation year that are deductible under
section 404(a)(9) are allocated to highly
compensated employees (within the
meaning of section 414(q)).
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16916
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(4) Gratuitous transfers under section
664(g)(1). The amount of any qualified
gratuitous transfer (as defined in section
664(g)(1)) allocated to a participant for
any limitation year is not taken into
account in determining whether any
other annual addition exceeds the
limitations imposed by this section, but
only if the amount of the qualified
gratuitous transfer does not exceed the
limitations imposed by section 415.
Par. 12. Section 1.415(c)–2 is added to
read as follows:
I
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
§ 1.415(c)–2
Compensation.
(a) General definition. Except as
otherwise provided in this section,
compensation from the employer within
the meaning of section 415(c)(3), which
is used for purposes of section 415 and
regulations promulgated under section
415, means all items of remuneration
described in paragraph (b) of this
section, but excludes the items of
remuneration described in paragraph (c)
of this section. Paragraph (d) of this
section provides safe harbor definitions
of compensation that are permitted to be
provided in a plan in lieu of the
generally applicable definition of
compensation. Paragraph (e) of this
section provides timing rules relating to
compensation. Paragraph (f) of this
section provides rules regarding the
application of the rules of section
401(a)(17) to the definition of
compensation for purposes of section
415. Paragraph (g) of this section
provides special rules relating to the
determination of compensation,
including rules for determining
compensation for a section 403(b)
annuity contract, rules for determining
the compensation of employees of
controlled groups or affiliated service
groups, rules for disabled employees,
rules relating to foreign compensation,
rules regarding deemed section 125
compensation, rules for employees in
qualified military service, and rules
relating to back pay.
(b) Items includible as compensation.
For purposes of applying the limitations
of section 415, except as otherwise
provided in this section, the term
compensation means remuneration for
services of the following types—
(1) The employee’s wages, salaries,
fees for professional services, and other
amounts received (without regard to
whether or not an amount is paid in
cash) for personal services actually
rendered in the course of employment
with the employer maintaining the plan,
to the extent that the amounts are
includible in gross income (or to the
extent amounts would have been
received and includible in gross income
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
but for an election under section 125(a),
132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k),
or 457(b)). These amounts include, but
are not limited to, commissions paid to
salespersons, compensation for services
on the basis of a percentage of profits,
commissions on insurance premiums,
tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and
reimbursements or other expense
allowances under a nonaccountable
plan as described in § 1.62–2(c).
(2) In the case of an employee who is
an employee within the meaning of
section 401(c)(1) and regulations
promulgated under section 401(c)(1),
the employee’s earned income (as
described in section 401(c)(2) and
regulations promulgated under section
401(c)(2)), plus amounts deferred at the
election of the employee that would be
includible in gross income but for the
rules of section 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B),
402(k), or 457(b).
(3) Amounts described in section
104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to
the extent that these amounts are
includible in the gross income of the
employee.
(4) Amounts paid or reimbursed by
the employer for moving expenses
incurred by an employee, but only to
the extent that at the time of the
payment it is reasonable to believe that
these amounts are not deductible by the
employee under section 217.
(5) The value of a nonstatutory option
(which is an option other than a
statutory option as defined in § 1.421–
1(b)) granted to an employee by the
employer, but only to the extent that the
value of the option is includible in the
gross income of the employee for the
taxable year in which granted.
(6) The amount includible in the gross
income of an employee upon making
the election described in section 83(b).
(7) Amounts that are includible in the
gross income of an employee under the
rules of section 409A or section
457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are
constructively received by the
employee.
(c) Items not includible as
compensation. The term compensation
does not include—
(1) Contributions (other than elective
contributions described in section
402(e)(3), section 408(k)(6), section
408(p)(2)(A)(i), or section 457(b)) made
by the employer to a plan of deferred
compensation (including a simplified
employee pension described in section
408(k) or a simple retirement account
described in section 408(p), and
whether or not qualified) to the extent
that the contributions are not includible
in the gross income of the employee for
the taxable year in which contributed.
In addition, any distributions from a
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
plan of deferred compensation (whether
or not qualified) are not considered as
compensation for section 415 purposes,
regardless of whether such amounts are
includible in the gross income of the
employee when distributed. However, if
the plan so provides, any amounts
received by an employee pursuant to a
nonqualified unfunded deferred
compensation plan are permitted to be
considered as compensation for section
415 purposes in the year the amounts
are actually received, but only to the
extent such amounts are includible in
the employee’s gross income.
(2) Amounts realized from the
exercise of a nonstatutory option (which
is an option other than a statutory
option as defined in § 1.421–1(b)), or
when restricted stock or other property
held by an employee either becomes
freely transferable or is no longer subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture (see
section 83 and regulations promulgated
under section 83).
(3) Amounts realized from the sale,
exchange, or other disposition of stock
acquired under a statutory stock option
(as defined in § 1.421–1(b)).
(4) Other amounts that receive special
tax benefits, such as premiums for
group-term life insurance (but only to
the extent that the premiums are not
includible in the gross income of the
employee and are not salary reduction
amounts that are described in section
125).
(5) Other items of remuneration that
are similar to any of the items listed in
paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(4) of this
section.
(d) Safe harbor rules with respect to
plan’s definition of compensation—(1)
In general. Paragraphs (d)(2) through (4)
of this section contain safe harbor
definitions of compensation that are
automatically considered to satisfy
section 415(c)(3) if specified in the plan.
The Commissioner may, in revenue
rulings, notices, and other guidance of
general applicability published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter), provide
additional definitions of compensation
that are treated as satisfying section
415(c)(3).
(2) Simplified compensation. The safe
harbor definition of compensation
under this paragraph (d)(2) includes
only those items specified in paragraph
(b)(1) or (2) of this section and excludes
all those items listed in paragraph (c) of
this section.
(3) Section 3401(a) wages. The safe
harbor definition of compensation
under this paragraph (d)(3) includes
wages within the meaning of section
3401(a) (for purposes of income tax
withholding at the source), plus
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
amounts that would be included in
wages but for an election under section
125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B),
402(k), or 457(b). However, any rules
that limit the remuneration included in
wages based on the nature or location of
the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2))
are disregarded for this purpose.
(4) Information required to be
reported under sections 6041, 6051 and
6052. The safe harbor definition of
compensation under this paragraph
(d)(4) includes amounts that are
compensation under the safe harbor
definition of paragraph (d)(3) of this
section, plus all other payments of
compensation to an employee by his
employer (in the course of the
employer’s trade or business) for which
the employer is required to furnish the
employee a written statement under
sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052.
See §§ 1.6041–1(a), 1.6041–2(a)(1),
1.6052–1, and 1.6052–2, and also see
§ 31.6051–1(a)(1)(i)(C) of this chapter.
This safe harbor definition of
compensation may be modified to
exclude amounts paid or reimbursed by
the employer for moving expenses
incurred by an employee, but only to
the extent that, at the time of the
payment, it is reasonable to believe that
these amounts are deductible by the
employee under section 217.
(e) Timing rules—(1) In general—(i)
Payment during the limitation year.
Except as otherwise provided in this
paragraph (e), in order to be taken into
account for a limitation year,
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3) must be actually paid
or made available to an employee (or, if
earlier, includible in the gross income of
the employee) within the limitation
year. For this purpose, compensation is
treated as paid on a date if it is actually
paid on that date or it would have been
paid on that date but for an election
under section 125, 132(f)(4), 401(k),
403(b), 408(k), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or 457(b).
(ii) Payment prior to severance from
employment. Except as otherwise
provided in this paragraph (e), in order
to be taken into account for a limitation
year, compensation within the meaning
of section 415(c)(3) must be paid or
treated as paid to the employee (in
accordance with the rules of paragraph
(e)(1)(i) of this section) prior to the
employee’s severance from employment
with the employer maintaining the plan.
See § 1.415(a)–1(f)(5) for the definition
of severance from employment.
(2) Certain minor timing differences.
Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section, a plan
may provide that compensation for a
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
limitation year includes amounts earned
during that limitation year but not paid
during that limitation year solely
because of the timing of pay periods and
pay dates if—
(i) These amounts are paid during the
first few weeks of the next limitation
year;
(ii) The amounts are included on a
uniform and consistent basis with
respect to all similarly situated
employees; and
(iii) No compensation is included in
more than one limitation year.
(3) Compensation paid after
severance from employment—(i) In
general. Any compensation described in
paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section does
not fail to be compensation (within the
meaning of section 415(c)(3)) pursuant
to the rule of paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this
section merely because it is paid after
the employee’s severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan, provided the
compensation is paid by the later of
21⁄2 months after severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan or the end of the
limitation year that includes the date of
severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan. In
addition, the plan may provide that
amounts described in paragraph
(e)(3)(iii) of this section are included in
compensation (within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3)) if—
(A) Those amounts are paid by the
later of 21⁄2 months after severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan or the end of the
limitation year that includes the date of
severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan; and
(B) Those amounts would have been
included in the definition of
compensation if they were paid prior to
the employee’s severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan.
(ii) Regular pay after severance from
employment. An amount is described in
this paragraph (e)(3)(ii) if—
(A) The payment is regular
compensation for services during the
employee’s regular working hours, or
compensation for services outside the
employee’s regular working hours (such
as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses, or other similar
payments; and
(B) The payment would have been
paid to the employee prior to a
severance from employment if the
employee had continued in employment
with the employer.
(iii) Leave cashouts and deferred
compensation. An amount is described
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16917
in this paragraph (e)(3)(iii) if the amount
is either—
(A) Payment for unused accrued bona
fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but
only if the employee would have been
able to use the leave if employment had
continued; or
(B) Received by an employee pursuant
to a nonqualified unfunded deferred
compensation plan, but only if the
payment would have been paid to the
employee at the same time if the
employee had continued in employment
with the employer and only to the
extent that the payment is includible in
the employee’s gross income.
(iv) Other post-severance payments.
Any payment that is not described in
paragraph (e)(3)(ii) or (iii) of this section
is not considered compensation under
paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section if paid
after severance from employment with
the employer maintaining the plan, even
if it is paid within the time period
described in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this
section. Thus, compensation does not
include severance pay, or parachute
payments within the meaning of section
280G(b)(2), if they are paid after
severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan, and
does not include post-severance
payments under a nonqualified
unfunded deferred compensation plan
unless the payments would have been
paid at that time without regard to the
severance from employment.
(4) Salary continuation payments for
military service and disabled
participants. The rule of paragraph
(e)(1)(ii) of this section does not apply
to payments to an individual who does
not currently perform services for the
employer by reason of qualified military
service (as that term is used in section
414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments
do not exceed the amounts the
individual would have received if the
individual had continued to perform
services for the employer rather than
entering qualified military service, but
only if the plan so provides. In addition,
the rule of paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this
section does not apply to compensation
paid to a participant who is
permanently and totally disabled (as
defined in section 22(e)(3)) if the
conditions set forth in paragraph
(g)(4)(ii)(A) of this section are satisfied
(applied by substituting a continuation
of compensation for the continuation of
contributions), but only if the plan so
provides.
(5) Special rule for governmental
plans. For purposes of applying the
rules of paragraph (e)(3) of this section,
a governmental plan (as defined in
section 414(d)) may provide for the
substitution of the calendar year in
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16918
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
which the severance from employment
with the employer maintaining the plan
occurs for the limitation year in which
the severance from employment with
the employer maintaining the plan
occurs.
(6) Examples. The provisions of this
paragraph (e) are illustrated by the
following examples:
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Example 1. (i) Facts. Participant A was a
common law employee of Employer X,
performing services as a script writer for
Employer X from January 1, 2005 to
December 31, 2005. Pursuant to a collective
bargaining agreement, Employer X, Employer
Y and Employer Z maintain and contribute
to Plan T, a multiemployer plan (as defined
in section 414(f)) in which Participant A
participates. Under the collective bargaining
agreement, Participant A is entitled to
residual payments whenever television
shows that Participant A wrote are re-used
commercially (These residual payments
constitute compensation described in
paragraph (b) of this section and do not
constitute compensation described in
paragraph (c) of this section.). In the year
2008, Participant A receives residual
payments from Employer X for television
programs using the scripts that Participant A
wrote in the year 2005 that were rebroadcast
in the year 2008. In the years 2006, 2007, and
2008, Participant A was a common law
employee of Employer Y, and did not
perform any services for Employer X.
(ii) Conclusion. The residual payments
received from Employer X by Participant A
in the year 2008 are compensation for
purposes of section 415(c)(3). The payments
are not treated as made after severance from
employment because Plan T is a
multiemployer plan (as defined in section
414(f)) and Participant A continues to be
employed by an employer maintaining Plan
T.
Example 2. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 1, except that Participant A:
ceased employment with Employer Y in the
year 2006; subsequently moved away from
the area in which A formerly worked;
performs no services as an employee for any
employer; and commenced receiving
distributions under Plan T in March, 2006.
(ii) Conclusion. Based on the facts and
circumstances, A has ceased employment
with any employer maintaining Plan T.
Pursuant to paragraph (e)(1)(ii) of this
section, compensation must be paid prior to
an employee’s severance from employment
with the employer maintaining the plan.
Accordingly, the residual payments received
by Participant A in the year 2008 are not
compensation for purposes of section
415(c)(3).
(f) Interaction with section 401(a)(17).
Because a plan may not base allocations
(in the case of a defined contribution
plan) or benefits (in the case of a
defined benefit plan) on compensation
in excess of the limitation under section
401(a)(17), a plan’s definition of
compensation for a year that is used for
purposes of applying the limitations of
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
section 415 is not permitted to reflect
compensation for a year that is in excess
of the limitation under section
401(a)(17) that applies to that year. See
§§ 1.401(a)(17)–1(a)(3)(i) and
1.401(a)(17)–1(b)(3)(ii) for rules
regarding the effective date of increases
in the section 401(a)(17) compensation
limitation for a plan year and for a 12month period other than the plan year.
(g) Special rules—(1) Compensation
for section 403(b) annuity contract. In
the case of an annuity contract
described in section 403(b), the term
participant’s compensation means the
participant’s includible compensation
determined under section 403(b)(3).
Accordingly, the rules for determining a
participant’s compensation pursuant to
section 415(c)(3) (other than section
415(c)(3)(E)) and this section do not
apply to a section 403(b) annuity
contract.
(2) Employees of controlled groups of
corporations, etc. In the case of an
employee of two or more corporations
which are members of a controlled
group of corporations (as defined in
section 414(b) as modified by section
415(h)), the term compensation for such
employee includes compensation from
all employers that are members of the
group, regardless of whether the
employee’s particular employer has a
qualified plan. This special rule is also
applicable to an employee of two or
more trades or businesses (whether or
not incorporated) that are under
common control (as defined in section
414(c) as modified by section 415(h)), to
an employee of two or more members of
an affiliated service group as defined in
section 414(m), and to an employee of
two or more members of any group of
employers who must be aggregated and
treated as one employer pursuant to
section 414(o).
(3) Aggregation of section 403(b)
annuity with qualified plan of
controlled employer. If a section 403(b)
annuity contract is aggregated with a
qualified plan of a controlled employer
in accordance with § 1.415(f)–1(f)(2),
then, in applying the limitations of
section 415(c) in connection with the
aggregation of the section 403(b) annuity
with a qualified plan, the total
compensation from both employers is
permitted to be taken into account.
(4) Permanent and total disability of
defined contribution plan participant—
(i) In general. Pursuant to section
415(c)(3)(C), if the conditions set forth
in paragraph (g)(4)(ii) of this section are
satisfied, then, in the case of a
participant in any defined contribution
plan who is permanently and totally
disabled (as defined in section 22(e)(3)),
the participant’s compensation means
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the compensation the participant would
have received for the year if the
participant was paid at the rate of
compensation paid immediately before
becoming permanently and totally
disabled, if such compensation is
greater than the participant’s
compensation determined without
regard to this paragraph (g)(4).
(ii) Conditions for deemed disability
compensation. The rule of paragraph
(g)(4)(i) of this section applies only if
the following conditions are satisfied—
(A) Either the participant is not a
highly compensated employee (as
defined in section 414(q)) immediately
before becoming disabled, or the plan
provides for the continuation of
contributions on behalf of all
participants who are permanently and
totally disabled for a fixed or
determinable period;
(B) The plan provides that the rule of
this paragraph (g)(4) (treating certain
amounts as compensation for a disabled
participant) applies with respect to the
participant; and
(C) Contributions made with respect
to amounts treated as compensation
under this paragraph (g)(4) are
nonforfeitable when made.
(5) Foreign compensation, etc.—(i) In
general. Amounts paid to an individual
as compensation for services do not fail
to be treated as compensation under
paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section
(and are not excluded from the
definition of compensation pursuant to
paragraph (c)(4) of this section) merely
because those amounts are not
includible in the individual’s gross
income on account of the location of the
services. Similarly, compensation for
services do not fail to be treated as
compensation under paragraphs (b)(1)
and (2) of this section (and are not
excluded from the definition of
compensation pursuant to paragraph
(c)(4) of this section) merely because
those amounts are paid by an employer
with respect to which all compensation
paid to the participant by such
employer is excluded from gross
income. Thus, for example, the
determination of whether an amount is
treated as compensation under
paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this section is
made without regard to the exclusions
from gross income under sections 872,
893, 894, 911, 931, and 933.
(ii) Exclusion of non-participant
compensation by the plan. With respect
to a nonresident alien who is not a
participant in a plan, the plan may
provide that the compensation
described in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this
section is not treated as compensation
for purposes of paragraphs (b)(1) and
(b)(2) of this section to the extent the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
compensation is excludable from gross
income and is not effectively connected
with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States, but only if the
plan applies this rule uniformly to all
such employees. For purposes of this
paragraph (g)(5)(ii), nonresident alien
has the same meaning as in section
7701(b)(1)(B).
(6) Deemed section 125
compensation—(i) General rule. A plan
is permitted to provide that deemed
section 125 compensation (as defined in
paragraph (g)(6)(ii) of this section) is
compensation within the meaning of
section 415(c)(3), but only if the plan
applies this rule uniformly to all
employees with respect to whom
amounts subject to section 125 are
included in compensation.
(ii) Definition of deemed section 125
compensation. Deemed section 125
compensation is an amount that is
excludable from the income of the
participant under section 106 that is not
available to the participant in cash in
lieu of group health coverage under a
section 125 arrangement solely because
that participant is not able to certify that
the participant has other health
coverage. Under this definition,
amounts are deemed section 125
compensation only if the employer does
not otherwise request or collect
information regarding the participant’s
other health coverage as part of the
enrollment process for the health plan.
(7) Employees in qualified military
service. See section 414(u)(7) for special
rules regarding compensation of
employees who are in qualified military
service within the meaning of section
414(u)(5).
(8) Back pay. Payments awarded by
an administrative agency or court or
pursuant to a bona fide agreement by an
employer to compensate an employee
for lost wages are compensation within
the meaning of section 415(c)(3) for the
limitation year to which the back pay
relates, but only to the extent such
payments represent wages and
compensation that would otherwise be
included in compensation under this
section.
Par. 13. Section 1.415(d)–1 is added
to read as follows:
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
§ 1.415(d)–1
Cost of living adjustments.
(a) Defined benefit plans—(1) Dollar
limitation—(i) Determination of
adjusted limit. Under section
415(d)(1)(A), the dollar limitation
described in section 415(b)(1)(A)
applicable to defined benefit plans is
adjusted annually to take into account
increases in the cost of living. The
adjustment of the dollar limitation is
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
made by multiplying the adjustment
factor for the year, as described in
paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, by
$160,000, and rounding the result in
accordance with paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of
this section. The adjusted dollar
limitation is prescribed by the
Commissioner and published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin. See
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter.
(ii) Determination of adjustment
factor—(A) Adjustment factor. The
adjustment factor for a calendar year is
equal to a fraction, the numerator of
which is the value of the applicable
index for the calendar quarter ending
September 30 of the preceding calendar
year, and the denominator of which is
the value of such index for the base
period. The applicable index is
determined consistent with the
procedures used to adjust benefit
amounts under section 215(i)(2)(A) of
the Social Security Act, Public Law 92–
336 (86 Stat. 406), as amended. If,
however, the value of that fraction is
less than one for a calendar year, then
the adjustment factor for the calendar
year is equal to one.
(B) Base period. For the purpose of
adjusting the dollar limitation pursuant
to paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(A) of this section,
the base period is the calendar quarter
beginning July 1, 2001.
(iii) Rounding. Any increase in the
$160,000 amount specified in section
415(b)(1)(A) which is not a multiple of
$5,000 is rounded to the next lowest
multiple of $5,000.
(2) Average compensation for high-3
years of service limitation—(i)
Determination of adjusted limit. Under
section 415(d)(1)(B), with regard to
participants who have had a severance
from employment with the employer
maintaining the plan, the compensation
limitation described in section
415(b)(1)(B) is permitted to be adjusted
annually to take into account increases
in the cost of living. For any limitation
year beginning after the severance
occurs, the adjustment of the
compensation limitation is made by
multiplying the annual adjustment
factor (as defined in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)
of this section) by the compensation
limitation applicable to the participant
in the prior limitation year. The annual
adjustment factor is prescribed by the
Commissioner and published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin. See
§ 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter.
(ii) Annual adjustment factor. The
annual adjustment factor for a calendar
year is equal to a fraction, the numerator
of which is the value of the applicable
index for the calendar quarter ending
September 30 of the preceding calendar
year, and the denominator of which is
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16919
the value of such index for the calendar
quarter ending September 30 of the
calendar year prior to that preceding
calendar year. The applicable index is
determined consistent with the
procedures used to adjust benefit
amounts under section 215(i)(2)(A) of
the Social Security Act. If the value of
the fraction described in the first
sentence of this paragraph (a)(2)(ii) is
less than one for a calendar year, then
the adjustment factor for the calendar
year is equal to one. In such a case, the
annual adjustment factor for future
calendar years will be determined in
accordance with revenue rulings,
notices, or other published guidance
prescribed by the Commissioner and
published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin. See § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter.
(iii) Special rule for rehired
employees. If, after having a severance
from employment with the employer
maintaining the plan, an employee is
rehired by the employer maintaining the
plan, the employee’s compensation
limit under section 415(b)(1)(B) is the
greater of—
(A) 100 percent of the participant’s
average compensation for the period of
the participant’s high-3 years of service,
as determined prior to the employee’s
severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan, as
adjusted pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(i)
of this section (if the plan so provides);
or
(B) 100 percent of the participant’s
average compensation for the period of
the participant’s high-3 years of service,
with the period of the participant’s
high-3 years of service determined
pursuant to § 1.415(b)–1(a)(5)(iii).
(3) Effective date of adjustment. The
adjusted dollar limitation applicable to
defined benefit plans and the adjusted
compensation limit applicable to a
participant are effective as of January 1
of each calendar year and apply with
respect to limitation years ending with
or within that calendar year. However,
benefit payments (and, in the case of
plans that are subject to the
requirements of section 411, accrued
benefits for a limitation year) cannot
exceed the currently applicable dollar
limitation or compensation limitation
(as in effect before the January 1
adjustment) prior to January 1. Thus,
where there is an increase in the
limitation under section 415(b)(1), any
increase in a participant’s benefits
associated with the limitation increase
is permitted to occur as of a date no
earlier than January 1 of the calendar
year for which the increase in the
limitation is effective, and can only be
applied for payments due on or after
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16920
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
January 1 of such calendar year. For
example, assume that a participant in a
defined benefit plan is currently
receiving a benefit in the form of a
straight life annuity, payable monthly,
in an amount equal to the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit, and the
defined benefit plan has a limitation
year that runs from July 1 to June 30. If
the plan is amended to reflect the
section 415(d) increase to the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit that is effective
as of January 1, 2009, the associated
increase in the participant’s monthly
benefit payments is only effective for
payments due on or after January 1,
2009, and the participant’s benefit
cannot be increased to reflect the
section 415(d) increase that is effective
January 1, 2009, with respect to any
monthly payment due prior to January
1, 2009.
(4) Application of adjusted figure—(i)
In general. If the dollar limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(A) or the
compensation limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) is adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d) for a limitation year, the
adjustment is applied as provided in
this paragraph (a)(4).
(ii) Application of adjusted
limitations to benefits that have not
commenced. An adjustment to the
dollar limitation of section 415(b)(1)(A)
is permitted to be applied to a
participant who has not commenced
benefits before the date on which the
adjustment is effective. Annual
adjustments to the compensation limit
of section 415(b)(1)(B) as described in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section are
permitted to be made for all limitation
years that begin after the participant’s
severance from employment, and apply
to distributions that commence after the
effective dates of such adjustments.
However, no adjustment to the
compensation limit of section
415(b)(1)(B) is made for any limitation
year that begins on or before the date of
the participant’s severance from
employment with the employer
maintaining the plan.
(iii) Application of adjusted dollar
limitation to remaining payments under
benefits that have commenced. With
respect to a distribution of accrued
benefits that commenced before the date
on which an adjustment to the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limitation is
effective, a plan is permitted to apply
the adjusted limitations to that
distribution, but only to the extent that
benefits have not been paid. Thus, for
example, a plan cannot provide that the
adjusted dollar limitation applies to a
participant who has previously received
the entire plan benefit in a single-sum
distribution. However, a plan can
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
provide for an increase in benefits to a
participant who accrues additional
benefits under the plan that could have
been accrued without regard to the
adjustment of the dollar limitation
(including benefits that accrue as a
result of a plan amendment) on or after
the effective date of the adjusted
limitation.
(iv) Manner of adjustment for benefits
that have commenced. If a plan is
amended to increase benefits payable
under the plan in accordance with
paragraphs (a)(5) or (a)(6) of this section
(or the plan is treated as applying
paragraph (a)(5) of this section because
the plan incorporates the section 415(d)
cost-of-living adjustments automatically
by reference pursuant to § 1.415(a)–
1(d)(3)(v)), or if benefits payable under
the plan are increased pursuant to a
form of benefit that is described in
§ 1.415(b)–1(c)(5), then the distribution
as increased will be treated as
continuing to satisfy the requirements of
section 415(b). If benefits payable under
a plan are increased in a manner other
than as described in the preceding
sentence, the plan must satisfy the
requirements of § 1.415(b)–1(b)(1)(iii),
treating the commencement of the
additional benefit as the commencement
of a new distribution that gives rise to
a new annuity starting date.
(5) Safe harbor for annual
adjustments to distributions. An
amendment to a plan to incorporate
adjustments to the section 415(b) limits
that increases a distribution that has
previously commenced is described in
this paragraph (a)(5) if—
(i) The employee has received one or
more distributions that satisfy the
requirements of section 415(b) before
the date the adjustment to the
applicable limits is effective (as
determined under paragraph (a)(3) of
this section);
(ii) The increased distribution is
solely as a result of the amendment of
the plan to reflect the adjustment to the
applicable limits pursuant to section
415(d); and
(iii) The amounts payable to the
employee on and after the effective date
of the adjustment (as determined under
paragraph (a)(3) of this section) are not
greater than the amounts that would
otherwise be payable without regard to
the adjustment, multiplied by a fraction
determined for the limitation year, the
numerator of which is the limitation
under section 415(b) (which is the lesser
of the applicable dollar limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(A), as adjusted for age
at commencement, and the applicable
compensation-based limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B)) in effect with
respect to the distribution taking into
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
account the section 415(d) adjustment,
and the denominator of which is the
limitation under section 415(b) in effect
for the distribution immediately before
the adjustment.
(6) Safe harbor for periodic
adjustments to distributions—(i)
General rule. An amendment to a plan
that increases a distribution that has
previously commenced is made using
the safe harbor methodology of this
paragraph (a)(6) if—
(A) The employee has received one or
more distributions that satisfy the
requirements of section 415(b) before
the date on which the increase is
effective; and
(B) The amounts payable to the
employee on and after the effective date
of the increase are not greater than the
amounts that would otherwise be
payable without regard to the increase,
multiplied by the cumulative
adjustment fraction.
(ii) Cumulative adjustment fraction.
The cumulative adjustment fraction for
purposes of this paragraph (a)(6) is
equal to the product of all of the
fractions described in paragraph
(a)(5)(iii) of this section that would have
applied after benefits commence if the
plan had been amended each year to
incorporate the section 415(d)
adjustments to the applicable section
415(b) limits and had otherwise
satisfied the safe harbor methodology
described in paragraph (a)(5) of this
section. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, if for the limitation year for
which the increase to the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limitation pursuant
to section 611(a)(1)(A) of the Economic
Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
Act of 2001 (115 Stat. 38), Public Law
107–16 (EGTRRA), is first effective
(generally, the first limitation year
beginning after December 31, 2001), the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit
applicable to a participant is less than
the section 415(b)(1)(B) compensation
limit for the participant, then the
fraction described in paragraph
(a)(5)(iii) of this section for that
limitation year is 1.0.
(7) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this
paragraph (a):
Example 1. (i) X is a participant in a
qualified defined benefit plan maintained by
X’s employer. The plan has a calendar year
limitation year. Under the terms of the plan,
X is entitled to a benefit consisting of a
straight life annuity equal to 100 percent of
X’s average compensation for the period of
X’s high-3 years of service. X’s average
compensation for the period of X’s high-3
years of service is $50,000. X incurs a
severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan on October 3,
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
2007, at age 65 with a nonforfeitable right to
the accrued benefit after more than 10 years
of participation in the plan. X begins to
receive annual benefit payments (payable
monthly) of $50,000, commencing on
November 1, 2007. The dollar limitation for
the 2007 limitation year (as adjusted
pursuant to section 415(d)) is $180,000.
Assume that the dollar limitation for the
2008 limitation year (as adjusted pursuant to
section 415(d)) is $185,000 and the annual
adjustment factor for adjusting the
compensation limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) for the 2008 limitation year is
1.0334. Effective January 1, 2008, the plan is
amended to incorporate these adjustments to
the dollar and compensation limitations, and
accordingly, X’s annual benefit payment is
increased, effective for payments due on or
after January 1, 2008. Prior to the plan
amendment incorporating the application of
the adjusted dollar and compensation
limitations, X has received one or more
distributions that satisfy the requirements of
section 415(b). In addition, the adjustment to
X’s annual benefit payments is solely on
account of the plan amendment
incorporating the adjusted limitations.
(ii) For the limitation year beginning
January 1, 2008, the dollar limit applicable to
X under section 415(b)(1)(A) is $185,000, and
the compensation limit applicable to X under
section 415(b)(1)(B) is $51,670 ($50,000
multiplied by the annual adjustment factor of
1.0334). Accordingly, the adjustment to X’s
benefit satisfies the safe harbor for cost-ofliving adjustments under paragraph (a)(5) of
this section if, after the adjustment, X’s
benefit payable in the 2008 limitation year is
no greater than $50,000 multiplied by
$51,670 (X’s section 415(b) limitation for
2008)/$50,000 (X’s section 415(b) limitation
for 2007).
Example 2. (i) The facts are the same as in
Example 1, except that X’s average
compensation for the period of X’s high-3
consecutive years of service is $200,000.
Consequently, X’s annual benefit payments
commencing on November 1, 2007, are
limited to $180,000.
(ii) For the limitation year beginning
January 1, 2008, the dollar limit applicable to
X under section 415(b)(1)(A) is $185,000, and
the compensation limit applicable to X under
section 415(b)(1)(B) is $206,680 ($200,000
multiplied by the annual adjustment factor of
1.0334). Accordingly, the adjustment to X’s
benefit satisfies the safe harbor for cost-ofliving adjustments under paragraph (a)(5) of
this section if, after the adjustment, X’s
benefit payable in 2008 is no greater than
$180,000 multiplied by $185,000 (X’s section
415(b) limitation for 2008)/$180,000 (X’s
section 415(b) limitation for 2007).
Example 3. (i) X is a participant in Plan T,
a qualified defined benefit plan maintained
by X’s employer. In the year 2008, X receives
a single-sum distribution of X’s entire
accrued benefit under the plan. At the time
that X receives the single-sum distribution,
X’s accrued benefit under Plan T is limited
by the section 415(b)(1)(A) age-adjusted
dollar limit. X accrues no further benefits
under Plan T after X receives the single-sum
distribution. In the 2009 limitation year,
pursuant to section 415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1,
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
the section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit is
increased.
(ii) In the 2009 limitation year, Plan T may
not provide additional benefits to X on
account of the increase in the section
415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit pursuant to section
415(d) and § 1.415(d)–1.
Example 4. (i) X is a participant in Plan T,
a qualified defined benefit plan maintained
by X’s employer, Employer S. Plan T has a
calendar limitation year. In 2008, X incurs a
severance from employment with Employer S
and X commences receiving distributions
from Plan T in the form of a single life
annuity in an annual amount of $30,000. At
the time that X commences receiving
distributions from Plan T, X’s accrued benefit
under Plan T is limited by the section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit. In 2009, the
annual adjustment factor described in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section (which is the
factor for adjusting the compensation limit
described in section 415(b)(1)(B)) is 1.03.
Employer S amends Plan T, effective as of
January 1, 2009, to increase the annual
benefit of all participants who, prior to
January 1, 2009, incurred a severance from
employment with Employer S and who have
commenced receiving benefits from Plan T
by a factor of 1.015. Assume that for
limitation years prior to 2009, X’s
distributions from Plan T satisfy the
requirements of section 415(b).
(ii) The increase in X’s annual benefit
pursuant to the amendment effective January
1, 2009, is within the safe harbor described
in paragraph (a)(6) of this section. This is
because the amount payable to X under Plan
T for the 2009 limitation year and limitation
years thereafter (as increased by the
amendment effective January 1, 2009) is not
greater than the product of the amount
payable to X under Plan T for such limitation
years (as determined without regard to the
amendment increasing X’s benefit effective
January 1, 2009) and the cumulative
adjustment fraction (which, in X’s case, is
1.03). Thus, X’s annual benefit, as increased
by the amendment, is not determined
pursuant to the rules of § 1.415(b)–1(b)(1)(iii).
Example 5. (i) Participant P participated in
Plan A, maintained by Employer M, for more
than 10 years. Plan A uses a calendar year
limitation year and Plan A automatically
adjusts a participant’s section 415(b)(1)(B)
compensation limit for limitation years after
the limitation year in which the participant
incurs a severance from employment as
described in § 1.415(a)–1(d)(3)(v). Prior to
separating from employment with M in 2010,
P’s average compensation for P’s period of
high-3 years while a participant in Plan A is
$50,000, based on P’s compensation for 2007,
2008, and 2009, which was $50,000 for each
year. P’s compensation for year 2010 was
$45,000. In year 2012, P is rehired by M and
resumes participation in Plan A. P’s
compensation in year 2012 is $45,000, and is
$70,000 in year 2013. Assume that the annual
adjustment factor described in § 1.415(d)–
1(a)(2)(ii) for the limitation years 2011
through 2013 is 1.03 for each year. Thus,
disregarding P’s rehire by M, P’s average
compensation for P’s period of high-3 years
while a participant in Plan A for the 2013
limitation year would be equal to $54,636 (or
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16921
1.03 * 1.03 * 1.03 * $50,000). See § 1.415(b)–
1(a)(5)(iii).
(ii) Under § 1.415(d)–1(a)(2)(iii), P’s
average compensation for P’s period of high3 years while a participant in Plan A for the
2013 limitation year is $54,636.
(b) Defined contribution plans—(1) In
general. Under section 415(d)(1)(C), the
dollar limitation described in section
415(c)(1)(A) is adjusted annually to take into
account increases in the cost of living. The
adjusted dollar limitation is prescribed by the
Commissioner and published in the Internal
Revenue Bulletin. See § 601.601(d)(2) of this
chapter.
(2) Determination of adjusted limit—(i)
Base period. The base period taken into
account for purposes of adjusting the dollar
limitation pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of
this section is the calendar quarter beginning
July 1, 2001.
(ii) Method of adjustment—(A) In general.
The dollar limitation is adjusted with respect
to a calendar year based on the increase in
the applicable index for the calendar quarter
ending September 30 of the preceding
calendar year over such index for the base
period. Adjustment procedures similar to the
procedures used to adjust benefit amounts
under section 215(i)(2)(A) of the Social
Security Act will be used.
(B) Rounding. Any increase in the $40,000
amount specified in section 415(c)(1)(A)
which is not a multiple of $1,000 shall be
rounded to the next lowest multiple of
$1,000.
(iii) Effective date of adjustment. The
adjusted dollar limitation applicable to
defined contribution plans is effective as of
January 1 of each calendar year and applies
with respect to limitation years ending with
or within that calendar year. Annual
additions for a limitation year cannot exceed
the currently applicable dollar limitation (as
in effect before the January 1 adjustment)
prior to January 1. However, after a January
1 adjustment is made, annual additions for
the entire limitation year are permitted to
reflect the dollar limitation as adjusted on
January 1.
(c) Application of rounding rules to other
cost-of-living adjustments. Pursuant to
section 415(d)(4)(A), the $5,000 rounding
methodology of paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this
section is used for purposes of any provision
of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Internal
Revenue Code that provides for adjustments
in accordance with section 415(d), except to
the extent provided by that provision. Thus,
the $5,000 rounding methodology of
paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section is used for
purposes of—
(1) Determining the level of compensation
specified in section 414(q)(1)(B) that is used
to determine whether an employee is a
highly compensated employee;
(2) Calculating the amounts used pursuant
to section 409(o)(1)(C) to determine the
maximum period over which distributions
from an employee stock ownership plan may
be made without participant consent; and
(3) Determining the levels of compensation
specified in § 1.61–21(f)(5)(i) and (iii) used in
determining whether an employee is a
control employee of a nongovernmental
employer for purposes of the commuting
valuation rule of § 1.61–21(f).
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16922
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(d) Implementation of cost-of-living
adjustments. A plan is permitted to be
amended to reflect any of the adjustments
described in this section at any time after
those limitations become applicable.
Alternatively, a plan is permitted to
incorporate by reference any of the
adjustments described in this section in
accordance with the rules of § 1.415(a)–
1(d)(3)(v). Because the accrued benefit of a
participant can reflect increases in the
applicable limitations only after those
increases become effective, a pattern of
repeated plan amendments increasing annual
benefits to reflect the increases in the section
415(b) limitations pursuant to section 415(d)
does not result in any protection under
section 411(d)(6) for future increases to
reflect increases in the section 415(b)
limitations pursuant to § 1.411(d)–4, Q&A–
1(c)(1). Thus, a plan does not violate the
requirements of section 411(d)(6) merely
because the plan has been amended annually
for a number of years to increase annual
benefits to reflect the increases in the section
415(b) limitations pursuant to section 415(d)
and subsequently is not amended to reflect
later increases in the section 415(b)
limitations.
Par. 14. Section 1.415(f)–1 is added to
read as follows:
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
§ 1.415(f)–1
Aggregating plans.
(a) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (g) of this section (regarding
multiemployer plans), and taking into
account the rules of paragraph (b)(2)
(regarding the break-up of affiliated
employers and affiliated service groups),
paragraph (c) (regarding predecessor
employers), and paragraph (d)(1)
(regarding nonduplication rules) of this
section, section 415(f) and this section
require that for purposes of applying the
limitations of sections 415(b) and (c)
applicable to a participant for a
particular limitation year—
(1) All defined benefit plans (without
regard to whether a plan has been
terminated) ever maintained by the
employer (or a predecessor employer
within the meaning of paragraphs (c)(1)
and (c)(2) of this section) under which
the participant has accrued a benefit are
treated as one defined benefit plan;
(2) All defined contribution plans
(without regard to whether a plan has
been terminated) ever maintained by the
employer (or a predecessor employer
within the meaning of paragraphs (c)(1)
and (c)(2) of this section) under which
the participant receives annual
additions are treated as one defined
contribution plan; and
(3) All section 403(b) annuity
contracts purchased by an employer
(including plans purchased through
salary reduction contributions) for the
participant are treated as one section
403(b) annuity contract.
(b) Affiliated employers, affiliated
service groups, and leased employees—
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
(1) General rule. See § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1)
and (2) for rules regarding aggregation of
employers in the case of affiliated
employers and affiliated service groups.
See § 1.415(a)–1(f)(3) for rules regarding
the treatment of leased employees.
(2) Special rule in the case of the
break-up of an affiliated employer or an
affiliated service group—(i) In general.
A formerly affiliated plan of an
employer is taken into account for
purposes of applying paragraph (a) of
this section to the employer, but the
formerly affiliated plan is treated as if it
had terminated immediately prior to the
cessation of affiliation with sufficient
assets to pay benefit liabilities under the
plan, and had purchased annuities to
provide plan benefits. See § 1.415(b)–
1(b)(5)(i) for rules determining annual
benefits under a terminated defined
benefit plan under which annuities are
purchased to provide plan benefits.
(ii) Definitions. For purposes of this
paragraph (b)(2), a formerly affiliated
plan of an employer is a plan that,
immediately prior to the cessation of
affiliation, was actually maintained by
one or more of the entities that
constitute the employer (as determined
under the employer affiliation rules
described in § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2)),
and immediately after the cessation of
affiliation, is not actually maintained by
any of the entities that constitute the
employer (as determined under the
employer affiliation rules described in
§ 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2)). For purposes
of this paragraph (b)(2), a cessation of
affiliation means the event that causes
an entity to no longer be aggregated with
one or more other entities as a single
employer under the employer affiliation
rules described in § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and
(2) (such as the sale of a subsidiary
outside a controlled group), or that
causes a plan to not actually be
maintained by any of the entities that
constitute the employer under the
employer affiliation rules of § 1.415(a)–
1(f)(1) and (2) (such as a transfer of plan
sponsorship outside of a controlled
group).
(c) Predecessor employer—(1) Where
plan is maintained by successor. For
purposes of section 415 and regulations
promulgated under section 415, a
former employer is a predecessor
employer with respect to a participant
in a plan maintained by an employer if
the employer maintains a plan under
which the participant had accrued a
benefit while performing services for the
former employer (for example, the
employer assumed sponsorship of the
former employer’s plan, or the
employer’s plan received a transfer of
benefits from the former employer’s
plan), but only if that benefit is
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
provided under the plan maintained by
the employer. In such a case, in
applying the limitations of section 415
to a participant in a plan maintained by
the employer, paragraph (a) of this
section requires the plan to take into
account benefits provided to the
participant under plans that are
maintained by the predecessor employer
and that are not maintained by the
employer. For this purpose, the formerly
affiliated plan rules in paragraph (b)(2)
of this section apply as if the employer
and predecessor employer constituted a
single employer under the rules
described in § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2)
immediately prior to the cessation of
affiliation (and as if they constituted
two, unrelated employers under the
rules described in § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and
(2) immediately after the cessation of
affiliation) and cessation of affiliation
was the event that gives rise to the
predecessor employer relationship, such
as a transfer of benefits or plan
sponsorship.
(2) Where plan is not maintained by
successor. With respect to an employer
of a participant, a former entity that
antedates the employer is a predecessor
employer with respect to the participant
if, under the facts and circumstances,
the employer constitutes a continuation
of all or a portion of the trade or
business of the former entity. This will
occur, for example, where formation of
the employer constitutes a mere formal
or technical change in the employment
relationship and continuity otherwise
exists in the substance and
administration of the business
operations of the former entity and the
employer.
(d) Special rules—(1) Nonduplication.
In applying the limitations of section
415 to a plan maintained by an
employer, if the plan is aggregated with
another plan pursuant to the aggregation
rules of paragraph (a) of this section, a
participant’s benefits are not counted
more than once in determining the
participant’s aggregate annual benefit or
annual additions. For example, if a
defined benefit plan is treated as if it
terminated immediately prior to a
cessation of affiliation under paragraph
(b)(2) of this section, the plans
maintained by the employer (as
determined after the cessation of
affiliation) that actually maintains the
plan do not double count the annual
benefit provided under the plan by
aggregating under paragraph (a) of this
section both the participant’s annual
benefit provided under the plan and the
participant’s annual benefit under the
plan as a formerly affiliated plan (which
is a plan that the employers formerly
affiliated with the employer must take
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
into account as a terminated plan under
the rules of paragraph (b)(2) of this
section). Instead, the plans maintained
by the employer include the annual
benefit provided to the participant
under the actual plan that the employer
maintains. Similarly, if a defined benefit
plan maintained by an employer (the
transferee plan) receives a transfer of
benefits from a defined benefit plan
maintained by a predecessor employer
(the transferor plan) and the transfer is
described in § 1.415(b)–1(b)(3)(i)(B)
(which requires the transferred benefits
to be treated by the transferor plan as if
the benefits were provided under a plan
that must be aggregated with the
transferor plan that terminated
immediately prior to the transfer), the
transferee plan does not double count
the transferred benefits under paragraph
(a) of this section by taking into account
both the actual benefit provided under
the transferee plan and the benefit
provided under the deemed terminated
plan that the predecessor employer is
treated as maintaining (and that
otherwise would have to be taken into
account by the transferee plan under the
predecessor employer aggregation rules
of paragraph (a) of this section). Instead,
the transferee plan takes into account
the transferred benefits that are actually
provided under transferee plan (see
§ 1.415(b)–1(b)(3)(i)(C)) and, pursuant to
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, any
nontransferred benefits provided under
plans maintained by the predecessor
employer with respect to a participant
whose benefits have been transferred to
the transferee plan.
(2) Determination of years of
participation for multiple plans. If two
or more defined benefit plans are
aggregated under section 415(f) and this
section for a particular limitation year,
in applying the reduction for
participation of less than ten years (as
described in section 415(b)(5)(A)) to the
dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A), time periods that are
counted as years of participation under
any of the plans are counted in
computing the limitation of the
aggregated plans under this section.
(3) Determination of years of service
for multiple plans. If two or more
defined benefit plans are aggregated
under section 415(f) and this section for
a particular limitation year, in applying
the reduction for service of less than ten
years (as described in section
415(b)(5)(B)) to the compensation
limitation under section 415(b)(1)(B),
time periods that are counted as years
of service under any of the plans are
counted in computing the limitation of
the aggregated plans under this section.
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
(e) Previously unaggregated plans—
(1) In general. This paragraph (e)
provides rules for those situations in
which two or more existing plans,
which previously were not required to
be aggregated pursuant to section 415(f)
and this section, are aggregated during
a particular limitation year and, as a
result, the limitations of section 415(b)
or (c) are exceeded for that limitation
year. Paragraph (e)(2) of this section
provides rules for defined contribution
plans that are first required to be
aggregated pursuant to section 415(f)
and this section in a plan year.
Paragraph (e)(3) of this section provides
rules for defined benefit plans that are
first required to be aggregated pursuant
to section 415(f) and this section, and
for defined benefit plans under which a
participant’s benefit is frozen following
aggregation.
(2) Defined contribution plans. Two
or more defined contribution plans that
are not required to be aggregated
pursuant to section 415(f) and this
section as of the first day of a limitation
year do not fail to satisfy the
requirements of section 415 with respect
to a participant for the limitation year
merely because they are aggregated later
in that limitation year, provided that no
annual additions are credited to the
participant’s account after the date on
which the plans are required to be
aggregated.
(3) Defined benefit plans—(i) First
year of aggregation. Two or more
defined benefit plans that are not
required to be aggregated pursuant to
section 415(f) and this section as of the
first day of a limitation year do not fail
to satisfy the requirements of section
415 for the limitation year merely
because they are aggregated later in that
limitation year, provided that no plan
amendments increasing benefits with
respect to the participant under either
plan are made after the occurrence of
the event causing the plan to be
aggregated.
(ii) All years of aggregation in which
accrued benefits are frozen. Two or
more defined benefit plans that are
required to be aggregated pursuant to
section 415(f) and this section during a
limitation year subsequent to the
limitation year during which the plans
were first aggregated do not fail to
satisfy the requirements of section 415
with respect to a participant for the
limitation year merely because they are
aggregated if there have been no
increases in the participant’s accrued
benefit derived from employer
contributions (including increases as a
result of increased compensation or
service) under any of the plans within
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16923
the period during which the plans have
been aggregated.
(f) Section 403(b) annuity contracts—
(1) In general. In the case of a section
403(b) annuity contract, except as
provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section, the participant on whose behalf
the annuity contract is purchased is
considered for purposes of section 415
to have exclusive control of the annuity
contract. Accordingly, except as
provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section, the participant, and not the
participant’s employer who purchased
the section 403(b) annuity contract, is
deemed to maintain the annuity
contract, and such a section 403(b)
annuity contract is not aggregated with
a qualified plan that is maintained by
the participant’s employer.
(2) Special rules under which the
employer is deemed to maintain the
annuity contract—(i) In general. Where
a participant on whose behalf a section
403(b) annuity contract is purchased is
in control of any employer for a
limitation year as defined in paragraph
(f)(2)(ii) of this section (regardless of
whether the employer controlled by the
participant is the employer maintaining
the section 403(b) annuity contract), the
annuity contract for the benefit of the
participant is treated as a defined
contribution plan maintained by both
the controlled employer and the
participant for that limitation year.
Accordingly, where a participant on
whose behalf a section 403(b) annuity
contract is purchased is in control of
any employer for a limitation year, the
section 403(b) annuity contract is
aggregated with all other defined
contribution plans maintained by that
employer. In addition, in such a case,
the section 403(b) annuity contract is
aggregated with all other defined
contribution plans maintained by the
employee or any other employer that is
controlled by the employee. Thus, for
example, if a doctor is employed by a
non-profit hospital to which section
501(c)(3) applies and which provides
him with a section 403(b) annuity
contract, and the doctor also maintains
a private practice as a shareholder
owning more than 50 percent of a
professional corporation, then any
qualified defined contribution plan of
the professional corporation must be
aggregated with the section 403(b)
annuity contract for purposes of
applying the limitations of section
415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1. For purposes of
this paragraph (f)(2), it is immaterial
whether the section 403(b) annuity
contract is purchased as a result of a
salary reduction agreement between the
employer and the participant.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16924
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Determination of when a
participant is in control of an employer.
For purposes of paragraph (f)(2)(i) of
this section, a participant is in control
of an employer for a limitation year if,
pursuant to § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2), a
plan maintained by that employer
would have to be aggregated with a plan
maintained by an employer that is 100
percent owned by the participant. Thus,
for example, if a participant owns 60
percent of the common stock of a
corporation, the participant is
considered to be in control of that
employer for purposes of applying
paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section.
(3) Aggregation of section 403(b)
annuity with qualified plan of
controlled employer. If a section 403(b)
annuity contract is aggregated with a
qualified plan of a controlled employer
in accordance with paragraph (f)(2) of
this section, the plans must satisfy the
limitations of section 415(c) both
separately and on an aggregate basis. In
applying separately the limitations of
section 415 to the qualified plan and to
the section 403(b) annuity contract,
compensation from the controlled
employer may not be aggregated with
compensation from the employer
purchasing the section 403(b) annuity
contract (that is, without regard to
§ 1.415(c)–2(g)(3)).
(g) Multiemployer plans—(1)
Multiemployer plan aggregated with
another multiemployer plan. Pursuant
to section 415(f)(3)(B), multiemployer
plans, as defined in section 414(f), are
not aggregated with other
multiemployer plans for purposes of
applying the limits of section 415.
(2) Multiemployer plan aggregated
with other plan—(i) Aggregation only for
benefits provided by the employer.
Notwithstanding the rule of § 1.415(a)–
1(e), a multiemployer plan, as defined
in section 414(f), is permitted to provide
that only the benefits under that
multiemployer plan that are provided
by an employer are aggregated with
benefits under plans maintained by that
employer that are not multiemployer
plans. If the multiemployer plan so
provides, then, where an employer
maintains both a plan which is not a
multiemployer plan and a
multiemployer plan, only the benefits
under the multiemployer plan that are
provided by the employer are aggregated
with benefits under the employer’s
plans other than multiemployer plans
(in lieu of including benefits provided
by all employers under the
multiemployer plan pursuant to the
generally applicable rule of § 1.415(a)–
1(e)).
(ii) Exception from aggregation for
purposes of applying section
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit.
Pursuant to section 415(f)(3)(A), a
multiemployer plan, as defined in
section 414(f), is not aggregated with
any other plan that is not a
multiemployer plan for purposes of
applying the compensation limit of
section 415(b)(1)(B) and § 1.415(b)–
1(a)(1)(ii).
(h) Special rules for aggregating
certain plans, etc. If a plan, annuity
contract or arrangement is subject to a
special limitation in addition to, or
instead of, the regular limitations
described in section 415(b) or (c), and is
aggregated under this section with a
plan which is subject only to the regular
section 415(b) or (c) limitations, the
following rules apply:
(1) Each plan, annuity contract or
arrangement which is subject to a
special limitation must meet its own
applicable limitation and each plan
subject to the regular limitations of
section 415 must meet its applicable
limitation.
(2) The limitation for the aggregated
plans is the larger of the applicable
limitations for the separate plans.
(i) [Reserved.]
(j) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section.
Except to the extent otherwise stated in
an example, each entity is not and has
never been affiliated with another entity
under the employer affiliation rules of
§ 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2), each entity has
never maintained a qualified plan (other
than the plans specifically mentioned in
the example), and the limitation year for
each qualified plan is the calendar year.
Example 1. (i) Facts. M was formerly an
employee of ABC Corporation and is
currently an employee of XYZ Corporation.
ABC maintains a qualified defined benefit
plan (Plan ABC) and a qualified defined
contribution plan in which M participates
and XYZ maintains a qualified defined
benefit plan (Plan XYZ) and a qualified
defined contribution plan in which M
participates. ABC Corporation owns 60
percent of XYZ Corporation.
(ii) Treatment as a single employer. ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation are
members of a controlled group of
corporations within the meaning of section
414(b) as modified by section 415(h). Because
ABC Corporation and XYZ Corporation are
members of a controlled group of
corporations within the meaning of section
414(b) as modified by section 415(h), M is
treated as being employed by a single
employer under § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1).
(iii) Plan aggregation. Under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, the sum of M’s annual
benefit under Plan ABC and M’s annual
benefit under Plan XYZ is not permitted to
exceed the limitations of section 415(b) and
§ 1.415(b)–1; and, under paragraph (a)(2) of
this section, the sum of the annual additions
to M’s account under the defined
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
contribution plans maintained by ABC and
XYZ may not exceed the limitations of
section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1. For purposes
of determining the limitations of section
415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1 for the aggregated
plans, a year of service for either employer
is considered as a year of service for purposes
of § 1.415(b)–1(g)(2) (phase-in rules for the
compensation limit) and a year of
participation under either plan is considered
as a year of participation for purposes of
§ 1.415(b)–1(g)(1) (phase-in rules for the
dollar limit).
Example 2. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 1, except that ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation do not
maintain defined contribution plans. In
addition, Participant O was formerly an
employee of ABC Corporation and is
currently an employee of XYZ Corporation.
Participant O has an accrued benefit under
the ABC Plan, but Participant O has no
accrued benefit under the XYZ Plan.
Effective January 1, 2010, ABC Corporation
sells all of its shares of stock of XYZ
Corporation to an unaffiliated entity, LMN
Corporation (the 2010 stock sale). After the
2010 stock sale, XYZ Corporation continues
to maintain Plan XYZ. LMN Corporation
maintains a qualified defined benefit plan
(Plan LMN). After the 2010 stock sale, M
begins to accrue benefits under Plan LMN,
but O does not participate in Plan LMN.
(ii) Affiliated employer status of the
corporations. Immediately after the 2010
stock sale, ABC Corporation and XYZ
Corporation are no longer members of a
controlled group of corporations under
section 414(b) (as modified by section 414(h))
and accordingly are no longer treated as a
single employer under the employer
affiliation rules of § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1).
Immediately after the 2010 stock sale, LMN
Corporation and XYZ Corporation are
members of a controlled group of
corporations under section 414(b) (as
modified by section 414(h)) and accordingly
are treated as a single employer under the
employer affiliation rules of § 1.415(a)–
1(f)(1).
(iii) Treatment of plans maintained by ABC
Corporation after the 2010 stock sale. Under
§ 1.415(a)–1(f)(1), any plan maintained by
any member of a controlled group of
corporations is deemed maintained by all
members of the controlled group, and
paragraph (a)(1) of this section requires that,
for purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415(b), all defined benefit plans ever
maintained by an employer (as determined
under the affiliation rules of § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1)
and (2)) are treated as one defined benefit
plan. Therefore, defined benefit plans
maintained by ABC Corporation must take
into account the annual benefit of a
participant provided under Plan XYZ in
applying the limitations of section 415(b) to
the participant because Plan XYZ is a plan
that had once been maintained by ABC
Corporation. However, beginning with the
2010 limitation year, the aggregation of the
annual benefit accrued by a participant under
Plan XYZ for purposes of testing defined
benefit plans maintained by ABC Corporation
is limited to the annual benefit accrued by
the participant under Plan XYZ immediately
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
prior to the 2010 stock sale. This is because
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section provides
that a formerly affiliated plan of an employer
is treated as if it had terminated immediately
prior to the cessation of affiliation with
sufficient assets to pay benefit liabilities
under the plan, and had purchased annuities
to provide plan benefits. The 2010 stock sale
is a cessation of affiliation under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii) of this section because this event
caused XYZ Corporation to no longer be
affiliated with ABC Corporation under the
employer affiliation rules of § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1)
and (2). Immediately after the 2010 stock
sale, Plan XYZ is a formerly affiliated plan
with respect to ABC Corporation under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section because
immediately prior to the cessation of
affiliation, Plan XYZ was actually maintained
by XYZ Corporation (which together with
ABC Corporation constituted a single
employer under the employer affiliation rules
of § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and (2)), and
immediately after the cessation of affiliation,
Plan XYZ is not actually maintained by ABC
Corporation or any other entity affiliated
with it.
(iv) Application of rules to Participants M
and O with respect to plans maintained by
ABC Corporation after the 2010 stock sale. In
applying the limitations of section 415(b) to
Participant M for the 2010 limitation year
and later limitation years, Plan ABC must
take into account the annual benefit provided
under Plan ABC to Participant M and the
annual benefit provided under Plan XYZ to
Participant M, but treating Plan XYZ as if it
had terminated immediately prior to the 2010
stock sale with sufficient assets to pay benefit
liabilities under the plan, and had purchased
annuities to provide plan benefits. The
aggregation of Plan XYZ with Plan ABC is
irrelevant for purposes of Participant O
because Participant O does not have any
accrued benefit under Plan XYZ (as
determined prior to the 2010 stock sale).
(v) Treatment of plans maintained by LMN
Corporation and XYZ Corporation after the
2010 stock sale. Under § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, when
applying the limitations of section 415(b) to
a participant under Plans LMN and XYZ for
the 2010 limitation year and later years, the
annual benefit provided to the participant
under Plans LMN, XYZ and ABC must be
aggregated. Benefits under Plan ABC must be
included in this aggregation because XYZ
Corporation is deemed to have once
maintained Plan ABC pursuant to § 1.415(a)–
1(f)(1), and since LMN Corporation and XYZ
Corporation constitute a single employer
under § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1), paragraph (a)(1) of
this section requires the aggregation of all
defined benefit plans ever maintained by
LMN Corporation and XYZ Corporation.
However, in performing this aggregation, a
participant’s annual benefit under Plan ABC
is limited to the annual benefit accrued by
the participant immediately prior to the 2010
stock sale. This is because, pursuant to
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, Plan ABC
is a formerly affiliated plan of LMN
Corporation and XYZ Corporation.
(vi) Application of rules to Participants M
and O with respect to plans maintained by
LMN Corporation and XYZ Corporation after
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
the 2010 stock sale. In applying the
limitation of section 415(b) to Participant M
for the 2010 limitation year and later
limitation years, Plan LMN and Plan XYZ
must take into account the annual benefit
provided under Plans LMN and XYZ to
Participant M and the annual benefit
provided under Plan ABC to Participant M as
if Plan ABC had terminated immediately
prior to the 2010 stock sale with sufficient
assets to pay benefit liabilities under the
plan, and had purchased annuities to provide
plan benefits. Participant O does not have an
accrued benefit under Plan LMN or Plan
XYZ, so the aggregation of Plan ABC with
Plans LMN and XYZ is currently irrelevant
with respect to Participant O. However, if
Participant O were to ever participate in
Plans LMN or XYZ after the 2010 stock sale,
Participant O’s annual benefit under Plan
ABC (determined as if Plan ABC terminated
immediately prior to the 2010 stock sale)
would have to be aggregated with any annual
benefit that Participant O accrues under Plan
LMN or Plan XYZ.
(vii) Application of nonduplication rule. In
applying paragraph (a)(1) of this section to
plans maintained by ABC Corporation after
2010 stock sale, plans maintained by ABC
Corporation do not take into account the
deemed termination of Plan ABC since ABC
Corporation maintains Plan ABC after the
cessation of affiliation. Similarly, in applying
paragraph (a)(1) of this section to plans
maintained by LMN Corporation and XYZ
Corporation after the 2010 stock sale, plans
maintained by LMN Corporation and XYZ
Corporation do not take into account the
deemed termination of Plan XYZ since XYZ
Corporation maintains Plan XYZ after the
cessation of affiliation. See paragraph (d)(1)
of this section.
Example 3. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 2, except that on January 1,
2009, Plan ABC transfers Participant M’s
benefit to Plan XYZ.
(ii) Treatment of plans maintained by ABC
Corporation. Pursuant to § 1.415(b)–
1(b)(3)(i)(A), M’s benefit that is transferred
from Plan ABC to Plan XYZ is not treated as
being provided under Plan ABC for the
limitation year in which the transfer occurs
(2009). This is because M’s transferred
benefit is otherwise required to be taken into
account by Plan ABC for the 2009 limitation
year since Plan XYZ must be aggregated with
Plan ABC pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of this
section. This result does not change for the
2010 limitation year and later limitation
years, where pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i)
of this section, Plan XYZ becomes a formerly
affiliated plan with respect to ABC
Corporation due to the 2010 stock sale.
Under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, Plan
XYZ (the formerly affiliated plan) is treated
from the perspective of plans maintained by
ABC Corporation (Plan ABC) as if Plan XYZ
terminated immediately prior to the 2010
stock sale with sufficient assets to pay benefit
liabilities under the plan, and had purchased
annuities to provide plan benefits. However,
the pre-2010 stock sale benefits of Plan XYZ
include the January 1, 2009, transfer of
Participant M’s benefit. Thus, in the 2010
limitation year, M’s transferred benefit is still
otherwise required to be taken into account
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16925
by Plan ABC on account of the aggregation
of Plan XYZ with Plan ABC pursuant to
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, and therefore
the transferred benefit is not treated as being
provided by Plan ABC.
(iii) Treatment of plans maintained by
LMN Corporation and XYZ Corporation.
Pursuant to § 1.415(b)–1(b)(3)(i)(C),
Participant M’s benefit that is transferred to
Plan XYZ from Plan ABC must be treated as
provided under Plan XYZ for purposes of
applying the limitations of section 415 to
Plan XYZ with respect to Participant M for
the limitation year in which the transfer
occurs and later years. This result does not
change on account of the 2010 stock sale.
When applying the limitation of section 415
to Plans LMN and XYZ for the 2010
limitation year and later years, Plans LMN
and XYZ must aggregate the annual benefit
provided to a participant under each plan
along with the participant’s benefit under
Plan ABC pursuant to § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and
paragraph (a)(1) of this section. However,
under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, for
the 2010 limitation year and later years, this
aggregation of M’s Plan ABC benefit only
includes the annual benefit attributable to a
participant’s accrued benefit under Plan ABC
immediately prior to the 2010 stock sale,
which (due to the 2009 transfer) is zero.
Example 4. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 2, except that on January 1,
2011, Plan ABC transfers Participant M’s
benefit to Plan XYZ.
(ii) Treatment of plans maintained by ABC
Corporation for the 2011 limitation year and
later years. Pursuant to § 1.415(b)–
1(b)(3)(i)(B), M’s benefit that is transferred
from Plan ABC to Plan XYZ during the 2011
limitation year is treated by Plan ABC for the
2011 limitation year and later years as if the
transferred benefit were provided under a
plan that must be aggregated with Plan ABC
that terminated immediately prior to the
transfer with sufficient assets to pay benefit
liabilities under the plan, and had purchased
annuities to provide plan benefits. This is
because M’s transferred benefit is not
otherwise required to be taken into account
by Plan ABC for the 2011 limitation year and
later years pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and
(b)(2)(i) of this section. While Plan ABC must
take into account Participant M’s annual
benefit under Plan XYZ under paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, Participant M’s annual
benefit for this purpose is limited under
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section to M’s
accrued benefit under Plan XYZ immediately
prior to the 2010 stock sale, and Participant
M’s pre-2010 stock sale accrued benefit
under Plan XYZ excludes the 2011 transfer.
(iii) Treatment of plans maintained by
LMN Corporation and XYZ Corporation for
the 2011 limitation year and later years.
Pursuant to § 1.415(b)–1(b)(3)(i)(C),
Participant M’s benefit that is transferred to
Plan XYZ from Plan ABC must be treated as
provided under Plan XYZ for purposes of
applying the limitations of section 415 to
Plan XYZ with respect to Participant M for
the limitation year in which the transfer
occurs and later years. In applying the
limitations of section 415(b) to Plans LMN
and XYZ with respect to Participant M for
the 2010 limitation year and later years, the
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16926
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
annual benefit of Participant M under Plans
ABC, LMN, and XYZ must be aggregated
pursuant to § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and paragraph
(a)(1) of this section, but for this purpose,
Participant M’s benefit under Plan ABC is
treated as if it were provided under a plan
that terminated immediately prior to the
cessation of affiliation of ABC Corporation
and XYZ Corporation with sufficient assets to
pay benefit liabilities under the plan, and
had purchased an annuity to provide
Participant M’s benefits. (See paragraph
(b)(2)(i) of this section and Example 2.) In
applying the limitations of section 415(b) to
Plans LMN and XYZ with respect to
Participant M for the 2011 limitation year
and later years, the annual benefit of
Participant M under Plans ABC, LMN, and
XYZ still must be aggregated pursuant to
§ 1.415(a)–1(f)(1) and paragraph (a)(1) of this
section. However, beginning with the 2011
limitation year, ABC Corporation is a
predecessor employer with respect to LMN
Corporation and XYZ Corporation with
respect to Participant M on account of the
transfer of benefits from Plan ABC to Plan
XYZ, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this
section. Therefore, Plans LMN and XYZ must
take into account benefits that Participant M
accrued under Plan ABC after the January 1,
2010, cessation of affiliation of ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation that were
not transferred to Plan XYZ on January 1,
2011, pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) and (d)(1)
of this section. Since all of Participant M’s
benefit in Plan ABC is transferred to Plan
XYZ on January 1, 2011, Participant M’s
annual benefit from Plan ABC for purposes
of aggregating Plan ABC with Plans LMN and
XYZ is zero.
Example 5. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 2, except that instead of the
2010 stock sale, XYZ Corporation sells some
of its operating assets to LMN Corporation
(and, under the facts and circumstances, the
sale does not result in XYZ Corporation
constituting a predecessor employer of LMN
Corporation under the rules of paragraph
(c)(2) of this section), and in connection with
the asset sale, LMN Corporation assumes
sponsorship of Plan XYZ in place of XYZ
Corporation, effective January 1, 2010.
(ii) Treatment of plans maintained by ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation. Pursuant
to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, all defined
benefit plans ever maintained by ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation must be
aggregated as a single defined benefit plan for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415(b). However, for purposes of
determining the annual benefit under Plan
XYZ for the 2010 limitation year and later
years, the aggregation of a participant’s
benefit under Plan XYZ is limited to the
participant’s annual benefit accrued
immediately prior to the January 1, 2010,
transfer of sponsorship of Plan XYZ. This is
because paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section
provides that a formerly affiliated plan of an
employer is treated as if it were a plan that
terminated immediately prior to the cessation
of affiliation with sufficient assets to pay
benefit liabilities under the plan, and had
purchased annuities to provide plan benefits.
The January 1, 2010, transfer of sponsorship
of Plan XYZ is a cessation of affiliation under
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section because
this event causes Plan XYZ to no longer
actually be maintained by either ABC
Corporation or XYZ Corporation. Effective
immediately after the January 1, 2010,
transfer of sponsorship, Plan XYZ is a
formerly affiliated plan with respect to ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section because
immediately prior to the cessation of
affiliation, Plan XYZ was actually maintained
by XYZ Corporation, and immediately after
the cessation of affiliation, Plan XYZ is not
actually maintained by either XYZ
Corporation or ABC Corporation. Therefore,
in applying the limitation of section 415(b)
to Participant M for the 2010 limitation year
and later limitation years, Plan ABC must
take into account the annual benefit provided
under Plan ABC to Participant M and the
annual benefit provided under Plan XYZ to
Participant M as if Plan XYZ had terminated
immediately prior to the 2010 stock sale with
sufficient assets to pay benefit liabilities
under the plan, and had purchased annuities
to provide plan benefits. The aggregation of
Plan XYZ with Plan ABC is irrelevant for
purposes of Participant O because Participant
O does not have any accrued benefit under
Plan XYZ (as determined prior to the 2010
transfer of sponsorship).
(iii) Treatment of plans maintained by
LMN Corporation. Under paragraph (a)(1) of
this section, all defined benefit plans ever
maintained by LMN Corporation or a
predecessor employer must be aggregated as
a single plan for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415(b). ABC
Corporation and XYZ Corporation constitute
a predecessor employer pursuant to
paragraph (c)(1) of this section with respect
to the participants who participate in Plan
XYZ on the date of the transfer of
sponsorship of Plan XYZ (the transferred
participants) from XYZ Corporation to LMN
Corporation, such as Participant M. This is
because, effective with the January 1, 2010,
transfer of sponsorship, LMN Corporation
maintains a plan (Plan XYZ) under which the
participants accrued a benefit while
performing services for XYZ Corporation
(which is in turn affiliated with ABC
Corporation under § 1.415(a)–1(f)(1)) and
such benefits are provided under a plan
maintained by LMN Corporation. Therefore,
for the 2010 limitation year and later years,
the annual benefit under Plan ABC of the
transferred participants (such as Participant
M) must be aggregated with the annual
benefit provided to such participants under
Plans XYZ and LMN for purposes of
determining whether Plan LMN or Plan XYZ
satisfies the limitations of section 415(b).
However, the aggregation of the transferred
participants’ Plan ABC annual benefits is
limited to the annual benefit accrued under
Plan ABC immediately prior to January 1,
2010, transfer of sponsorship. This is
because, pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this
section, Plan ABC is treated from the
perspective of plans maintained by LMN
Corporation as if Plan ABC had terminated
immediately prior to the transfer of
sponsorship of Plan ABC to LMN
Corporation with sufficient assets to pay
benefit liabilities under the plan, and had
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
purchased annuities to provide plan benefits.
ABC Corporation and XYZ Corporation do
not constitute a predecessor employer with
respect to Participant O. Thus, if Participant
O is a participant in Plan LMN or becomes
a participant in Plan XYZ after the 2010
transfer of sponsorship, neither plan
aggregates Participant O’s Plan ABC benefits
for purposes of satisfying section 415(b). In
applying paragraph (a)(1) of this section to a
participant, plans maintained by LMN
Corporation do not double count the
participant’s annual benefit. See paragraph
(d)(1) of this section. Thus, such plans do not
aggregate the annual benefit provided under
Plan XYZ with the annual benefit from the
deemed termination of Plan XYZ that LMN
Corporation’s predecessor employer (which
is ABC and XYZ Corporations) must take into
account in applying paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, and instead consider the annual
benefit actually provided under Plan XYZ.
Example 6. (i) Facts. N is employed by a
hospital which purchases an annuity contract
described in section 403(b) on N’s behalf for
the current limitation year. N is in control of
the hospital within the meaning of section
414(b) or (c), as modified by section 415(h).
The hospital also maintains a qualified
defined contribution plan during the current
limitation year in which N participates.
(ii) Conclusion. Under section 415(k)(4),
the hospital, as well as N, is considered to
maintain the annuity contract. Accordingly,
for N the sum of the annual additions under
the qualified defined contribution plan and
the annuity contract must satisfy the
limitations of section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–
1.
Example 7. (i) Facts. The facts are the same
as in Example 6, except that instead of being
in control of the hospital, N is the 100
percent owner of a professional corporation
P, which maintains a qualified defined
contribution plan in which N participates.
(ii) Conclusion. Under section 415(k)(4),
the professional corporation, as well as N, is
considered to maintain the annuity contract.
Accordingly, the sum of the annual additions
under the qualified defined contribution plan
maintained by professional corporation P and
the annuity contract must satisfy the
limitations of section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–
1. See § 1.415(g)–1(b)(3)(iv)(C)(2) for an
example of the treatment of a contribution to
a section 403(b) annuity contract that exceeds
the limits of section 415(c) by reason of the
aggregation required by this section.
Example 8. (i) Facts. J is an employee of
two corporations, N and M, each of which
has employed J for more than 10 years. N and
M are not required to be aggregated pursuant
to section 415(f) and this section. Each
corporation has a qualified defined benefit
plan in which J has participated for more
than 10 years. Each plan provides a benefit
which is equal to 75 percent of a participant’s
average compensation for the period of the
participant’s high-3 years of service and is
payable in the form of a straight life annuity
beginning at age 65. J’s average compensation
for the period of his high-3 years of service
from each corporation is $160,000. In July
2008, N Corporation becomes a wholly
owned subsidiary of M Corporation.
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
(ii) Plan aggregation analysis. As a result
of the acquisition of N Corporation by M
Corporation, J is treated as being employed
by a single employer under section 414(b).
Therefore, because section 415(f)(1)(A)
requires that all defined benefit plans of an
employer be treated as one defined benefit
plan, the two plans must be aggregated for
purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415. However, under paragraph
(e)(3)(i) of this section, since the plans were
not aggregated as of the first day of the 2008
limitation year (January 1, 2008), they will
not be considered aggregated until the
limitation year beginning January 1, 2009,
provided that no plan amendment increasing
benefits with respect to participant J is made
after the acquisition of N by M.
(iii) Application to Participant J. J has a
total benefit under the two plans of $240,000,
which, as a result of the plan aggregation, is
in excess of the section 415(b) limit.
However, under paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this
section, the limitations of section 415(b) and
§ 1.415(b)–1 applicable to J may be exceeded
in this situation without plan disqualification
so long as J’s accrued benefit derived from
employer contributions is not increased (that
is, J’s accrued benefit does not increase on
account of increased compensation, service,
participation, or other accruals) during the
period within which the limitations are being
exceeded.
Example 9. (i) Facts. A, age 30, owns all
of the stock of X Corporation and also owns
10 percent of the stock of Z Corporation. F,
A’s father, directly owns 75 percent of the
stock of Z Corporation. Both corporations
have qualified defined contribution plans in
which A participates. A’s compensation
(within the meaning of § 1.415(c)–2) for 2008
is $20,000 from Z Corporation and $150,000
from X Corporation. During the period
January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008,
annual additions of $20,000 are credited to
A’s account under the plan of Z Corporation,
while annual additions of $40,000 are
credited to A’s account under the plan of X
Corporation. In both instances, the amount of
annual additions represent the maximum
allowable under section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1. On July 15, 2008, F dies, and A
inherits all of F’s stock in Z in 2008.
(ii) Conclusion. As of July 15, 2008, A is
considered to be in control of X and Z
Corporations, and the two plans must be
aggregated for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415. However, even
though A’s total annual additions for 2008
are $60,000, the limitations of section 415(c)
and § 1.415(c)–1 are not violated for 2008,
provided no annual additions are credited to
A’s accounts after July 15, 2008 (the date that
A is first in control of Z) for the remainder
of the 2008 limitation year.
Example 10. (i) Facts. P is a key employee
of employer XYZ who participates in a
qualified defined contribution plan (Plan X).
P is also provided post-retirement medical
benefits, and XYZ has taken into account a
reserve for those benefits under section
419A(c)(2). In the 2008 limitation year, P’s
compensation is $30,000 and P’s annual
additions under Plan X are $5,000. Pursuant
to section 419A(d), a separate account is
maintained for P, and that account is credited
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
with an allocation of $32,000 for the 2008
limitation year. It is assumed that the section
415(c)(1)(A) dollar limit for 2008 is $46,000.
(ii) Separate testing analysis. Under
paragraph (h)(1) of this section, Plan X and
the individual medical account must
separately satisfy the requirements of section
415(c), taking into account any special limit
applicable to that arrangement. In this case,
the contributions to Plan X separately satisfy
the limitations of section 415(c). While the
individual medical account is treated as a
defined contribution plan subject to the rules
of section 415(c), it is not subject to the 100
percent of compensation limit of section
415(c)(1)(B), so the contributions to that
account satisfy the limitations of section
415(c).
(iii) Aggregation analysis. The sum of the
annual additions under Plan X and the
amounts contributed to the separate account
on P’s behalf must satisfy the requirements
of section 415(c). Under paragraph (h)(2) of
this section, the limit applicable to the
aggregated plan is equal to the greater of the
limits applicable to the separate plans. In this
case, the limit applicable to the medical
account is $46,000 (which is greater than the
limit of $30,000 applicable to the qualified
plan), so the limit that applies to the
aggregated plan is $46,000, and the
aggregated plan satisfies the requirements of
section 415.
Par. 15. Section 1.415(g)–1 is added to
read as follows:
I
§ 1.415(g)–1
trusts.
Disqualification of plans and
(a) Disqualification of plans—(1) In
general. Under section 415(g) and this
section, with respect to a particular
limitation year, a plan (and the trust
forming part of the plan) is disqualified
in accordance with the rules provided
in paragraph (b) of this section, if the
conditions described in paragraph (a)(2)
or (a)(3) of this section apply. For
purposes of this paragraph (a), the
determination of whether a plan or a
group of aggregated plans exceeds the
limitations imposed by section 415 for
a particular limitation year is, except as
otherwise provided, made by taking into
account the aggregation of plan rules
provided in section 415(f) and
§ 1.414(f)–1.
(2) Defined contribution plans. A plan
is disqualified in accordance with the
rules provided in paragraph (b) of this
section if annual additions (as defined
in § 1.415(c)–1(b)) with respect to the
account of any participant in a defined
contribution plan maintained by the
employer exceed the limitations of
section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1.
(3) Defined benefit plans. A plan is
disqualified in accordance with the
rules provided in paragraph (b) of this
section if the annual benefit (as defined
in § 1.415(b)–1(b)(1)) of a participant in
a defined benefit plan maintained by the
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16927
employer exceeds the limitations of
section 415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1.
(b) Rules for disqualification of plans
and trusts—(1) In general. If any plan
(including a trust which forms part of
such plan) is disqualified for a
particular limitation year under the
rules set forth in this paragraph (b), then
the disqualification is effective as of the
first day of the first plan year containing
any portion of the particular limitation
year.
(2) Single plan. In the case of a single
qualified defined benefit plan
(determined without regard to section
415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1) maintained by
the employer that provides an annual
benefit (as defined in § 1.415(b)–1(b)(1))
in excess of the limitations of section
415(b) and § 1.415(b)–1 for any
particular limitation year, such plan is
disqualified in that limitation year.
Similarly, if the employer only
maintains a single defined contribution
plan (determined without regard to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1) under
which annual additions (as defined in
§ 1.415(c)–1(b)) allocated to the account
of any participant exceed the limitations
of section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–1 for
any particular limitation year, such plan
is also disqualified in that limitation
year.
(3) Multiple plans—(i) In general. If
the limitations of section 415(b) and
§ 1.415(b)–1, or section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1, are exceeded for a
particular limitation year with respect to
any participant solely because of the
application of the aggregation rules of
section 415(f)(1) and § 1.415(f)–1 (taking
into account the rules of § 1.415(a)–1(f)),
then one or more of the plans is
disqualified in accordance with the
ordering rules set forth in paragraph
(b)(3)(ii) of this section, applied in
accordance with the rules of application
set forth in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this
section, subject to the special rules set
forth in paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this
section, until, without regard to annual
benefits or annual additions under the
disqualified plan or plans, the
remaining plans satisfy the applicable
limitations of section 415.
(ii) Ordering rules—(A)
Disqualification of ongoing plans other
than multiemployer plans. If there are
two or more plans that have not been
terminated at any time including the
last day of the particular limitation year,
and if one or more of those plans is a
multiemployer plan described in section
414(f), then one or more of the plans (as
needed to satisfy the limitations of
section 415) that has not been
terminated and is not a multiemployer
plan is disqualified in that limitation
year. For purposes of the preceding
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
16928
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
sentence, the determination of whether
a plan is a multiemployer plan
described in section 414(f) is made as of
the last day of the particular limitation
year.
(B) Disqualification of ongoing
multiemployer plans. If, after the
application of paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of
this section, there are two or more plans
and one or more of the plans has been
terminated at any time including the
last day of the particular limitation year,
then one or more of the plans (as needed
to satisfy the applicable limitations of
section 415) that has not been so
terminated (regardless of whether the
plan is a multiemployer plan described
in section 414(f)) is disqualified in that
limitation year.
(iii) Rules of application—(A)
Employer elects which plan is
disqualified. If there are two or more
plans of an employer within a group of
plans one or more of which is to be
disqualified pursuant to paragraph
(b)(3)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, then
the employer may elect, in a manner
determined by the Commissioner,
which plan or plans are disqualified. If
those two or more plans are involved
because of the application of § 1.415(a)–
1(f), the employers involved may elect,
in a manner determined by the
Commissioner, which plan or plans are
disqualified. However, the election
described in the preceding sentence is
not effective unless made by all of those
employers.
(B) Commissioner determines which
plan is disqualified. If the election
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iii)(A) of
this section is not made with respect to
the two plans described in paragraph
(b)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, then the
Commissioner, taking into account all of
the facts and circumstances, has the
discretion to determine the plan that is
disqualified in the particular limitation
year. In making this determination,
some of the factors that will be taken
into account include, but are not limited
to, the number of participants in each
plan, the amount of benefits provided
on an overall basis by each plan, and the
extent to which benefits are distributed
or retained in each plan.
(iv) Special rules—(A) Simplified
employee pensions. If there are two or
more plans one or more of which is to
be disqualified pursuant to paragraph
(b)(3)(ii)(A) or (B) of this section, and if
one of the plans is a simplified
employee pension (as defined in section
408(k)), then the simplified employee
pension is not disqualified until all of
the other plans have been disqualified.
However, if one of the plans has been
terminated, then the simplified
employee pension is disqualified before
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
the terminated plan. For purposes of
this paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(A), the
disqualification of a simplified
employee pension means that the
simplified employee pension is no
longer described under section 408(k).
(B) Aggregating medical accounts
with defined contribution plans. In the
event that aggregating a medical account
described in § 1.415(c)–1(a)(2)(ii)(C) or
(D) and a defined contribution plan
other than such a medical account
causes the limitations of section 415(c)
and § 1.415(c)–1 applicable to a
participant to be exceeded for a
particular limitation year, the defined
contribution plan other than the
medical account is disqualified for the
limitation year.
(C) Aggregating section 403(b) annuity
contract and qualified defined
contribution plan—(1) In general. In the
event that aggregating a section 403(b)
annuity contract and a qualified defined
contribution plan under the provisions
of section 415(f)(1)(B) causes the
limitations of section 415(c) and
§ 1.415(c)–1 applicable to a participant
under the aggregated defined
contribution plans to be exceeded for a
particular limitation year, the excess of
the contributions to the annuity contract
plus the annual additions to the
qualified plan over such limitations is
attributed to the annuity contract and
therefore includable in the gross income
of the participant for the taxable year
with or within which that limitation
year ends. See § 1.415(a)–1(b)(2) for
rules regarding the treatment of a
contribution to a section 403(b) annuity
contract that exceeds the limitations of
section 415.
(2) Example. The following example
illustrates the application of this
paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(C). It is assumed for
purposes of this example that the dollar
limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A)
that applies for all relevant limitation
years is $45,000. The example is as
follows:
Example. (i) N is employed by a hospital
which purchases an annuity contract
described in section 403(b) on N’s behalf for
the current limitation year. N is also the 100
percent owner of a professional corporation
P that maintains a qualified defined
contribution plan during the current
limitation year in which N participates. (The
facts of this example are the same as in
§ 1.415(f)–1(j) Example 7.) N’s compensation
(within the meaning of § 1.415(c)–2) from the
hospital for the current limitation year is
$150,000. For the current limitation year, the
hospital contributes $30,000 for the section
403(b) annuity contract on N’s behalf, which
is within the limitations applicable to N
under the annuity contract (specifically, the
limit under the annuity contract is $45,000)).
Professional corporation P also contributes
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$20,000 to the qualified defined contribution
plan on N’s behalf for the current limitation
year (which represents the only annual
additions allocated to N’s account under the
plan for such year), which is within the
$45,000 limitation of section 415(c)(1)
applicable to N under the plan.
(ii) Under section 415(k)(4), the
professional corporation, as well as N, is
considered to maintain the annuity contract.
Accordingly, the sum of the annual additions
under the qualified defined contribution plan
maintained by professional corporation P and
the annuity contract must satisfy the
limitations of section 415(c) and § 1.415(c)–
1.
(iii) Because the total aggregate
contributions ($50,000) exceed the section
415(c) limitation applicable to N ($45,000),
$5,000 of the $30,000 contributed to the
section 403(b) annuity contract is considered
an excess contribution and therefore
currently includable in N’s gross income. The
contract continues to be a section 403(b)
annuity contract only if, for the current
limitation year and all years thereafter, the
issuer of the contract maintains separate
accounts for each portion attributable to such
excess contributions. See §§ 1.415(a)–1(b)(2).
(c) Plan year for certain annuity
contracts and individual retirement
plans. For purposes of this section,
unless the plan under which the
annuity contract or individual
retirement plan is provided specifies
that a different twelve-month period is
considered to be the plan year—
(1) An annuity contract described in
section 403(b) is considered to have a
plan year coinciding with the taxable
year of the individual on whose behalf
the contract has been purchased; and
(2) A simplified employee pension
described in section 408(k) is
considered to have a plan year
coinciding with the year under the plan
that is used pursuant to section
408(k)(7)(C).
Par. 16. Section 1.415(j)–1 is added to
read as follows:
I
§ 1.415(j)–1
Limitation year.
(a) In general. Unless the terms of a
plan provide otherwise, the limitation
year, with respect to any qualified plan
maintained by the employer, is the
calendar year.
(b) Alternative limitation year
election. The terms of a plan may
provide for the use of any other
consecutive twelve month period as the
limitation year. This includes a fiscal
year with an annual period varying from
52 to 53 weeks, so long as the fiscal year
satisfies the requirements of section
441(f). A plan may only provide for one
limitation year regardless of the number
or identity of the employers maintaining
the plan.
(c) Multiple limitation years—(1) In
general. Where an employer maintains
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
more than one qualified plan, those
plans may provide for different
limitation years. The rule described in
this paragraph (c) also applies to a
controlled group of employers (within
the meaning of section 414(b) or (c), as
modified by section 415(h)). If the plans
of an employer (or a controlled group of
employers whose plans are aggregated)
have different limitation years, section
415 is applied in accordance with the
rule of paragraphs (c)(2) and (3) of this
section.
(2) Testing rule for defined
contribution plans. If a participant is
credited with annual additions in only
one defined contribution plan, in
determining whether the requirements
of section 415(c) are satisfied, only the
limitation year applicable to that plan is
considered. However, if a participant is
credited with annual additions in more
than one defined contribution plan,
each such plan satisfies the
requirements of section 415(c) only if
the limitations of section 415(c) are
satisfied with respect to amounts that
are annual additions for the limitation
year with respect to the participant
under the plan, plus amounts credited
to the participant’s account under all
other plans required to be aggregated
with the plan pursuant to section 415(f)
and § 1.415(f)–1 that would have been
considered annual additions for the
limitation year under the plan if they
had been credited under the plan rather
than an aggregated plan.
(3) Testing rule for defined benefit
plans. If a participant has participated
in only one defined benefit plan, in
determining whether the requirements
of section 415(b) are satisfied, only the
limitation year applicable to that plan is
considered. However, if a participant
has participated in more than one
defined benefit plan, a plan satisfies the
requirements of section 415(b) only if
the annual benefit under all plans
required to be aggregated pursuant to
section 415(f) and § 1.415(f)–1 for the
limitation year of that plan with respect
to the participant satisfy the applicable
limitations of section 415(b). Thus, for
example, the dollar limitation of section
415(b)(1)(A) applicable to the limitation
year for each plan must be applied to
annual benefits under all aggregated
plans to determine whether the plan
satisfies the requirements of section
415(b).
(d) Change of limitation year—(1) In
general. Once established, the limitation
year may be changed only by amending
the plan. Any change in the limitation
year must be a change to a 12-month
period commencing with any day
within the current limitation year. For
purposes of this section, the limitations
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
of section 415 are to be applied in the
normal manner to the new limitation
year.
(2) Application to short limitation
period. Where there is a change of
limitation year, the limitations of
section 415 are to be separately applied
to a limitation period which begins with
the first day of the current limitation
year and which ends on the day before
the first day of the first limitation year
for which the change is effective. In the
case of a defined contribution plan, the
dollar limitation with respect to this
limitation period is determined by
multiplying the applicable dollar
limitation for the calendar year in which
the limitation period ends by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number
of months (including any fractional
parts of a month) in the limitation
period, and the denominator of which is
12. In the case of a defined benefit plan,
no adjustment is made to the section
415(b) limitations to reflect a short
limitation period.
(3) Deemed change of limitation year.
If a defined contribution plan is
terminated effective as of a date other
than the last day of the plan’s limitation
year, the plan is treated for purposes of
this section as if the plan was amended
to change its limitation year. Thus, the
rules of this paragraph (d) apply to the
terminating plan’s final limitation year.
(e) Limitation year for individuals on
whose behalf section 403(b) annuity
contracts have been purchased. The
limitation year of an individual on
whose behalf a section 403(b) annuity
contract has been purchased by an
employer is determined in the following
manner.
(1) If the individual is not in control
of any employer (within the meaning of
§ 1.415(f)–1(f)(2)(ii)), the limitation year
is the calendar year. However, the
individual may elect to change the
limitation year to another twelve-month
period. To do this, the individual must
attach a statement to his or her income
tax return filed for the taxable year in
which the change is made. Any change
in the limitation year must comply with
the rules set forth in paragraph (d) of
this section.
(2) If the individual is in control of an
employer (within the meaning of
§ 1.415(f)–1(f)(2)(ii)), the limitation year
is the limitation year of that employer.
(f) Limitation year for individuals on
whose behalf individual retirement
plans are maintained. The limitation
year of an individual on whose behalf
an individual retirement plan (within
the meaning of section 7701(a)(37)) is
maintained is determined in the manner
described in paragraph (e) of this
section.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16929
(g) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the application of this section:
Example 1. (i) Participant M is employed
by both Employer A and Employer B, each
of which maintains a qualified defined
contribution plan. M participates in both of
these plans. The limitation year for Employer
A’s plan is January 1 through December 31,
and the limitation year for Employer B’s plan
is April 1 through March 31. Employer A and
Employer B are both corporations, and
Corporation X owns 100 percent of the stock
of Employer A and Employer B.
(ii) The two plans in which M participates
are required under section 415(f) to be
aggregated for purposes of applying the
limitations of section 415(c) to annual
additions made with respect to M. Thus, for
example, for the limitation year of Employer
A’s plan that begins January 1, 2008, annual
additions with respect to M that are subject
to the limitations of section 415(c) include
both amounts that are annual additions with
respect to M under Employer A’s plan for the
period beginning January 1, 2008, and ending
December 31, 2008, and amounts contributed
to Employer B’s plan with respect to M that
would have been considered annual
additions for the period beginning January 1,
2008, and ending December 31, 2008, under
Employer A’s plan if those amounts had
instead been contributed to Employer A’s
plan.
Example 2. In 2008, an employer with a
qualified defined contribution plan using the
calendar year as the limitation year elects to
change the limitation year to a period
beginning July 1 and ending June 30. Because
of this change, the plan must satisfy the
limitations of section 415(c) for the limitation
period beginning January 1, 2008, and ending
June 30, 2008. In applying the limitations of
section 415(c) to this limitation period, the
amount of compensation taken into account
may only include compensation for this
period. Furthermore, the dollar limitation for
this period is the otherwise applicable dollar
limitation for calendar year 2008, multiplied
by 6/12.
Par. 17. Section 1.416–1 is amended
by revising Q&A T–21 to read as
follows: § 1.416–1 Questions and
answers on top heavy plans.
*
*
*
*
*
T–21. Q. For purposes of testing
whether an individual has
compensation of more than $150,000,
what definition of compensation must
be used?
A. The definition of compensation to
be used is the definition in § 1.415(c)–
2, however, compensation must be
determined for a plan year, not a
limitation year. Alternatively,
compensation that would be stated on
an employee’s Form W–2, ‘‘Wage and
Tax Statement,’’ for the calendar year
that ends with or within the plan year
may be used, although amounts that
would have been stated on the
employee’s Form W–2 but for an
election under section 125, 132(f)(4),
I
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
16930
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
401(k), 403(b), 408(k), 408(p)(2)(A)(i), or
457(b) must be included. A plan must
use the same definition of compensation
for all top-heavy plan purposes for
which the definition in this Q and A
must be used.
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 18. Section 1.457–4 is amended
by revising paragraph (d) to read as
follows:
I
§ 1.457–4 Annual deferrals, deferral
limitations, and deferral agreements under
eligible plans.
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Deferrals after severance from
employment, including sick, vacation,
and back pay under an eligible plan—
(1) In general. An eligible plan may
provide that a participant who has not
had a severance from employment may
elect to defer accumulated sick pay,
accumulated vacation pay, and back pay
under an eligible plan if the
requirements of section 457(b) are
satisfied. For example, the plan must
provide, in accordance with paragraph
(b) of this section, that these amounts
may be deferred for any calendar month
only if an agreement providing for the
deferral is entered into before the
beginning of the month in which the
amounts would otherwise be paid or
made available and the participant is an
employee on the date the amounts
would otherwise be paid or made
available. For purposes of section 457,
compensation that would otherwise be
paid for a payroll period that begins
before severance from employment is
treated as an amount that would
otherwise be paid or made available
before an employee has a severance
from employment. In addition, deferrals
may be made for former employees with
respect to compensation described in
§ 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(i) (relating to certain
compensation paid by the later of 21⁄2
months after severance from
employment or the end of the limitation
year that includes the date of severance
from employment). For this purpose, the
calendar year is substituted for the
limitation year. In addition,
compensation described in § 1.415(c)–
2(e)(4), (g)(4), or (g)(7) (relating to
compensation paid to participants who
are permanently and totally disabled or
compensation relating to qualified
military service under section 414(u)),
provided those amounts represent
compensation described in § 1.415(c)–
2(e)(3)(i).
(2) Examples. The provisions of this
paragraph (d) are illustrated by the
following examples:
Example 1. (i) Facts. Participant G, who is
age 62 in year 2007, is an employee who
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
participates in an eligible plan providing a
normal retirement age of 65 and a bona fide
sick leave and vacation pay program of the
eligible employer. Under the terms of G’s
employer’s eligible plan and the sick leave
and vacation pay program, G is permitted to
make a one-time election to contribute
amounts representing accumulated sick pay
to the eligible plan. G has a severance from
employment on January 12, 2008, at which
time G’s accumulated sick and vacation pay
that is payable on March 15, 2008, totals
$12,000. G elects, on February 4, 2008, to
have the $12,000 of accumulated sick and
vacation pay contributed to the eligible plan.
(ii) Conclusion. Under the terms of the
eligible plan and the sick and vacation pay
program, G may elect before March 1, 2008,
to defer the accumulated sick and vacation
pay because the agreement providing for the
deferral is entered into before the beginning
of the month in which the amount is
currently available and the amount is bona
fide accumulated sick and vacation pay, as
described in § 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii), and that is
payable by the later of 21⁄2 months after
severance from employment or the end of the
calendar year that includes the date of
severance from employment by G. Thus,
under this section and § 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii),
the $12,000 is included in G’s includible
compensation for purposes of determining
G’s includible compensation in year 2008.
Example 2. (i) Facts. Same facts as in
Example 1, except that G’s severance from
employment is on May 31, 2008, G’s $12,000
of accumulated sick and vacation pay is
payable on September 15, 2008 (which is by
the later of 21⁄2 months after severance from
employment or the end of the calendar year
that includes the date of severance from
employment by G), and G’s election to defer
the accumulated sick and vacation pay is
made before May 1, 2008.
(ii) Conclusion. Under this section and
§ 1.415(c)–2(e)(3)(ii), the $12,000 is included
in G’s includible compensation for purposes
of determining G’s includible compensation
in year 2008.
Example 3. (i) Facts. Employer X maintains
an eligible plan and a vacation leave plan.
Under the terms of the vacation leave plan,
employees generally accrue three weeks of
vacation per year. Up to one week’s unused
vacation may be carried over from one year
to the next, so that in any single year an
employee may have a maximum of four
weeks’ vacation time. At the beginning of
each calendar year, under the terms of the
eligible plan (which constitutes an agreement
providing for the deferral), the value of any
unused vacation time from the prior year in
excess of one week is automatically
contributed to the eligible plan, to the extent
of the employee’s maximum deferral
limitations. Amounts in excess of the
maximum deferral limitations are forfeited.
(ii) Conclusion. The value of the unused
vacation pay contributed to X’s eligible plan
pursuant to the terms of the plan and the
terms of the vacation leave plan is treated as
an annual deferral to the eligible plan for
January of the calendar year. No amounts
contributed to the eligible plan will be
considered made available to a participant in
X’s eligible plan.
*
PO 00000
*
*
Frm 00054
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4700
Par. 19. Section 1.457–5 is amended
by revising paragraph (d) Example 2 to
read as follows:
I
§ 1.457–5 Individual limitation for
combined annual deferrals under multiple
eligible plans.
*
*
*
(d) * * *
*
*
Example 2. (i) Facts. Participant E, who
will turn 63 on April 1, 2006, participates in
four eligible plans during year 2006: Plan W
which is an eligible governmental plan; and
Plans X, Y, and Z which are each eligible
plans of three different tax-exempt entities.
For year 2006, the limitation that applies to
Participant E under all four plans under
§ 1.457–4(c)(1)(i)(A) is $15,000. For year
2006, the additional age 50 catch-up
limitation that applies to Participant E under
all four plans under § 1.457–4(c)(2) is $5,000.
Further, for year 2006, different limitations
under § 1.457–4(c)(3) and (c)(3)(ii)(B) apply
to Participant E under each of these plans, as
follows: under Plan W, the underutilized
limitation under § 1.457–4(c)(3)(ii)(B) is
$7,000; under Plan X, the underutilized
limitation under § 1.457–4(c)(3)(ii)(B) is
$2,000; under Plan Y, the underutilized
limitation under § 1.457–4(c)(3)(ii)(B) is
$8,000; and under Plan Z, § 1.457–4(c)(3) is
not applicable since normal retirement age is
62 under Plan Z. Participant E’s includible
compensation is in each case in excess of any
applicable deferral.
(ii) Conclusion. For purposes of applying
this section to Participant E for year 2006,
Participant E could elect to defer $23,000
under Plan Y, which is the maximum
deferral limitation under § 1.457–4(c)(1)
through (3), and to defer no amount under
Plans W, X, and Z. The $23,000 maximum
amount is equal to the sum of $15,000 plus
$8,000, which is the catch-up amount
applicable to Participant E under Plan Y and
which is the largest catch-up amount
applicable to Participant E under any of the
four plans for year 2006. Alternatively,
Participant E could instead elect to defer the
following combination of amounts: an
aggregate total of $15,000 to Plans X, Y, and
Z, if no contribution is made to Plan W; an
aggregate total of $20,000 to any of the four
plans; or $22,000 to Plan W and none to any
of the other three plans.
(iii) If the underutilized amount under
Plans W, X, and Y for year 2006 were in each
case zero (because E had always contributed
the maximum amount or E was a new
participant) or an amount not in excess of
$5,000, the maximum exclusion under this
section would be $20,000 for Participant E
for year 2006 ($15,000 plus the $5,000 age 50
catch-up amount), which Participant E could
contribute to any of the plans.
Par. 20. Section 1.457–6 is amended
by revising paragraphs (a) and (c) to
read as follows:
I
§ 1.457–6 Timing of distributions under
eligible plans.
(a) In general. Except as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section (relating to
distributions on account of an
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
pwalker on PROD1PC71 with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules and Regulations
unforeseeable emergency), paragraph (e)
of this section (relating to distributions
of small accounts), § 1.457–10(a)
(relating to plan terminations), or
§ 1.457–10(c) (relating to domestic
relations orders), amounts deferred
under an eligible plan may not be paid
to a participant or beneficiary before the
participant has a severance from
employment with the eligible employer
or when the participant attains age 701⁄2,
if earlier. For rules relating to loans, see
paragraph (f) of this section. This
section does not apply to distributions
of excess amounts under § 1.457–4(e).
However, except to the extent set forth
by the Commissioner in revenue rulings,
notices, and other guidance published
in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see
§ 601.601(d) of this chapter), this section
applies to amounts held in a separate
account for eligible rollover
distributions maintained by an eligible
governmental plan as described in
§ 1.457–10(e)(2).
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Rules applicable to distributions
for unforeseeable emergencies—(1) In
general. An eligible plan may permit a
distribution to a participant or
beneficiary for an unforeseeable
emergency. The distribution must
satisfy the requirements of paragraph
(c)(2) of this section.
(2) Requirements—(i) Unforeseeable
emergency defined. An unforeseeable
emergency must be defined in the plan
as a severe financial hardship of the
participant or beneficiary resulting from
an illness or accident of the participant
or beneficiary, the participant’s or
beneficiary’s spouse, or the participant’s
or beneficiary’s dependent (as defined
in section 152, and, for taxable years
beginning on or after January 1, 2005,
without regard to section 152(b)(1),
(b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); loss of the
participant’s or beneficiary’s property
due to casualty (including the need to
rebuild a home following damage to a
home not otherwise covered by
homeowner’s insurance, such as damage
that is the result of a natural disaster);
or other similar extraordinary and
unforeseeable circumstances arising as a
result of events beyond the control of
the participant or the beneficiary. For
example, the imminent foreclosure of or
eviction from the participant’s or
beneficiary’s primary residence may
constitute an unforeseeable emergency.
In addition, the need to pay for medical
expenses, including non-refundable
deductibles, as well as for the cost of
prescription drug medication, may
VerDate Aug<31>2005
17:19 Apr 04, 2007
Jkt 211001
constitute an unforeseeable emergency.
Finally, the need to pay for the funeral
expenses of a spouse or a dependent (as
defined in section 152, and, for taxable
years beginning on or after January 1,
2005, without regard to section
152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)) of a
participant or beneficiary may also
constitute an unforeseeable emergency.
Except as otherwise specifically
provided in this paragraph (c)(2)(i), the
purchase of a home and the payment of
college tuition are not unforeseeable
emergencies under this paragraph
(c)(2)(i).
(ii) Unforeseeable emergency
distribution standard. Whether a
participant or beneficiary is faced with
an unforeseeable emergency permitting
a distribution under this paragraph (c) is
to be determined based on the relevant
facts and circumstances of each case,
but, in any case, a distribution on
account of unforeseeable emergency
may not be made to the extent that such
emergency is or may be relieved through
reimbursement or compensation from
insurance or otherwise, by liquidation
of the participant’s assets, to the extent
the liquidation of such assets would not
itself cause severe financial hardship, or
by cessation of deferrals under the plan.
(iii) Distribution necessary to satisfy
emergency need. Distributions because
of an unforeseeable emergency must be
limited to the amount reasonably
necessary to satisfy the emergency need
(which may include any amounts
necessary to pay for any federal, state,
or local income taxes or penalties
reasonably anticipated to result from the
distribution).
*
*
*
*
*
Par. 21. Section 1.457–10 is amended
by revising paragraph (b)(8) to read as
follows:
I
§ 1.457–10
Miscellaneous provisions.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(8) Purchase of permissive service
credit by plan-to-plan transfers from an
eligible governmental plan to a qualified
plan—(i) General rule. An eligible
governmental plan of a State may
provide for the transfer of amounts
deferred by a participant or beneficiary
to a defined benefit governmental plan
(as defined in section 414(d)), and no
amount shall be includible in gross
income by reason of the transfer, if the
conditions in paragraph (b)(8)(ii) of this
section are met. A transfer under this
paragraph (b)(8) is not treated as a
distribution for purposes of § 1.457–6.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
16931
Therefore, such a transfer may be made
before severance from employment.
(ii) Conditions for plan-to-plan
transfers from an eligible governmental
plan to a qualified plan. A transfer may
be made under this paragraph (b)(8)
only if the transfer is either—
(A) For the purchase of permissive
service credit (as defined in section
415(n)(3)(A)) under the receiving
defined benefit governmental plan; or
(B) A repayment to which section 415
does not apply by reason of section
415(k)(3).
(iii) Example. The provisions of this
paragraph (b)(8) are illustrated by the
following example:
Example. (i) Facts. Plan X is an eligible
governmental plan maintained by County Y
for its employees. Plan X provides for
distributions only in the event of death, an
unforeseeable emergency, or severance from
employment with County Y (including
retirement from County Y). Plan S is a
qualified defined benefit plan maintained by
State T for its employees. County Y is within
State T. Employee A is an employee of
County Y and is a participant in Plan X.
Employee A previously was an employee of
State T and is still entitled to benefits under
Plan S. Plan S includes provisions allowing
participants in certain plans, including Plan
X, to transfer assets to Plan S for the purchase
of service credit under Plan S and does not
permit the amount transferred to exceed the
amount necessary to fund the benefit
resulting from the service credit. Although
not required to do so, Plan X allows
Employee A to transfer assets to Plan S to
provide a service benefit under Plan S.
(ii) Conclusion. The transfer is
permitted under this paragraph (b)(8).
*
*
*
*
*
PART 11—TEMPORARY INCOME TAX
REGULATIONS UNDER THE
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME
SECURITY ACT OF 1974
Par. 22. The authority citation for part
11 continues to read in part as follows:
I
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805. * * *
§ 11.415(c)(4)–1
[Removed]
Par. 23. Section 11.415(c)(4)–1 is
removed.
I
Kevin M. Brown,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
Approved: March 20, 2007.
Eric Solomon,
Assistant Secretary of the Treasury (Tax
Policy).
[FR Doc. E7–5750 Filed 4–4–07; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\05APR2.SGM
05APR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 72, Number 65 (Thursday, April 5, 2007)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 16878-16931]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: E7-5750]
[[Page 16877]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part II
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Parts 1 and 11
Limitations on Benefits and Contributions Under Qualified Plans; Final
Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 72, No. 65 / Thursday, April 5, 2007 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 16878]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Parts 1 and 11
[TD 9319]
RIN 1545-BD52
Limitations on Benefits and Contributions Under Qualified Plans
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Final regulations and removal of temporary regulations.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains final regulations under section 415 of
the Internal Revenue Code (Code) regarding the limitations of section
415, including updates to the regulations for numerous statutory
changes since comprehensive final regulations were last published under
section 415. The final regulations also make conforming changes to
regulations under sections 401(a), 401(a)(9), 401(k), 402, 416, and
457, and make other minor corrective changes to regulations under
sections 401(a)(4), 414(s), 457, and 924. These regulations affect
administrators of, participants in, and beneficiaries of qualified
employer plans and certain other retirement plans.
DATES: Effective Date: These regulations are effective April 5, 2007.
Applicability Dates: These regulations generally apply for
limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007. See Sec. Sec.
1.401(k)-1(e)(8), 1.415(a)-1(g), 1.457-6(c)(2)(i), and 1.457-12
regarding the applicability dates of these regulations.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Vernon S. Carter at (202) 622-6060 or
Linda S.F. Marshall at (202) 622-6090 (not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
This document contains amendments to the Income Tax Regulations (26
CFR Parts 1 and 11) under section 415 of the Code relating to
limitations on benefits and contributions under qualified plans. In
addition, this document contains conforming amendments to the Income
Tax Regulations under sections 401(a) (including section 401(a)(9)),
401(k), 402, 416, and 457, as well as minor corrective changes to the
regulations under section 457 and changes to other regulations under
sections 401(a) (including section 401(a)(4)), 414(s), and 924 to
update cross-references to the final regulations under section 415.
Section 415 was added to the Code by the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (88 Stat. 829), Public Law 93-406 (ERISA), and has
been amended many times since. Section 415 provides a series of limits
on benefits under qualified defined benefit plans and on contributions
and other additions under qualified defined contribution plans. See
also section 401(a)(16). Pursuant to section 415(a)(2), the limitations
of section 415 also apply to section 403(b) annuity contracts and to
simplified employee pensions described in section 408(k) (SEPs). In
addition, the limitations of section 415 for defined contribution plans
apply to contributions allocated to any individual medical account that
is part of a pension or annuity plan established pursuant to section
401(h) and to amounts attributable to medical benefits allocated to an
account under a welfare benefit fund established for a key employee
pursuant to section 419A(d)(1).
Section 404(j) provides generally that, in computing the amount of
any deduction for contributions under a qualified plan, benefits and
annual additions in excess of the applicable limitations under section
415 are not taken into account. In addition, in computing the
applicable limits on deductions for contributions to a defined benefit
plan, and in computing the full funding limitation, an adjustment under
section 415(d)(1) is not taken into account for any year before the
year for which that adjustment first takes effect.
The definition of compensation that is used for purposes of section
415 is also used for a number of other purposes under the Code. Under
section 219(b)(3), contributions on behalf of an employee to a plan
described in section 501(c)(18) are limited to 25 percent of
compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3). Section 404(a)(12)
provides that, for various specified purposes in determining deductible
limits under section 404, the term compensation includes amounts
treated as participant's compensation under section 415(c)(3)(C) or
(D). Pursuant to section 409(b)(3), for purposes of determining whether
employer securities are allocated proportionately to compensation in
accordance with the rules of section 409(b)(1), the amount of
compensation paid to a participant for any period is the amount of such
participant's compensation (within the meaning of section 415(c)(3))
for such period. Under section 414(q)(4), for purposes of determining
whether an employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning
of section 414(q), the term compensation has the meaning given such
term by section 415(c)(3). Section 414(s), which defines the term
compensation for purposes of certain qualification requirements,
generally provides that the term compensation has the meaning given
such term by section 415(c)(3). Under section 416(c)(2), allocations to
participants who are non-key employees under a top-heavy plan that is a
defined contribution plan are required to be at least 3 percent of the
participant's compensation (within the meaning of section 415(c)(3)).
Pursuant to section 457(e)(5), the term includible compensation, which
is used in limiting the amount that can be deferred for a participant
under an eligible deferred compensation plan as defined in section
457(b), has the same meaning as the term participant's compensation
under section 415(c)(3).
Comprehensive regulations regarding section 415 were last issued in
1981. See TD 7748, published in the Federal Register on January 7, 1981
(46 FR 1687). Since then, changes to section 415 have been made in the
Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981, Public Law 97-34 (95 Stat. 320)
(ERTA), the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, Public
Law 97-248 (96 Stat. 623) (TEFRA), the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984,
Public Law 98-369 (98 Stat. 494) (DEFRA), the Tax Reform Act of 1986,
Public Law 99-514 (100 Stat. 2481) (TRA '86), the Technical and
Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, Public Law 100-647 (102 Stat. 3342)
(TAMRA), the Uruguay Round Agreements Act of 1994, Public Law 103-465
(108 Stat. 4809) (GATT), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996,
Public Law 104-188 (110 Stat. 1755) (SBJPA), the Community Renewal Tax
Relief Act of 2000, Public Law 106-554 (114 Stat. 2763) (CRA), the
Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, Public Law
107-16 (115 Stat. 38) (EGTRRA), the Job Creation and Worker Assistance
Act of 2002, Public Law 107-147 (116 Stat. 21) (JCWAA), the Pension
Funding Equity Act of 2004, Public Law 108-218 (118 Stat. 596) (PFEA),
the Working Families Tax Relief Act of 2004, Public Law 108-311 (118
Stat. 1166) (WFTRA), the Gulf Opportunity Zone Act of 2005, Public Law
109-135 (119 Stat. 2577) (GOZA), and the Pension Protection Act of
2006, Public Law 109-280 (120 Stat. 780) (PPA '06).
Although some limited changes to the regulations were made after
1981, most of the statutory changes made since that time are not
reflected in the regulations, but in IRS notices, revenue rulings, and
other guidance of general applicability, as follows:
Notice 82-13 (1982-1 CB 360) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
provides guidance on
[[Page 16879]]
deductible employee contributions (including guidance under section
415) to reflect the addition of provisions relating to deductible
employee contributions in ERTA.
Notice 83-10 (1983-1 CB 536) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
provides guidance on the changes to section 415 made by TEFRA. The
TEFRA changes were extensive, and included reductions of the dollar
limits on annual benefits under a defined benefit plan and annual
additions under a defined contribution plan, changes to the age and
form adjustments made in the application of the limits under a defined
benefit plan, and rules regarding the deductibility of contributions
with respect to benefits that exceed the applicable limitations of
section 415.
Notice 87-21 (1987-1 CB 458) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
provides guidance on the changes to section 415 made by TRA '86. The
TRA '86 changes modified the rules for the indexing of the dollar limit
on annual additions under a defined contribution plan, the treatment of
employee contributions as annual additions, and the rules for age
adjustments under defined benefit plans, and added a phase-in of the
section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limitation over 10 years of participation,
as well as rules permitting the limitations of section 415 to be
incorporated by reference under the terms of a plan.
Rev. Rul. 98-1 (1998-1 CB 249) (modifying and superseding
Rev. Rul. 95-29, 1995-1 CB 81) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2)) provides
guidance regarding certain form and age adjustments under a defined
benefit plan pursuant to changes made by GATT (as modified under
SBJPA), including transition rules relating to those adjustments.
Notice 99-44 (1999-2 CB 326) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
provides guidance regarding the repeal under SBJPA of the limitation on
the combination of a defined benefit plan and a defined contribution
plan under former section 415(e).
Notice 2001-37 (2001-1 CB 1340) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
provides guidance regarding the inclusion of salary reduction amounts
for qualified transportation fringe benefits in the definition of
compensation for purposes of section 415, as provided under CRA.
Rev. Rul. 2001-51 (2001-2 CB 427) (see Sec.
601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance relating to the increases in the
limitations of section 415 for both defined benefit and defined
contribution plans, which were enacted as part of EGTRRA.
Rev. Rul. 2001-62 (2001-2 CB 632) (superseding Rev. Rul.
95-6, 1995-1 CB 80) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2)) provides mortality tables
to be used to make certain form adjustments to benefits under a defined
benefit plan for purposes of applying the limitations of section 415,
pursuant to the requirement to use a specified mortality table added by
GATT.
Notice 2002-2 (2002-1 CB 285) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
provides guidance regarding the treatment of reinvested employee stock
ownership plan (ESOP) dividends under section 415(c), to reflect
changes made by SBJPA.
Rev. Rul. 2002-27 (2002-1 CB 925) (see Sec.
601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance pursuant to which a definition of
compensation can be used for purposes of applying the limitations of
section 415 even if that definition treats certain specified amounts
that may not be available to an employee in cash as subject to section
125 (and therefore included in compensation).
Rev. Rul. 2002-45 (2002-2 CB 116) (see Sec.
601.601(d)(2)) provides guidance regarding the treatment of certain
payments to defined contribution plans to restore losses resulting from
actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of
liability for breach of a fiduciary duty (including the treatment of
those payments under section 415).
Notice 2004-78 (2004-2 CB 879) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
provides guidance regarding the actuarial assumptions that must be used
for distributions with annuity starting dates occurring during plan
years beginning in years 2004 and 2005 to determine whether an amount
payable under a defined benefit plan in a form that is subject to the
minimum present value requirements of section 417(e)(3) satisfies the
requirements of section 415. This guidance reflects changes made in
PFEA.
For copies of recently issued Revenue Procedures, Revenue Rulings,
Notices, and other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin
or the Cumulative Bulletin, please visit the IRS Web site at https://
www.irs.gov.
Some previously issued guidance has been superseded by subsequent
statutory changes. For example, the simplified actuarial adjustment
factors formerly permitted to be used to adjust certain forms of
benefit for purposes of applying the limitations of section 415(b)
pursuant to Rev. Rul. 80-253 (1980-2 CB 159) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
were not permitted to be used after statutory changes imposed the use
of specified actuarial assumptions to make these adjustments. In
addition, the projected post-retirement adjustments to the section
415(b)(1)(B) compensation limit that were required to be taken into
account for purposes of sections 404 and 412 under Rev. Rul. 81-195
(1981-2 CB 104) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2)) were not required or
permitted to be taken into account for those purposes following the
addition of section 404(j) in TEFRA.
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that a single
restatement of the section 415 rules serves the interests of plan
sponsors, third-party administrators, plan participants, and plan
beneficiaries. On May 31, 2005, a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-
130241-04) was published in the Federal Register (70 FR 31214) to issue
new regulations under section 415 (the proposed regulations). The
guidance items described in this preamble were reflected in the
proposed regulations with some modifications. In addition, the proposed
regulations reflected other statutory changes not previously addressed
by guidance, and included some other changes and clarifications to the
1981 regulations. To the extent practicable, the preamble to the
proposed regulations identified and explained substantive changes from
the 1981 regulations or existing guidance.
Following publication of the proposed regulations, comments were
received and a public hearing was held on August 17, 2005.
Subsequently, Notice 2005-87 (2005-2 CB 1097) (see Sec. 601.601(d)(2))
was issued to address certain concerns about the effective date
provisions of the proposed regulations. After consideration of the
comments received, the proposed regulations are adopted by this
Treasury decision, subject to a number of changes that are summarized
in the preamble.
Explanation of Provisions
Overview
These regulations reflect the numerous statutory changes to section
415 and related provisions that have been made since 1981. Some of the
statutory changes reflected in the regulations are as follows:
The current statutory limitations under sections
415(b)(1)(A) and 415(c)(1) applicable for defined benefit and defined
contribution plans, respectively, as most recently amended by EGTRRA.
Changes to the rules for age adjustments to the applicable
limitations under defined benefit plans, under which the dollar
limitation is adjusted for commencement before age 62 or after age 65.
Changes to the rules, including specification of
parameters, for benefit adjustments under defined benefit plans.
[[Page 16880]]
The phase-in of the dollar limitation under section
415(b)(1)(A) over 10 years of participation, as added by TRA '86.
The addition of the section 401(a)(17) limitation on
compensation that is permitted to be taken into account in determining
plan benefits, as added by TRA '86, and the interaction of this
requirement with the limitations under section 415.
Exceptions to the compensation-based limitation under
section 415(b)(1)(B) for governmental plans and multiemployer plans.
Changes to the aggregation rules under section 415(f)
under which multiemployer plans are not aggregated with single-employer
plans for purposes of applying the compensation-based limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(B) to a single-employer plan.
The repeal under SBJPA of the section 415(e) combined
limitation on participation in a defined benefit plan and a defined
contribution plan.
The changes to section 415(c) that were made in
conjunction with the repeal under EGTRRA of the exclusion allowance
under section 403(b)(2).
The current rounding and base period rules for annual
cost-of-living adjustments pursuant to section 415(d), as most recently
amended in EGTRRA and WFTRA.
Changes to section 415(c) under which certain types of
arrangements are no longer subject to the limitations of section 415(c)
(such as individual retirement accounts other than SEPs) and other
types of arrangements have become subject to the limitations of section
415(c) (such as certain individual medical accounts).
The inclusion in compensation (for purposes of section
415) of certain salary reduction amounts not included in gross income.
The modification for distributions with annuity starting
dates in plan years beginning in years 2004 and 2005 made by PFEA with
respect to the interest rate assumptions in section 415(b)(2)(E) for
converting certain forms of benefits to an actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity.
The following modifications to section 415 that were made
by PPA '06: (i) Changes to the interest rate assumptions in section
415(b)(2)(E) that are used for converting certain forms of benefits to
an equivalent straight life annuity (section 303 of PPA '06); (ii)
elimination of the active participation requirement in determining a
participant's high-3 years of service in section 415(b)(3) (section 832
of PPA '06); (iii) exemption from the section 415(b)(1)(B) compensation
limit for certain benefits provided under a defined benefit plan
maintained by an organization described in section 3121(w)(3)(A)
(section 867 of PPA '06); and (iv) expansion of the definition of
qualified participant in section 415(b)(2)(H) to include certain
participants in a defined benefit plan maintained by an Indian tribal
government (section 906(b) of PPA '06).
These regulations provide specific rules regarding when amounts
received following severance from employment are considered
compensation for purposes of section 415, and when such amounts are
permitted to be deferred pursuant to section 401(k) or section 457(b).
These regulations generally provide that amounts received following
severance from employment are not considered to be compensation for
purposes of section 415, but provide exceptions for certain payments
made by the later of 2\1/2\ months following severance from employment
or the end of the year in which the severance occurs. These regulations
include corresponding changes to the regulations under sections 401(k)
and 457 that provide that amounts payable following severance from
employment can only be deferred if those amounts are within these same
exceptions.\1\ The rule pursuant to which compensation received after
severance from employment is not considered compensation for purposes
of section 415 generally does not apply to payments to an individual in
qualified military service. The rules governing amounts received
following severance from employment are discussed in this preamble in
more detail under the paragraph heading ``Sec. 1.415(c)-2: Definition
of compensation.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The proposed regulations also contained corresponding
changes to regulations under section 403(b) with respect to amounts
payable following severance from employment. These changes will be
incorporated into regulations under section 403(b) when those
regulations are finalized.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provisions of the Regulations
General Rules (Sec. 1.415(a)-1)
Section 1.415(a)-1 of these regulations sets forth general rules
relating to limitations under section 415 and provides an overview of
the remaining regulations, including cross-references to special rules
that apply to section 403(b) annuities, multiemployer plans,
governmental plans, and plans that are not subject to the requirements
of section 411. In addition, Sec. 1.415(a)-1 provides rules for a
plan's incorporation by reference of the rules of section 415 pursuant
to section 1106(h) of TRA '86 (including detailed guidelines regarding
incorporation by reference of the annual cost-of-living adjustments to
the statutory limits and the application of default rules), rules for
plans maintained by more than one employer, a definition of the term
``severance from employment,'' and rules that apply in other special
situations. Section 1.415(a)-1 generally retains the rules set forth in
the proposed regulations.
The proposed regulations eliminated the rule under the 1981
regulations under which a multiemployer plan could satisfy the
limitations of section 415 separately with respect to benefits or
contributions from each employer. Thus, the proposed regulations
required the benefits or annual additions with respect to a participant
under a multiemployer plan to satisfy the limitations of section 415 on
an aggregate basis. Some commentators asked that the rule from the 1981
regulations be retained. The IRS and the Treasury Department have
determined that there is no statutory basis for permitting
disaggregation of a multiemployer plan for this purpose. Furthermore,
statutory changes made since the issuance of the 1981 regulations have
made this permissive disaggregation rule from the 1981 regulations less
needed and more conducive to significant abuses. In EGTRRA (and as made
permanent in PPA '06), multiemployer plans were exempted from the
limitation for defined benefit plans based on high-3 average
compensation. This change eliminated the need for multiemployer plans
to obtain compensation information with respect to each participant
from multiple participating employers. In TRA '86, the phase-in period
for the dollar limitation for defined benefit plans was changed from 10
years of service to 10 years of plan participation. As a result of this
change, the permissive disaggregation rule from the 1981 regulations
allows for the multiplication of section 415 limits within a
multiemployer plan that could not be otherwise achieved by simply
establishing separate single employer plans. Accordingly, these final
regulations retain the rule from the proposed regulations that does not
allow disaggregation of a multiemployer plan. In this regard, see the
discussion under the paragraph heading ``Sec. 1.415(c)-2: Definition
of Compensation'' for a rule that treats all employers contributing to
a multiemployer plan as a single employer for purposes of the
restriction on the recognition of compensation paid after severance
from employment with an employer.
[[Page 16881]]
Section 1.415(a)-1(d)(3)(v) provides rules regarding a plan's
incorporation by reference of cost-of-living increases in the
applicable limitations pursuant to section 415(d), including default
rules that apply in the absence of contrary plan provisions. In
providing rules for incorporation by reference, the proposed
regulations provided that annual increases in the applicable
limitations pursuant to section 415(d) do not apply in limitation years
beginning after the annuity starting date to a participant who has
previously commenced receiving benefits unless the plan specifies that
this annual increase applies to such a participant.
One commentator pointed out that this provision in the proposed
regulations modified the default treatment under the 1981 regulations
(which provide that adjustments to the applicable limitations are not
made after a participant's separation from service unless the plan so
provides). In response to this comment, the final regulations retain
the rule from the 1981 regulations under which the section 415(d)
annual increases in the applicable limitations do not apply with
respect to a participant for increases that become effective after the
participant's severance from employment with the employer maintaining
the plan (or, if earlier, after the annuity starting date in the case
of a participant who has commenced receiving benefits) unless the plan
specifies that this annual increase applies to such a participant.
Thus, annual increases in the applicable limitations apply to a
participant who has severed from employment with the employer
maintaining the plan or who has commenced receiving benefits only if
the plan specifies that those annual increases apply to such a
participant.
Limitations Applicable to Defined Benefit Plans (Sec. 1.415(b)-1)
Section 1.415(b)-1 of these regulations sets forth rules for
applying the limitations on benefits under a defined benefit plan.
Under these limitations, the annual benefit must not exceed the lesser
of $160,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d)) and 100 percent of
the participant's average compensation for the period of the
participant's high-3 years of service. These regulations generally
define the period of a participant's high-3 years of service as the
period of 3 consecutive calendar years during which the employee had
the greatest aggregate compensation from the employer. A retirement
benefit payable in a form other than a straight life annuity is
adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity to
determine the annual benefit payable under that form of distribution.
In addition, the $160,000 dollar limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A)
is actuarially adjusted for benefit payments that commence before age
62 or after age 65. Section 1.415(b)-1 generally retains the rules set
forth in the proposed regulations except as indicated below.
The proposed regulations provided that, in addition to applying to
benefits payable to participants and beneficiaries, the limitations of
section 415(b) apply to accrued benefits (regardless of whether the
benefit is vested) and benefits payable from an annuity contract
distributed to a participant. Some commentators argued that it is
inappropriate to apply the limitations of section 415(b) to a
participant's accrued benefit in the case of a plan that is not subject
to the requirements of section 411, since such a plan sometimes does
not define an accrued benefit and benefits under such a plan can always
be reduced if needed so that payments under the plan will satisfy the
limitations of section 415. In response, these regulations provide that
the rule applying section 415(b) to limit a participant's accrued
benefit applies only to a plan that is subject to the requirements of
section 411. However, a plan that is not subject to the requirements of
section 411 is still subject to the requirements of section 415(b) with
respect to the annual benefit payable to a participant at any time
under the plan. As indicated in the preamble to the proposed
regulations, where a participant's accrued benefit is computed pursuant
to the fractional rule of section 411(b)(1)(C), the limitations of
section 415(b) apply to the accrued benefit as of the end of the
limitation year and, for ages prior to normal retirement age, are not
required to be applied to the projected annual benefit commencing at
normal retirement age from which the accrued benefit is computed.
A. Actuarial Assumptions Used to Convert Benefits to a Straight Life
Annuity
Pursuant to section 415(b)(2)(B) (which provides for benefits paid
in a form other than a straight life annuity to be adjusted to an
actuarially equivalent straight life annuity in accordance with
Treasury regulations), these regulations provide rules under which a
retirement benefit payable in any form other than a straight life
annuity is converted to the straight life annuity that is actuarially
equivalent to that other form to determine the annual benefit (which is
used to demonstrate compliance with section 415) with respect to that
form of distribution. These rules reflect statutory changes that
specify the actuarial assumptions that are to be used for these
equivalency calculations as well as published guidance that has been
issued since the prior final regulations were published in 1981. The
statutory changes reflected in these rules include, for plan years
beginning in years 2004 and 2005, the use of a 5.5 percent interest
rate for benefits that are subject to the present value rules of
section 417(e)(3),\2\ as set forth in PFEA, as well as the
modifications under section 303 of PPA '06 to the equivalency
calculations for benefits that are subject to the present value rules
of section 417(e)(3) (which are applicable to distributions with
annuity starting dates in plan years beginning after December 31,
2005). In addition to setting forth rules for adjusting forms of
benefit other than straight life annuities, these regulations permit
the IRS to issue published guidance setting forth simplified methods
for making these adjustments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Section 417(e)(3) provides minimum present value
requirements for certain forms of benefit payable from a defined
benefit plan under which payments cannot be less than the amount
calculated using a specified interest rate and a specified mortality
table. For forms of benefit that are subject to the minimum present
value rules of section 417(e)(3), the limitations of section 415(b)
apply to limit the amount of a distribution even if those
limitations result in a lower distribution than would otherwise be
required under the rules of section 417(e)(3). See Sec. 1.417(e)-
1(d)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under these regulations, the annual benefit is determined as the
greater of the actuarially equivalent straight life annuity determined
under the plan's actuarial assumptions or the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity determined under actuarial assumptions specified
by statute. This methodology implements the policy reflected in section
415(b)(2)(E), under which the plan's determination that a straight life
annuity and a particular optional form of benefit are actuarially
equivalent is overridden only when the optional form of benefit under
the plan is more valuable than the corresponding straight life annuity
when the two forms are compared using the statutorily specified
actuarial assumptions.
The rules in these regulations under which a retirement benefit
payable in any form other than a straight life annuity is converted to
a straight life annuity to determine the annual benefit with respect to
that form of distribution generally follow the rules set forth in Rev.
Rul. 98-1. However, the calculation of the actuarially equivalent
straight life annuity determined using the plan's assumptions for
actuarial equivalence has been simplified for a
[[Page 16882]]
form of benefit that is not subject to the minimum present value rules
of section 417(e)(3). Under the simplified calculation, instead of
first determining the actuarial assumptions used under the plan and
then applying those assumptions to convert an optional form of benefit
to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity, the regulations use
the straight life annuity, if any, that is payable at the same age
under the plan. This straight life annuity is then compared to the
straight life annuity that is the actuarial equivalent of the optional
form of benefit (determined using the standardized assumptions), and
the larger of the two straight life annuities is used for purposes of
demonstrating compliance with section 415.
This simplification has not been extended to forms of benefit that
are subject to the minimum present value rules of section 417(e)(3),
however, because under a plan those forms of benefit are often
determined as the actuarial equivalent of the deferred annuity, rather
than as the actuarial equivalent of the immediate straight life
annuity. Instead, for a benefit paid in a form to which section
417(e)(3) applies, pursuant to section 415(b)(2)(E), the actuarially
equivalent straight life annuity benefit generally is determined as the
greatest of three annual amounts. The first is the annual amount of the
straight life annuity commencing at the annuity starting date that has
the same actuarial present value as the particular form of benefit
payable, computed using the interest rate and mortality table, or
tabular factor, specified in the plan for actuarial equivalence. The
second is the annual amount of the straight life annuity commencing at
the annuity starting date that has the same actuarial present value as
the particular form of benefit payable, computed using a 5.5 percent
interest assumption and the applicable mortality table for the
distribution under Sec. 1.417(e)-1(d)(2). The third is the annual
amount of the straight life annuity commencing at the annuity starting
date that has the same actuarial present value as the particular form
of benefit payable (computed using the applicable interest rate for the
distribution under Sec. 1.417(e)-1(d)(3) and the applicable mortality
table for the distribution under Sec. 1.417(e)-1(d)(2)), divided by
1.05. This rule reflects the amendment of section 415(b)(2)(E) by
section 303 of PPA '06.
One commentator asked whether the rules regarding adjustments for
forms of benefit that are subject to the minimum present value
standards of section 417(e)(3) apply to plans that are not subject to
the requirements of section 417. Section 415(b)(2)(E) applies based on
the form of the benefit, and not the status of the plan, and therefore
the final regulations provide that these rules also apply to plans that
are not subject to the requirements of section 417.
Some commentators expressed concern that the examples illustrating
the rules for actuarial adjustments converted optional forms of benefit
into straight life annuities payable monthly, and they noted that had
the conversion been to a straight life annuity payable on the first day
of each year, the straight life annuity would have been smaller and
therefore a greater benefit would have been permissible under section
415(b). Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the Secretary is delegated
authority to prescribe regulations for adjusting a benefit so that it
is equivalent to a benefit payable annually in the form of a straight
life annuity. These regulations provide that if a benefit is payable in
the form of a straight life annuity, no adjustment is made to account
for differences in the timing of payments during a year (for example,
no adjustment is made on account of the annuity being payable in annual
or monthly installments). Thus, if the section 415(b) dollar limit for
a limitation year is $180,000, a plan is not permitted to provide for
12 monthly payments of $15,583, which is actuarially equivalent to an
annual benefit of $180,000 payable on the first day of the year. With
respect to a benefit payable in a form other than a straight life
annuity, the annual benefit is determined as the straight life annuity
payable on the first day of each month that is actuarially equivalent
to the benefit payable in such other form.
Some commentators expressed concerns regarding the application of
these actuarial adjustments in the case of annuity forms of benefit
that are increased automatically each year pursuant to plan terms.
Commentators argued that, in testing such a form of benefit for
compliance with section 415, increases to the section 415(b) limits
pursuant to section 415(d) should be taken into account. Thus,
commentators asserted that a form of benefit with an automatic increase
feature should satisfy section 415(b) so long as payments made pursuant
to the benefit during each limitation year are less than the section
415(b) limit in effect for the limitation year.
In response to these comments, these final regulations provide
that, for a form of benefit that is not subject to the requirements of
section 417(e)(3), no adjustments are made to reflect these automatic
increases if certain requirements are satisfied. Specifically, the form
of benefit without regard to the automatic increase feature must
satisfy the requirements of section 415(b), and the plan must provide
that in no event will the amount payable to a participant under the
form of benefit in any limitation year be greater than the section
415(b) limit applicable at the annuity starting date, as increased in
subsequent years pursuant to section 415(d). If these requirements are
not satisfied, the annual benefit with respect to a benefit that is
subject to automatic increases must reflect the value of these
automatic increases under the rules described above.
B. Inclusion of Social Security Supplements in Annual Benefit
As under the proposed regulations, these regulations clarify that a
social security supplement is included in determining the annual
benefit. Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the annual benefit does not
include ancillary benefits that are not directly related to retirement
benefits. However, because a social security supplement is payable upon
retirement as a form of retirement income, it is a retirement benefit.
Thus, a social security supplement is included in determining the
annual benefit without regard to whether it is an ancillary benefit or
a qualified social security supplement (QSUPP) within the meaning of
Sec. 1.401(a)(4)-12.
C. Determination of High-3 Average Compensation
The proposed regulations contained two new provisions that would
have had a significant effect on the determination of a participant's
average compensation for the participant's high-3 consecutive years.
The first provision changed a rule in the 1981 final regulations by
restricting the compensation used for this purpose to compensation
earned in periods during which the participant was an active
participant in the plan. Pursuant to the amendment of section 415(b)(3)
made by section 832 of PPA '06 (which eliminated the active
participation requirement for purposes of determining average
compensation for years beginning after December 31, 2005), this change
has not been incorporated into the final regulations.
The second provision in the proposed regulations clarified the
interaction of the requirements of section 401(a)(17) and the
definition of compensation that must be used for purposes of
determining a participant's average compensation for the participant's
high-3 consecutive years. Because a plan is not permitted to base
benefits on compensation in excess of the limitation
[[Page 16883]]
under section 401(a)(17), a plan's definition of compensation used for
purposes of applying the limitations of section 415 is not permitted to
reflect compensation in excess of the limitation under section
401(a)(17). Thus, for example, where a participant commences receiving
benefits in 2006 at age 75 (so that the age-adjusted dollar limitation
could be as high as $390,953, depending on plan provisions), and the
participant had compensation in excess of the applicable section
401(a)(17) limit for years 2003, 2004, and 2005, the participant's
benefit under the plan is limited by the average compensation for his
highest three years as limited by section 401(a)(17), which is $205,000
(the average of $200,000, $205,000, and $210,000).
Commentators objected to this second provision. These regulations
retain this provision from the proposed regulations because the IRS and
the Treasury Department believe that this interpretation is based on
the best reading of applicable statutory requirements. However, these
regulations include a grandfather provision under which a defined
benefit plan is considered to satisfy the limitations of section 415(b)
for a participant with respect to benefits accrued or payable under the
plan as of the end of the limitation year that is immediately prior to
the effective date of these final regulations for the plan pursuant to
plan provisions (including plan provisions relating to the plan's
limitation year) that were both adopted and in effect before April 5,
2007, but only if such plan provisions meet the requirements of
statutory provisions, regulations, and other published guidance
relating to section 415 in effect immediately before the effective date
of these final regulations. In determining whether plan provisions meet
the requirements of statutory provisions, regulations, and other
published guidance relating to section 415 in effect immediately before
the effective date of these final regulations, plan provisions are
permitted to reflect compensation in excess of the section 401(a)(17)
limit, and the benefits based on such compensation are eligible for the
grandfather rules.
These regulations set forth rules for computing the limitation of
section 415(b)(1)(B) of 100 percent of the participant's average
compensation for the period of the participant's high-3 years of
service for a participant who is employed with the employer for less
than 3 consecutive calendar years. For such a participant, the period
of the participant's high-3 years of service is the actual number of
consecutive years of service (including fractions of years, but not
less than one year). In such a case, the limitation of section
415(b)(1)(B) of 100 percent of the participant's average compensation
for the period of the participant's high-3 years of service is computed
by averaging the participant's compensation during the participant's
longest consecutive period of service over the actual period of service
(including fractions of years, but not less than one year). In a change
from the proposed regulations, these regulations provide that, in the
case of a participant who has had a severance from employment with the
employer maintaining the plan and who is subsequently rehired by that
employer, the period of the participant's high-3 years of service is
calculated by excluding any years for which the participant performs no
services for and receives no compensation from the employer maintaining
the plan (the break period), and by treating the year of service
immediately prior to and the year of service immediately after the
break period as if the years were consecutive.
These regulations also modify the proposed regulations by providing
a rule that applies in the case of an employee who is rehired after
severing employment. If the plan provides for the adjustment of a
participant's compensation limit in accordance with section 415(d) for
limitation years following the limitation year in which the employee
severs employment, the rehired employee's compensation limit under
section 415(b) is the greater of 100 percent of the participant's
average compensation for the period of the participant's high-3 years
of service, as determined prior to the employee's severance from
employment and as adjusted pursuant to section 415(d), or 100 percent
of the participant's average compensation for the period of the
participant's high-3 years of service, taking into account service both
before and after rehire. This rule was added because a participant's
compensation limit should not be lower than it would otherwise be
merely because the participant in rehired.
D. Treatment of Benefits Paid Partially in the Form of a QJSA
Under section 415(b)(2)(B), the survivor annuity portion of any
joint and survivor annuity that constitutes a qualified joint and
survivor annuity (QJSA), as defined in section 417(b), is not taken
into account in determining the annual benefit for purposes of applying
the limitations of section 415(b). As under the proposed regulations,
these regulations clarify how this exception from the limitations of
section 415 for the survivor annuity portion of a QJSA applies to
benefits paid partially in the form of a QJSA and partially in some
other form. Under this clarification, the rule excluding the survivor
portion of a QJSA from the annual benefit applies to the survivor
annuity payments under the portion of a benefit that is paid in the
form of a QJSA, even if another portion of the benefit is paid in some
other form.
E. Dollar Limitation Applicable to Early or Late Commencement
The determination of the age-adjusted dollar limitation under these
regulations reflects the rules enacted in EGTRRA. As provided in Q&A-3
of Rev. Rul. 2001-51, this determination generally follows the same
steps and procedures as those used in Rev. Rul. 98-1, except that such
determination takes into account the increased defined benefit dollar
limitation enacted by EGTRRA and the adjustments for early or late
commencement are no longer based on social security retirement age.
Applying rules that are similar to those that are used for determining
actuarial equivalence among forms of benefits, these regulations
generally use the plan's determinations for actuarial equivalence of
early or late retirement benefits, but override those determinations
where the use of the specified statutory assumptions results in a lower
limit. This methodology is retained from the proposed regulations
because the IRS and the Treasury Department believe that generally a
plan's actuarial equivalence for section 415 purposes should be the
same as actuarial equivalence for other purposes and because of the
need to have an administrable rule when a plan uses factors that are
not explicitly based on an interest rate and mortality table.
Some commentators expressed concern that these rules effectively
result in no increase to the dollar limitation where a plan that is not
subject to the requirements of section 411 does not increase the
participant's benefit to reflect a delay in commencement beyond age 65.
No change has been made to address this concern because the IRS and the
Treasury Department believe it is not appropriate to increase the
dollar limitation for commencement after age 65 where, under the plan
terms, there is no increase to the participant's benefit on account of
delayed commencement (so that any increase in a participant's benefit
is solely on account of additional service or compensation). In
response to other commentator
[[Page 16884]]
concerns, these regulations provide that an actuarial increase to a
participant's benefit for commencement after age 65 is taken into
account for this purpose even if the actuarial increase offsets
additional benefit accruals under the plan.
These regulations adopt rules for mortality adjustments used in
computing the dollar limitation on a participant's annual benefit for
distributions commencing before age 62 or after age 65 that are
generally consistent with Notice 83-10 and Notice 87-21. Under these
rules, to the extent that a forfeiture does not occur upon the
participant's death before the annuity starting date, generally no
adjustment is made to reflect the probability of the participant's
death during the relevant time period (which is the period before age
62 or after age 65), and to the extent a forfeiture occurs upon the
participant's death before the annuity starting date, an adjustment
must be applied to reflect the probability of the participant's death
during the relevant time period.
These regulations also provide a simplified method for applying
these mortality adjustment rules. Under this simplified method, a plan
is permitted to treat no forfeiture as occurring upon a participant's
death if the plan does not charge participants for providing a
qualified preretirement survivor annuity, but only if the plan applies
this treatment for adjustments that apply both before age 62 and after
age 65. This simplified method eliminates the need to determine the
extent of a forfeiture upon death in the case where a plan provides for
a qualified preretirement survivor annuity.
One commentator asked whether, for purposes of adjusting the dollar
limit for commencement prior to age 62, a plan is permitted to make a
mortality adjustment for ages below age 62, even if the plan does not
provide for a forfeiture upon the participant's death before the
annuity starting date where it is before age 62. Recognizing that
mortality adjustments would result in a lower limit in such a case,
these regulations permit such an adjustment to be made if the plan so
provides.
Some commentators expressed concern that the application of the
rules that adjust the section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar limit for pre-age 62
benefit commencement as set forth in the proposed regulations could
result in the limit decreasing as a participant ages under certain
circumstances. To address this concern, these regulations provide that,
notwithstanding the generally applicable rules for age adjustments to
the dollar limitation, the age-adjusted section 415(b)(1)(A) dollar
limit does not decrease on account of an increase in age or the
performance of additional service.
F. Nonapplication of Adjustment to Dollar Limitation for Early
Commencement With Respect to Police Department and Fire Department
Employees
Consistent with section 415(b)(2)(G) and (H), as amended by section
906(b) of PPA '06, these regulations provide that the early retirement
reduction does not apply to certain participants in plans of state,
Indian tribal government, and local government units who are employees
of a police department or fire department, or former members of the
Armed Forces of the United States. This rule applies to any participant
in a plan maintained by a state, Indian tribal government, or political
subdivision thereof who is credited, for benefit accrual purposes, with
at least 15 years of service as either (1) a full-time employee of any
police department or fire department of the state, Indian tribal
government, or political subdivision that provides police protection,
firefighting services, or emergency medical services, or (2) a member
of the Armed Forces of the United States. These regulations clarify
that the application of this rule depends on whether the employer is a
police department or fire department of the state, Indian tribal
government, or political subdivision, rather than on the job
classification of the individual participant. Also, this rule applies
based on the function of an organization rather than based on the name
of the organization.
G. Application of $10,000 Exception
Pursuant to section 415(b)(4), the benefits payable with respect to
a participant under a defined benefit plan satisfy the limitations of
section 415(b) if the retirement benefits payable with respect to such
a participant under the plan and all other defined benefit plans of the
employer do not exceed $10,000 for the plan year or for any prior plan
year, and the employer has not at any time maintained a defined
contribution plan in which the participant participated. As under the
proposed regulations, these regulations clarify that the alternative
$10,000 limitation under section 415(b)(4) is applied to actual
distributions made during each year. Thus, a distribution for a
limitation year that exceeds $10,000 is not within the section
415(b)(4) alternative limitation (and therefore will not be excepted
from the otherwise applicable limits of section 415(b)), even if the
distribution is a single-sum distribution that is the actuarial
equivalent of an accrued benefit with annual payments that are less
than $10,000.
H. Exclusion of Annual Benefit Attributable to Mandatory Employee
Contributions From Annual Benefit
These regulations retain the rules from the 1981 regulations that
the annual benefit does not include the annual benefit attributable to
mandatory employee contributions. For this purpose, the term mandatory
employee contributions means amounts contributed to the plan by the
employee that are required as a condition of employment, as a condition
of participation in the plan, or as a condition of obtaining benefits
(or additional benefits) under the plan attributable to employer
contributions. See section 411(c)(2)(C). Employee contributions to a
defined benefit plan that are not maintained in a separate account as
described in section 414(k) constitute mandatory employee contributions
(even if an employee can elect whether to make the contributions, and
even if section 411 does not apply to the plan) because, depending upon
the investment performance of plan assets, employer contributions may
be needed to pay the portion of the participant's benefit that is
conditioned upon these employee contributions. Any other employee
contributions (plus earnings thereon) are treated as a separate defined
contribution plan rather than as part of a defined benefit plan.
These regulations retain the rule from the 1981 regulations that
the annual benefit attributable to mandatory employee contributions is
determined under the rules of section 411(c) and regulations
promulgated under section 411, regardless of whether section 411
applies to the plan. These regulations also clarify that the following
are not treated as employee contributions: (1) Contributions that are
picked up by a governmental employer as provided under section
414(h)(2), (2) repayment of any loan made to a participant from the
plan, and (3) repayment of any amount that was previously distributed.
One commentator asked how to determine the annual benefit attributable
to mandatory employee contributions under section 411(c) in the case of
a plan that is not subject to the requirements of section 411 and 417,
and suggested the use of the plan's factors for this purpose. This
suggestion was not incorporated into these final regulations because
the amount payable with respect to employee contributions
[[Page 16885]]
that is in excess of the amount that would be payable with respect to
such contributions using the rules of section 411(c) is effectively a
subsidy that should be included in determining the participant's annual
benefit under the plan. These regulations also provide that, for
purposes of determining the accumulated contributions described in
section 411(c)(2)(C), where the plan is not subject to the requirements
of section 411, the plan must determine what would have been the
applicable effective date of section 411(a)(2) as if section 411
applied to the plan, and in determining the annual benefit that is
actuarially equivalent to these accumulated contributions, the plan
must determine the interest rate that would have been required under
section 417(e)(3) as if section 417 applied to the plan.
Another commentator asked why the repayment of an employee
contribution is not treated as an employee contribution under this
rule. No change to the regulations has been made to reflect this
concern because, while the repayment is not treated as an employee
contribution for purposes of section 415, the original employee
contribution is still considered an employee contribution for this
purpose.
I. Exclusion of Annual Benefit Attributable to Rollover Contributions
From Annual Benefit
These regulations clarify that the annual benefit does not include
the annual benefit attributable to rollover contributions made to a
defined benefit plan (that is, rollover contributions that are not
maintained in a separate account that is treated as a separate defined
contribution plan under section 414(k)). In such a case, the annual
benefit attributable to rollover contributions is determined by
applying the rules of section 411(c) and treating the rollover
contributions as employee contributions (regardless of whether sections
411 and 417 apply to the plan). This will occur, for example, if a
distribution is rolled over from a defined contribution plan to a
defined benefit plan to provide an annuity distribution. Thus, in the
case of rollover contributions from a defined contribution plan to a
defined benefit plan to provide an annuity distribution, the annual
benefit attributable to those rollover contributions for purposes of
section 415 is determined by applying the rules of section 411(c),
regardless of the assumptions used to compute the annuity distribution
under the plan. Accordingly, in such a case, if the plan credits higher
interest or uses more favorable factors than those specified in section
411(c) to determine the amount of annuity payments arising from a
rollover contribution, the annual benefit under the plan reflects the
excess of those annuity payments over the amounts that would be payable
using the rules of section 411(c) because such excess is effectively a
subsidy which is included in determining the participant's annual
benefit under the plan.
These final regulations clarify that the rule that excludes the
annual benefit attributable to rollover contributions applies to
rollover contributions from an eligible retirement plan, as defined in
section 402(c)(8)(B). Thus, the rule applicable to rollovers is not
limited solely to rollovers from qualified plans.
Rollover contributions to an account that is treated as a separate
defined contribution plan under section 414(k) do not give rise to an
annual benefit because the separate account is not treated as a defined
benefit plan under section 415(b). Furthermore, under the rules
relating to defined contribution plans, these rollover contributions to
a separate account are excluded from the definition of annual additions
to a defined contribution plan.
J. Treatment of Benefits Transferred Among Plans and Terminated Plans
These regulations generally retain the provisions in the proposed
regulations that modify the rules of the 1981 final regulations for
determining the amount of transferred benefits that are excluded from
the annual benefit under a defined benefit plan in the event of a
transfer from another defined benefit plan. These modifications to the
1981 final regulations are designed to ensure that transferred benefits
are not counted more than once when the transferor plan and the
transferee plan are aggregated under section 415(f) and Sec. 1.415(f)-
1, and to prevent the circumvention of the limitations of section
415(b) through benefit transfers to plans of unrelated employers. The
rules of section 415(b) that apply upon a transfer of benefits between
plans operate independently from the requirements of section 414(l),
and compliance with the requirements of section 414(l) does not ensure
compliance with these rules.
The proposed regulations provided that, if the transferee plan's
benefits are required to be taken into account pursuant to section
415(f) and Sec. 1.415(f)-1 in determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section 415(b) for that limitation year,
then the transferred benefits are disregarded in determining the annual
benefit under the transferor plan. The final regulations modify this
rule. This modification is being made in conjunction with modifications
to the proposed regulations with respect to the aggregation of plans
among formerly affiliated employers (discussed in more detail under the
heading ``Sec. 1.415(f)-1: Aggregating plans''). Generally, under the
modified section 415(f) aggregation rules, there are situations in
which only a portion of the benefits provided under plans maintained by
formerly affiliated employers is taken into account when applying
section 415 on an aggregated basis to each employer. Given this
modification to the aggregation rules, the determination of whether
transferred benefits are nonetheless treated as provided by the
transferor plan is properly based on whether the transferred benefits
are included in the portion of the transferee plan that is aggregated
with the transferor plan. Thus, the final regulations provide that, to
the extent the benefits transferred to a transferee plan are otherwise
required to be taken into account pursuant to section 415(f) and Sec.
1.415(f)-1 in determining whether the transferor plan satisfies the
limitations of section 415(b), the transferred benefits are not also
treated as being provided under the transferor plan (because these
benefits will be taken into account by the transferor plan when it is
aggregated with the transferee plan).
The proposed regulations provided that where there has been a
transfer of liabilities between plans and the transferee plan's
benefits are not required to be taken into account pursuant to section
415(f) and Sec. 1.415(f)-1 in determining whether the transferor plan
satisfies the limitations of section 415(b), the assets associated with
those transferred liabilities (other than surplus assets) are treated
by the transferor plan as distributed as a single-sum distribution.
These final regulations modify this proposed transfer rule in two
respects. First, for the reasons described in the paragraph above, this
transfer rule is applicable only if the benefits transferred to the
transferee plan are not otherwise required to be taken into account by
the transferor plan pursuant to section 415(f) and Sec. 1.415(f)-1.
Second, the final regulations modify this proposed rule in response to
comments expressing concern with the administrative complexity
associated with the calculation of the deemed single-sum distribution.
Instead of treating the assets associated with the transferred
liabilities as a deemed single-sum distribution, the final regulations
treat the transferred liabilities as comprising a plan that must be
aggregated with the
[[Page 16886]]
transferor plan, that had terminated with sufficient assets to pay
benefit liabilities under the plan and had purchased annuities to
provide plan benefits.
Although such a transfer is treated as a plan termination in
computing the annual benefit under the transferor plan, no
corresponding adjustment to the annual benefit under the transferee
plan is made to reflect the fact that some of the benefits provided
under the transferee plan are attributable to the transfer. Thus, the
actual benefit provided under the transferee plan is used to determine
the annual benefit under the transferee plan even though the
transferred amount is also included along with other benefits provided
under the transferor plan in determining the participant's annual
benefit under the transferor plan.
While some commentators expressed concern that this resulted in
double counting of benefits, in most such cases, a participant whose
benefits have been transferred would accrue no additional benefit under
the transferor plan that would be required to be tested under the
transferor plan (in combination with the transferred benefits).
Furthermore, these rules prevent the transferor plan from avoiding the
limitations of section 415 for participants by spinning off the
participants' benefits to a plan of an unrelated employer and then
accruing additional benefits for the participants. For example, without
these rules, the benefit of an executive in a plan maintained by the
executive's employer could be transferred to a plan maintained by a
business that is owned by the executive and that is not aggregated with
the executive's employer for purposes of section 415, and the executive
could accrue an additional benefit up to the section 415 limits under
the plan maintained by the executive's employer.
The final regulations provide rules specifying how to take into
account benefits provided under a terminated plan. If a defined benefit
plan is terminated with sufficient assets to pay accrued benefits and a
participant in the plan has not yet commenced benefits under the plan,
for purposes of satisfying section 415(b) with respect to the
participant, the final regulations require that all other defined
benefit plans maintained by the employer that maintained the terminated
plan take into account the benefits provided pursuant to the annuities
purchased to provide benefits under the terminated plan at each
possible annuity starting date. The final regulations provide that if a
defined benefit plan is terminated and there are not sufficient assets
for the payment of the accrued benefit of all plan participants, all
other defined benefit plans maintained by the e